ÿþ1 0 9 9 P ro ® 2 0 1 4

ÿþ1 0 9 9 P ro ® 2 0 1 4
1099 PRO HELP MANUAL 2014
PROFESSIONAL, ENTERPRISE
& CORPORATE SUITE
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
1099 Pro
Professional, Enterprise, and Corporate Suite help manual
by 1099 Pro
The 1099 Pro Professional Edition is the easiest and most
advanced software for all your paper filing needs. It produces
all forms in the 1099, 1098, and 5498 series. It also prints to
plain paper, preprinted forms and continuous forms.
This help manual will assist you with intrusctions and
operations on how to use 1099 Pro.
1099 Pro® 2014
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Disclaimer
All rights reserved. No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means - graphic, electronic, or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or information storage and retrieval systems - without the
written permission of the publisher.
Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and/or registered trademarks of the
respective owners. The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks.
While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, the publisher and the author assume no
responsibility for errors or omissions, or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this
document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it. In no event shall the publisher and
the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused
directly or indirectly by this document.
4
1099 Pro® 2014
Table of Contents
Foreword
Part I Getting Started
0
15
1 Disclaimer
................................................................................................................................... 15
2 About...................................................................................................................................
1099 Pro, Inc.
16
3 Quick...................................................................................................................................
Tour
18
4 Registration
...................................................................................................................................
& Upgrades
19
5 Update
...................................................................................................................................
Software
20
Part II Technical Support & Maintenance
20
1 Data Files
................................................................................................................................... 22
2 Electronic
...................................................................................................................................
Filing Module
22
3 Multi-User
...................................................................................................................................
Installations
23
Multi-User Considerations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 24
4 Online
...................................................................................................................................
Help
25
5 Optimize
...................................................................................................................................
Posting
25
6 Referential
...................................................................................................................................
Integrity Delete Error
26
7 Repair
...................................................................................................................................
Files
26
8 Safeguard
...................................................................................................................................
TIN
27
9 Special
...................................................................................................................................
Help
27
10 Video...................................................................................................................................
Display Issues
28
11 Screen
...................................................................................................................................
Resolution
29
12 Special
...................................................................................................................................
Help Button
29
13 System
...................................................................................................................................
Requirements
29
Part III The User Interface
30
1 1099 Pro
...................................................................................................................................
Central
30
2 Keyboard
...................................................................................................................................
Shortcuts
31
3 Task Panel:
...................................................................................................................................
Ent & Prf
32
Preparing My ..........................................................................................................................................................
Form s
32
Printing & Mailing
.......................................................................................................................................................... 33
Filing My Form..........................................................................................................................................................
s
33
Help & Extras .......................................................................................................................................................... 34
Print Preview ..........................................................................................................................................................
Toolbar
34
4 Task Panel:
...................................................................................................................................
Corporate Suite
36
Create/Print Form
..........................................................................................................................................................
s Toolbar
36
Filing Form s Toolbar
.......................................................................................................................................................... 37
Service Bureau
..........................................................................................................................................................
Toolbar
37
Part IV ASP.net for Corporate Suite
37
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Contents
5
1 Multi-Year
...................................................................................................................................
Lookup
38
2 Custom
...................................................................................................................................
Queries
39
3 Security
................................................................................................................................... 40
4 Recipient
...................................................................................................................................
Printable Forms (Recipient Module)
40
5 Custom
...................................................................................................................................
Column Views
41
Part V Browse Filers
42
1 Add a...................................................................................................................................
Filer
43
2 Change
...................................................................................................................................
a Filer
43
3 Contact
................................................................................................................................... 44
4 Delete...................................................................................................................................
a Filer
44
5 Filer Record
...................................................................................................................................
Details
44
6 Filer Reports
................................................................................................................................... 46
7 Select...................................................................................................................................
Another Filer
47
8 Tag Filers
................................................................................................................................... 47
Part VI Browse Recipients
48
1 Recipient
...................................................................................................................................
Lookup Account Selection
49
2 Recipient
...................................................................................................................................
Lookup Screen
50
3 Add a...................................................................................................................................
Recipient
51
4 Change
...................................................................................................................................
a Recipient
52
5 Delete...................................................................................................................................
a Recipient
52
6 Forms...................................................................................................................................
Issued Report
52
7 Group...................................................................................................................................
Actions
52
8 Multiple
...................................................................................................................................
Recipients - One TIN
53
9 Recipient
...................................................................................................................................
Record Details
54
10 Run a...................................................................................................................................
Recipient Report
55
11 Select...................................................................................................................................
a Recipient
55
12 Tagging
...................................................................................................................................
Recipients
56
Part VII Helpful Hints
56
1 Adobe...................................................................................................................................
Acrobat
56
2 Alternative
...................................................................................................................................
import layout
57
3 Canadian
...................................................................................................................................
postal code rules
57
4 Compliance
...................................................................................................................................
Seminars
57
5 Form ...................................................................................................................................
Status Values
57
6 Map by
...................................................................................................................................
Name Import
58
7 Master
...................................................................................................................................
Audit Trail Browser
58
8 Master
...................................................................................................................................
Tax Form
59
9 Menu...................................................................................................................................
bar
59
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
5
6
1099 Pro® 2014
10 Online
...................................................................................................................................
Help Tutorials
59
11 Online
...................................................................................................................................
knowledge base
59
12 Protected
...................................................................................................................................
Forms
59
13 Registration
...................................................................................................................................
code
60
14 Toolbar
................................................................................................................................... 60
15 Welcome
...................................................................................................................................
Wizard
61
16 eFile ...................................................................................................................................
Archiving
61
Part VIII 1096 Overview
62
1 1096 Print
...................................................................................................................................
Wizard
63
1096 Not Filed.......................................................................................................................................................... 64
Assign Filed 1096
..........................................................................................................................................................
Status
64
2 1096 Session
...................................................................................................................................
Report
65
3 Reprint
...................................................................................................................................
1096 Form
65
4 Reset...................................................................................................................................
1096 Session
65
Part IX Entry Forms
66
1 1099 Aggregation
...................................................................................................................................
Feature (CS Version only)
67
View ing Transactions
..........................................................................................................................................................
(CS Version only)
68
Updating Transactions
.........................................................................................................................................................
(CS Version only)
68
Part X Corrections
69
1 Auto Corrections
...................................................................................................................................
(CS Version only)
70
2 Correction
...................................................................................................................................
of a Correction (CS Version only)
71
3 One to
...................................................................................................................................
Many Corrections (CS Version only)
73
4 Corrected
...................................................................................................................................
Options
74
5 Creating
...................................................................................................................................
a correction
75
6 Delete...................................................................................................................................
Corrected Forms
76
7 Protected
...................................................................................................................................
Forms
76
8 Reprint
...................................................................................................................................
Corrections
77
9 Reprint
...................................................................................................................................
Originals
77
10 Types...................................................................................................................................
of Corrections
78
Part XI Account Generation Wizard
79
1 How to
...................................................................................................................................
generate account numbers
80
Part XII Security and Administration
80
1 Security
...................................................................................................................................
Overview
83
System Security
..........................................................................................................................................................
Settings/Passw ord Requirem ents: Step 1
83
Security - Access
..........................................................................................................................................................
Groups: Step 2
84
Security - Manage
..........................................................................................................................................................
Profiles: Step 3
85
Security - Add/Update
..........................................................................................................................................................
Individual Users: Step 4
87
Security - Add..........................................................................................................................................................
Users to a Profile: Step 5
88
Turn On/Off Security
.......................................................................................................................................................... 88
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Contents
7
Passw ords .......................................................................................................................................................... 88
Security Reports
.......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Security Access
..........................................................................................................................................................
Log
90
2 Data Maintenance
................................................................................................................................... 91
Backup Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 91
Restore Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 92
3 Rules...................................................................................................................................
and Options
92
Preferences .......................................................................................................................................................... 92
Custom Tax Form
..........................................................................................................................................................
Validation Rules
93
1099 Module Preferences
.......................................................................................................................................................... 96
Global
......................................................................................................................................................... 96
Local
......................................................................................................................................................... 97
Limits
......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Checking For
.........................................................................................................................................................
Updates
98
Update Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 98
RCP Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 100
1099 Corporate
.........................................................................................................................................................
Suite and Professional/Enterprise comparison
102
Manage PS/ACL
..........................................................................................................................................................
Access Control (CS version only)
106
Tax Form Print
..........................................................................................................................................................
Codes & Custom Messages
107
Using Print
.........................................................................................................................................................
Codes (CS version only)
112
4 Reporting
...................................................................................................................................
Thresholds
113
State Reporting
..........................................................................................................................................................
- Manage State CFS Lim its and Settings (Corporate Suite Only)
113
5 Check
...................................................................................................................................
for Updates
114
6 Hosted
...................................................................................................................................
Solutions (CS version only)
115
7 Installing
................................................................................................................................... 116
8 Logging
...................................................................................................................................
in as a Different User
116
9 Optional
...................................................................................................................................
Fields
117
10 Create
...................................................................................................................................
and Manage Custom Codes (CS Version only)
118
Update or Change
..........................................................................................................................................................
Custom Code
119
11 Reporting
...................................................................................................................................
Thresholds
120
12 Set Aggregation
...................................................................................................................................
Rules (CS Version only)
123
13 Un-Installing
................................................................................................................................... 124
Part XIII Audit Trails
126
1 Audit...................................................................................................................................
Trails Activity Report
126
2 Deleted
...................................................................................................................................
Record Detail
127
3 Master
...................................................................................................................................
Audit Trail Browser
127
4 Purge
................................................................................................................................... 128
5 Record
...................................................................................................................................
History
128
6 Turn...................................................................................................................................
Audit Trails On/Off
128
7 Audit...................................................................................................................................
Trail Report Filters
129
Part XIV Browse form records
130
1 Browse
...................................................................................................................................
IRS Tax Forms
130
Part XV Browse Records
132
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
7
8
1099 Pro® 2014
1 Add ...................................................................................................................................
a Record
133
2 Void...................................................................................................................................
Records
133
3 Browse
...................................................................................................................................
Notes/Attachments
134
Update Notes.......................................................................................................................................................... 135
4 Browsing
...................................................................................................................................
by Form
135
State Status .......................................................................................................................................................... 135
5 Capitalization
................................................................................................................................... 136
6 Cascading
...................................................................................................................................
Changes
136
7 Change
...................................................................................................................................
a Record
137
8 Delete
...................................................................................................................................
a Record
137
9 Department
................................................................................................................................... 137
10 Options
...................................................................................................................................
for Tax Form Data Entry
138
11 Print/View
...................................................................................................................................
Reports
139
12 Search
................................................................................................................................... 139
13 Select
...................................................................................................................................
a Form
140
14 Select
...................................................................................................................................
Form Type
140
15 Tagging
...................................................................................................................................
Records
140
16 Zip Code
...................................................................................................................................
Lookup
141
17 IRS Codes
................................................................................................................................... 142
18 Puerto
...................................................................................................................................
Rico Control Numbers (CS Version only)
142
Part XVI Current Sort/View
143
1 Custom
...................................................................................................................................
Sort Order
143
2 Custom
...................................................................................................................................
View
144
Part XVII Error & Validation Checking
144
1 Filing
...................................................................................................................................
Problems
146
2 Penalties
................................................................................................................................... 146
Part XVIII Exports
147
1 Export
...................................................................................................................................
Maps
147
2 Export
...................................................................................................................................
Wizard
148
3 Moore
...................................................................................................................................
Wallace (CS Version only)
149
Im portant Note
..........................................................................................................................................................
for MW Export (CS Version only)
150
Tagging for Test
..........................................................................................................................................................
Printing (ASP Version only)
151
4 Session
...................................................................................................................................
Details and Options (CS Version only)
151
5 Bulk...................................................................................................................................
TIN Matching
152
Create a file ..........................................................................................................................................................
m anually
154
IRS Incorrect..........................................................................................................................................................
TIN Flow chart
156
IRS Missing TIN
..........................................................................................................................................................
Flow chart
157
Using Bulk TIN
..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching
157
Part XIX Filing via eFile
159
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Contents
9
1 Efile...................................................................................................................................
States Subset File Wizard
160
How do I Generate
..........................................................................................................................................................
State Subset
161
State ID Num..........................................................................................................................................................
ber
162
What can I expect
..........................................................................................................................................................
from the States Subset File Wizard
163
2 Combined
...................................................................................................................................
Federal/State Filing Program
163
3 Federal
...................................................................................................................................
Thresholds (CS Version only)
165
4 FIRE...................................................................................................................................
System
165
5 IRS Name
...................................................................................................................................
Control
165
6 eFile...................................................................................................................................
Wizard
167
E-File Sort Order
.......................................................................................................................................................... 168
FIRE upload process
.......................................................................................................................................................... 169
7 Electronic
...................................................................................................................................
Filing Session Window
173
8 Reset
...................................................................................................................................
E-File Session
175
9 Rule-of-250
................................................................................................................................... 176
10 The ...................................................................................................................................
Advantage of Filing Electronically
177
Part XX eFileViewer Overview
178
1 Installation
...................................................................................................................................
and Registration
178
License Agreem
..........................................................................................................................................................
ent
178
2 eFileViewer
...................................................................................................................................
Main Screen
181
View ing Options
.......................................................................................................................................................... 182
3 File ...................................................................................................................................
Format
183
4 Loading
...................................................................................................................................
and Viewing Files
184
Electronic Sessions
..........................................................................................................................................................
Sum m ary Report
185
5 Exporting
...................................................................................................................................
a File
186
Lim itations of
..........................................................................................................................................................
Export
187
Part XXI Form Status Overview
188
1 Forms
...................................................................................................................................
Status Values
189
2 Statuses
................................................................................................................................... 190
Part XXII Important Dates
191
1 Filing
...................................................................................................................................
Deadlines
191
Part XXIII Imports Overview
192
1 Import
...................................................................................................................................
Data
192
Im port Wizard
.......................................................................................................................................................... 193
Manage Import
.........................................................................................................................................................
Maps
193
Import or Export.........................................................................................................................................
an Import Map
195
Customize.........................................................................................................................................................
a Fixed Field
195
Customize.........................................................................................................................................................
Fixed Filler
196
Delimited or
.........................................................................................................................................................
Excel Import Map Wizard
196
Fixed Length
.........................................................................................................................................................
Import Map Wizard (CS version only)
198
Custom Record .........................................................................................................................................
Filter
200
Optional Database
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fields (CS version only)
201
Step 1 - Import
.........................................................................................................................................................
Filers, Recipients, or Data
202
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
9
10
1099 Pro® 2014
Step 2 - Validate
.........................................................................................................................................................
your Data
203
Step 3 - Final
.........................................................................................................................................................
Import - Post Results
204
Modifying.........................................................................................................................................................
an Existing Import Map
205
Running a.........................................................................................................................................................
SQL Script on Your Imported Data (CS version only)
207
Quickbooks ..........................................................................................................................................................
Im port Wizard
208
Country Codes
..........................................................................................................................................................
Table
209
Country Alias.......................................................................................................................................................... 210
Transactional
..........................................................................................................................................................
Im ports (CS version only)
214
Transactional
..........................................................................................................................................................
Item s (CS version only)
215
Im port File Conventions
.......................................................................................................................................................... 216
Drag and drop
..........................................................................................................................................................
m ethods
218
Map by Nam e.......................................................................................................................................................... 218
Sam ple Im port
..........................................................................................................................................................
Files
218
States Code ..........................................................................................................................................................
Table
219
Im port Status
..........................................................................................................................................................
Overview
219
2 Converting
...................................................................................................................................
From Excel Formats
220
3 Microsoft
...................................................................................................................................
Access 2007 Rollup Procedure
221
4 Delimiters
................................................................................................................................... 224
5 Import
...................................................................................................................................
Session Report
224
6 Reject
...................................................................................................................................
Imports
224
7 Review
...................................................................................................................................
Import Session
225
8 Independent
...................................................................................................................................
Contractor Reporting Overview
225
9 Voiding
...................................................................................................................................
an Import Session
226
10 Importing
...................................................................................................................................
from QuickBooks™
227
Part XXIV Name/Address Reconcile by TIN (CS Version
only)
229
Part XXV Printed
229
1 Print...................................................................................................................................
sessions
229
Part XXVI Printing Overview
229
1 Advanced
...................................................................................................................................
Print Options
231
Inserting a Custom
..........................................................................................................................................................
Print Message
231
Forcing an X .......................................................................................................................................................... 232
Making Address
..........................................................................................................................................................
Adjustm ents
232
2 Form...................................................................................................................................
Limits Overview
233
Enabling Form
..........................................................................................................................................................
Lim its Filter
233
3 PDF ...................................................................................................................................
File Generation Overview
234
Initial PDF Options
.......................................................................................................................................................... 235
4 Printing
...................................................................................................................................
Blank Forms Overview
236
Print IRS Form
..........................................................................................................................................................
& Instructions
236
5 Email:
...................................................................................................................................
Emailing tax forms
237
6 Email:
...................................................................................................................................
No email client
238
7 Assigning
...................................................................................................................................
a Printed Status
238
8 Batch
...................................................................................................................................
Reprint
239
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Contents
11
9 Field...................................................................................................................................
Sizes
243
10 Margin
...................................................................................................................................
Alignments
245
11 PCL ...................................................................................................................................
Printing
246
12 Print...................................................................................................................................
Session Report
248
13 Printed
...................................................................................................................................
Status
249
14 Printing
...................................................................................................................................
Tax Forms Wizard
249
15 Puerto
...................................................................................................................................
Rico compliant tax forms (CS version only)
251
16 Quick
...................................................................................................................................
Print
255
17 Reprint
...................................................................................................................................
Print Sessions
256
18 Reprint
...................................................................................................................................
Records
257
19 Reset
...................................................................................................................................
Print Session
258
20 Troubleshoot
...................................................................................................................................
Printer Issues
258
21 View...................................................................................................................................
Selected Records
259
Part XXVII Pressure Seal Forms
260
1 Pressure
...................................................................................................................................
Seal and Alternate Printing Formats
260
2 Pressure
...................................................................................................................................
Seal and Alternate Printing Tutorial
263
Part XXVIII Queries
265
1 Custom
...................................................................................................................................
Query using Manual Override
265
2 Custom
...................................................................................................................................
Query Wizard
267
3 Select
...................................................................................................................................
a User
268
4 ‘Ask ...................................................................................................................................
For’ Dynamic Expressions (CS Version only)
268
Part XXIX Reports
270
1 Form...................................................................................................................................
Control Totals
270
Troubleshooting
..........................................................................................................................................................
Control Totals
271
2 1099Pro
...................................................................................................................................
State Quarterly E-File Wizard (CS version only)
271
3 945 Federal
...................................................................................................................................
and State Balancing Report (CS version only)
274
4 Form...................................................................................................................................
Counts
275
5 Forms
...................................................................................................................................
Issued By Filer
276
6 Import
...................................................................................................................................
Map Reports
276
7 Late...................................................................................................................................
Add/Corrections Report
277
8 Daily...................................................................................................................................
Totals Report by UserID
277
Part XXX Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
278
1 Administrative
...................................................................................................................................
Configuration
278
Set Em ail Server
..........................................................................................................................................................
And Account
279
Manage Em ail
..........................................................................................................................................................
Recipient Lists
279
Add or Update
.........................................................................................................................................................
Scheduler Email Recipients
280
Manage Autom
..........................................................................................................................................................
ated Em ail Messages/Text
280
Add or Update
.........................................................................................................................................................
Email Templates
281
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
11
12
1099 Pro® 2014
Additional.........................................................................................................................................................
E-mail Contact Options for Import Jobs
282
2 Using
...................................................................................................................................
the Scheduler (Browse Jobs)
282
Adding or Changing
..........................................................................................................................................................
a Job
283
Import Job......................................................................................................................................................... 283
Export Job
......................................................................................................................................................... 286
Reprint Job
......................................................................................................................................................... 289
Report Job
......................................................................................................................................................... 293
W2 Balance Report
.........................................................................................................................................
Wizard
295
Job Frequency
.........................................................................................................................................................
Detail
295
Brow sing Reports
.......................................................................................................................................................... 296
Part XXXI Service Bureau Overview
297
1 Service
...................................................................................................................................
Bureau Packages
297
2 Service
...................................................................................................................................
Bureau Overview & Upload Process
298
Step 1 - Creating
..........................................................................................................................................................
an Upload File for Print/Mail or E-File
299
Step 2 - Approve
..........................................................................................................................................................
Control Totals
300
Step 3 - File Upload
..........................................................................................................................................................
Transfer & Com pletion
301
3 Bulk...................................................................................................................................
TIN Matching via the Service Bureau Overview
302
Using Bulk TIN
..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching
303
Step 1 - Creating
..........................................................................................................................................................
an Upload File for Bulk TIN Matching
304
Step 2 - File Upload
..........................................................................................................................................................
Transfer & Com pletion for Bulk TIN
305
4 Wizard
...................................................................................................................................
SB Upload
306
5 Reset
...................................................................................................................................
Void Service Bureau Upload
307
Part XXXII Tax Supplies
308
1 Blank
...................................................................................................................................
Copier Paper
308
2 Preprinted
...................................................................................................................................
Paper
309
3 Pressure
...................................................................................................................................
Seal Forms
309
Part XXXIII Transmitter Information
310
1 Create
...................................................................................................................................
a Transmitter
310
Part XXXIV Year-to-Date Imports and Zero Drops
310
1 Year-to-Date
...................................................................................................................................
Import Zero Drop Overview
310
2 Year-to-Date
...................................................................................................................................
Import and Zero Drop Process
311
3 Drop...................................................................................................................................
by Date Range
312
4 Drop...................................................................................................................................
by Import Session
313
Select Im port
..........................................................................................................................................................
Session
313
5 Zero...................................................................................................................................
Drop Process Confirmation
313
6 Voiding
...................................................................................................................................
a Zero Drop Session
314
Part XXXV W-9
314
1 W-9 ...................................................................................................................................
Overview
314
2 W-9 ...................................................................................................................................
Main Screen
316
3 W-9 ...................................................................................................................................
Report
317
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Contents
13
4 W-9 ...................................................................................................................................
Single/Batch Requests
318
5 W-9 ...................................................................................................................................
Wizard
318
6 B Notices
................................................................................................................................... 319
Part XXXVI Web Presentment
320
Part XXXVII Error Messages
320
1 Unable
...................................................................................................................................
to open SystemID file: 53 - Invalid Clarion File
320
2 Unable
...................................................................................................................................
to open required file (ProTips): 53 - Invalid Clarion File
321
3 Unable
...................................................................................................................................
to open SystemID: 3 - Path Not Found
322
4 Unable
...................................................................................................................................
to open systemID: 5 - access denied
322
5 Unable
...................................................................................................................................
to open required file (ProTips): 3 - Path Not Found
323
6 File ...................................................................................................................................
Access Error. Error: Invalid Record Declaration (47).
323
7 Unable
...................................................................................................................................
to Open SystemID: 2 - File not found
324
8 Unable
...................................................................................................................................
to open required file (ProTips): 2 – File Not Found
324
9 EC002
...................................................................................................................................
– Unable to open files!
325
10 Could not load the DLL library C:WIndows\USER32.DLL. The
...................................................................................................................................
325
specified
module could not be found.
11 This Single User version of 1099 Pro can only be used by one
...................................................................................................................................
326
person
at a time.
12 Clarion
...................................................................................................................................
Trappable Runtime Errors
326
Part XXXVIII Additional Services
332
1 TINCheck
................................................................................................................................... 332
Manage m y TINCheck
..........................................................................................................................................................
account
334
Manage m y results
.......................................................................................................................................................... 336
History Requests
.......................................................................................................................................................... 337
TINCheck Integration
.......................................................................................................................................................... 338
Status Icons .......................................................................................................................................................... 345
2 Managed
...................................................................................................................................
Services
347
3 StateComply
................................................................................................................................... 347
Part XXXIX Glossary
348
1 250 rule
................................................................................................................................... 358
2 Alignment
................................................................................................................................... 359
3 Business
...................................................................................................................................
Rules
359
4 Ascii................................................................................................................................... 360
5 Cascading
...................................................................................................................................
updates
360
6 Corrected
...................................................................................................................................
options
360
7 End ...................................................................................................................................
of Payer "C" Record
360
8 End ...................................................................................................................................
of Transmission "F" Record
360
9 Filer................................................................................................................................... 360
10 Hotspot
................................................................................................................................... 360
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
13
14
1099 Pro® 2014
11 Import
...................................................................................................................................
Map
361
12 Location
...................................................................................................................................
code
361
13 Payee
...................................................................................................................................
"B" Record
361
14 Payer
...................................................................................................................................
"A" Record
361
15 Pending
................................................................................................................................... 361
16 Pending
...................................................................................................................................
Status
361
17 Recipient
...................................................................................................................................
Employee
362
18 Roll ...................................................................................................................................
Forward Utility
362
19 SSAE
...................................................................................................................................
16 SOC I Type II
363
20 SSN................................................................................................................................... 364
21 State...................................................................................................................................
Totals "K" Records
364
22 Tag ................................................................................................................................... 364
23 Task...................................................................................................................................
Panel
364
24 TCC ................................................................................................................................... 364
25 TIN ................................................................................................................................... 364
26 TIN (SSN)
...................................................................................................................................
Masking
365
27 Transmitter
...................................................................................................................................
"T" Record
365
Index
366
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Getting Started
1
Getting Started
The Better Way to Go!
Welcome to 1099 Pro for Tax Year 2014
1099 Pro Basic Software Functionality
Add a filer
Add a record
Add a recipient
Import forms
Important dates
Update Software
Support
Corporate Suite Advanced Functionality
These features are available to Corporate Suite edition only
1099 Pro State Quarterly eFile Wizard
1099 Pro Aggregation Feature
945 Federal and State Balancing Report
Creating a Correction of a Correction
Customize Fixed Field
Hosted Solutions
Reporting Thresholds
Set Aggregation Rule
Transactional Imports
Year-to-Date Import Zero Drop Overview
Schedule Imports and Reporting
ASP.net Features
These are the advantages of using the ASP.net edition of our software.
No software installation on end user machines
Multi-Year Lookup
Custom Queries
Security
Recipient Printable Forms
7/9/2014
1.1
Disclaimer
Disclaimer
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
15
16
1099 Pro® 2014
The 1099 Pro, Inc. methodology of flagging errors & warnings is merely a tool to help detect some of the
possible inconsistencies or omissions in your data. 1099 Pro, Inc. does not assert that our system of
detecting Errors and Warnings matches that of the IRS/SSA or that our system will detect any or all
errors in your data. You may in fact have records that flag no Errors or Warnings and the IRS/SSA may
both reject your files and or records and assess significant penalties on the data or lack of data that you
submitted or did not submit. 1099 Pro, Inc. assumes no responsibility or liability for the detection of
errors, omissions, inconsistencies, warnings, formatting, accuracy or compete filing or processing of
your data. This software application identifies many, but not all, of the most common format errors in
information compliance submissions. The likelihood of submission rejection, though not eliminated, is
greatly reduced when utilizing this application. Even if no errors are identified by this software, your
submission could be returned or you could be penalized because of other errors.
1.2
About 1099 Pro, Inc.
About 1099 Pro, Inc.
1099 Pro, Inc.
Founded in 1989, 1099 Pro, Inc. is a market-leading provider of information-reporting solutions & services
for 1099, W-2 and 1042-S filers. 1099 Pro develops and markets a comprehensive range of products that
enable any size business or institution to effectively manage and be compliant with IRS
requirements.1099 Pro products range from Client Server / ASP applications (capable of filing over 100
million records) utilizing a MS SQL back end with a multi-year presentation of forms via Internet Explorer,
to desktop software products for filing from 20 – 100,000 forms, to www.eFileMyForms.com for internet
filing of < 20 forms. Adjunct products include secure Hosting and Services for information processing,
printing, filing and penalty abatement. With the ever-changing IRS laws and regulations, 1099 Pro
develops new services, solutions, and software enhancements, remaining ahead of the curve of the
industry. 1099 Pro is a Microsoft Certified Partner; MBE certified and has received SSAE 16 SOC I Type
II certification.
Software offered by 1099 Pro, Inc.
Tax Pro
Prepares forms W-2, W-3, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, and 1096. Supports printing to pre-printed forms,
and electronic filing to the IRS/SSA.
W-2 Pro
Prepares forms W-2, W-2C, W-3 and W-3C transmittals. Supports printing to blank or preprinted
forms. Through the software you can generate a formatted transmittal file for the SSA site, or for an
additional fee, upload your data to our Service Bureau for printing, mailing, and electronic filing.
1042-S Pro
Prepares form 1042-S on plain paper and allows you to print recipient copies B, C, and D on one
page with instructions on a separate page. Through the software you can generate a formatted
transmittal file for the IRS Fire site, or for an additional fee, upload your data to our Service Bureau
for printing, mailing, and electronic filing to the IRS.
1099 Pro Professional
Professional edition offers a streamlined and cost effective answer to your tax season. Prepares
printing and paper filing for all forms in the 1098, 1099, 3921, 3922, 5498 and W-2G series. For an
additional fee, upload your data to our Service Bureau for printing, mailing, and electronic filing to the
IRS/SSA.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Getting Started
17
1099 Pro Enterprise
Enterprise software is a powerful information reporting solution designed with simplicity in mind.
Enterprise supports the processing, printing, and paper or electronic filing of forms from series 1098,
1099, 3921, 3922, 5498, and W-2G. Through the software you can generate a formatted transmittal
file for the IRS Fire site, or for an additional fee, upload your data to our Service Bureau for printing,
mailing, and electronic filing to the IRS/SSA.
1099 Pro Corporate Suite
The 1099 Pro, Inc. Corporate Suite software combines the power of our Professional and Enterprise
software with the speed, performance, and security of Microsoft's SQL Server technology, making it
the ultimate solution for businesses. Corporate Suite supports the processing, printing, and paper or
electronic filing of forms from series 1097, 1098, 1099, 3921, 3922, 5498, W-2, W-2G, and 1042-S.
Through the software you can generate a formatted transmittal file for the IRS Fire site, or for an
additional fee, upload your data to our Service Bureau for printing, mailing, and electronic filing to the
IRS/SSA.
The 1099 Pro Service Bureau
The 1099 Pro, Inc. Service Bureau was established for the purpose of helping companies ease through
the tax season successfully. The Service Bureau features a highly secure SSAE 16 SOC I Type II and
PCI Compliant environment, configured to process an unlimited amount of records and form types. The
Service Bureau can print and mail records to your recipients, display records online securely via the Web
Presentment service, and electronically file your records with the IRS. Continue reading to learn more
about the services that 1099 Pro offers. Using the simple upload wizard and secure FTP agent available
in your 1099 Pro software, you can easily transmit your records for printing, mailing, or filing. To make
sure you are taking full advantage of our information reporting solutions, we offer free tech support via
phone or live chat.
Services offered by 1099 Pro & the Service Bureau Include:
Filing
We can handle any volume of records for electronic filing. An upload feature, which safely sends your
file directly to our Service Bureau, is built in to every version of the 1099 Pro, Inc. software.
Print & Mail Services
Printing, mailing, and electronic delivery services are available! Our SSAE 16 SOC I Type II Service
Bureau offers a secure, efficient, and friendly solution.
Bulk TIN Matching
The Service Bureau can transmit your file to the IRS Bulk TIN Matching Program. A transmission of
up to 100,000 records is simple via the 1099 Pro software’s upload wizard and secure FTP agent.
Hosting
Our hosted service provides unparalleled speed, security, and bandwidth in which to run 1099 Pro
Software. Our Qwest CyberCenter facilities are connected with OC-768 bandwidth to our state-of-theart fiber optic IP network.
Independent Contractor Reporting
Many states require ICR reporting in their efforts to collect child support and alimony. You can report
payments that you make to contractors by visiting IndependentContractorReporting.com, brought to
you by 1099 Pro, Inc.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
18
1099 Pro® 2014
CA592
California now requires 7% withholding and quarterly reporting when making payments to nonCalifornia residents. 1099 Pro, Inc. offers CA592.com as the best solution for form CA592.
Electronic Delivery
Give your recipients the option to access their forms from a secure internet site instead of receiving a
mailed form. The electronic delivery option significantly reduces costs.
Printing & Mailing with Web Presentment
The Service Bureau can make your forms available for online viewing and reprinting via our secure
internet site.
Web Presentment Only
Print and mail your forms in-house and have them available to view via our secure internet site.
Pressure Seal Printing
Our Pressure Seal paper stock, for customers uploading forms for printing and mailing, adds
additional security for recipients. This eliminates the chance for information to be viewed through an
envelope window.
Full Service
Throughout the year, our regulatory team will work with your team to process your payee and
payment information, imports, and balances, as well as reconcile posted information to your
business areas. Additionally, we will produce all federal/state returns, act as a transmitter on your
company’s behalf, and generate payee statement files, B Notices, and management reports for you.
1.3
Quick Tour
Quick Tour
Overview of Information Reporting.
What is a 1099 Form?
According to the IRS and Federal tax law, you must report to the IRS payments totaling $600 or more made to
independent contractors over the course of the calendar year. When a person is paid on the form, 1099-MISC
for example, all money earned by the individual is paid on an untaxed basis. It is then the responsibility of the
individual to file and pay the appropriate taxes. These taxes can be owed to Federal, State and Local
governments. Workers compensation and unemployment issues also must be addressed independently.
Who we are?
1099 Pro, Inc. provides award winning 1099 software for filing tax forms 1099, 1098, W-2, 1042-S and many
others. For your convenience, 1099 Pro carries a complete line of tax supplies including: 1099 forms, W-2
forms, 1042-S forms and envelopes. We also offer Print/Mail/E-Filing services in the form of our Service
Bureau. To save you time and money, 1099 Pro continues to offer complimentary technical support with the
purchase of any of our software products.
The 1099 Pro Service Bureau
The Service Bureau is a Print/Mail/E-Filing service offered to users of 1099 Pro software. All of our software
products allow the creation of a data UPLOAD file which can be easily transmitted to our Service Bureau. We
can then print and mail the appropriate forms on your behalf and/or electronically submit your file to the IRS. We
can process any number of filers, recipients, and form types.
Why should I use the Service Bureau?
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Getting Started
19
The 1099 Pro Service Bureau has provided Print/Mail/E-Filing services to thousands of our users. Our
customers utilize the Service Bureau to save money, minimize administrative headaches, safeguard their
sensitive data, and benefit from our extensive experience. We've made the process simple:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Purchase the appropriate 1099 Pro software package.
Call or E-Mail our Service Bureau to set an appointment date. We must have your data by the agreed upon
appointment date to ensure that it is mailed or filed by the IRS deadline.
Manually enter or import your data into your 1099 Pro software.
Create an upload file within your 1099 Pro software.
E-Mail or FTP your upload file to us on or before your appointment date.
Why It's Important to Comply?
If you don't file information returns, you face various penalties.
For example, failing to file correct information returns by the due date results in penalties that range from $15 to
$50 per Form W-2 or Form 1099, depending on how late you file the return, and the size of your business. The
maximum penalty ranges from $75,000 to $250,000 ($25,000 to $100,000 for small businesses, defined as a
business where your average annual gross receipts are $5 million or less).
If you intentionally disregard filing requirements, you can pay a penalty of at least $100 per information
statement, with no maximum penalty.
There are three exceptions to these filing penalties:
If you can demonstrate that your omission was due to an event that was beyond your control or due to
some significant mitigating factor and was not willful neglect, you may avoid the penalty. You must
also show that you acted in a responsible manner and took steps to avoid the failure to file.
An inconsequential error or omission is not considered a failure to include correct information
because it doesn't prevent or hinder the SSA/IRS from processing the Form W-2, or from correlating
the information required to be shown on the form with the information shown on the payee's tax return.
The IRS also has something called a de minimus rule for corrections when certain requirements are
met. Basically, if the value provided to an employee is less than it would cost to fix the return, it may
sink beneath notice. See the IRS Topic: De Minimis (Minimal) Benefits .
Filing Accurate Information Returns
The IRS issues very detailed and exacting instructions for filling out information returns. For instance, the IRS
has very definite preferences for which forms can be used, what font you should use (no script characters),
where you should place the data in the blocks, and where you can use zeros.
So follow the instructions carefully. If the IRS can't interpret your forms, you may be subject to a penalty of $50
for each return in an improper format.
Take me back to Getting Started
1.4
Registration & Upgrades
Registration & Upgrades
Software Activation
If your software is running in "DEMO" mode, you must enter your 14 character authorization code so
your demo will unlock, giving you access to all features. Once you have your authorization code follow
these steps to activate your software:
1. From within the software Click on the menu item "Utilities" (at the top of the screen)
2. Select "Software Registration/Demo Activation"
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
20
1099 Pro® 2014
3.
4.
Enter your code & click on the "Activate Now" button
If for some reason you code does not work please call the number below.
How to obtain an Authorization Code
Internet: go to www.1099pro.com and purchase the software from our web site.
Phone: call toll free (888) 776-1099 or (888) pro-1099 from 6am-5pm PST or call (818) 876-0200
E-Mail: [email protected] Pro.com
Upgrading Transaction Limits
Transactions are the number of actual tax forms that may be entered or imported, regardless of print
status, into 1099 Pro. A standard installation allows for 5,000 transactions. To enter additional
transactions you must upgrade 1099 Pro with a bump code. Bump codes may be purchased online at
www.1099pro.com or by contacting Sales at (888) 776-1099.
To upgrade transactions
1. At the menu bar go to Utilities and Software Registration & Upgrades.
2. Enter your bump code and click "Upgrade Now".
How Many Transactions Do I Have?
To track your transactions refer to the Registration window:
1. At the menu bar go to Utilities and Software Registration/Demo Activation.
2. Subtract the Current Record Limit from the Current Record Total.
1.5
Update Software
Update Software
Software Updates
1099 Pro often publishes software updates to keep up with the evolving rules and regulations of the IRS,
SSA, and state agencies. To ensure your compliance, software updates should be checked for
frequently. There are a few ways to see if you are running the most up-to-date version of 1099 Pro
software:
When starting any version of the 1099 Pro software, a pop-up will suggest checking for a software
update.
In Windows, go to the Start Menu, Programs, 1099 Pro, then click on Check for 1099 Pro Updates.
Visit our host site at host.1099pro.com
To see advanced update preferences for Corporate Suite, please see Update Options section.
2
Technical Support & Maintenance
Technical Support
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Technical Support & Maintenance
21
1099 Pro includes context-sensitive help screens as the first means of supporting your use of this
product. In addition, 1099 Pro, Inc. now offers several new technical support options including; Online
Help Tutorials and an Online Knowledge Base. These options are intended to provide customers with
immediate solutions. If these sources do not contain the answers to your questions, contact technical
support by phone or E-Mail. To help us better assist you, please provide the following information:
Company name or Customer ID number
Please be at the computer you are experiencing the problem with
A list of what steps were taken prior to the problem
Any error messages that you have encountered.
Technical Support Options
Help Tutorials and Knowledge Base
http://www.1099 Pro.com
Phone (888) 776-1099 (toll-free) or (818) 876-0200
E-mail [email protected] Pro.com
Service Bureau
Phone - (866) 444-3559
E-Mail - [email protected] Pro.com
Normal Hours
Monday - Friday, 7:00 am - 5:00 pm PST
Saturday - Closed
Sunday - Closed
Tax Season Hours (January)
Monday - Friday, 5:00 am - 6:00 pm PST
Saturday - 8:00 am - 12:00 pm PST
Sunday - 8:00 am - 12:00 pm PST
Direct Links
Tutorials: http://www.1099pro.com/videos.asp
Software download location: http://host.1099 Pro.com
IRS Telephone Assistance: Information Reporting Customer Service Site
If you have questions about reporting on Forms 1096, 1098,1099, 5498, W-2, W-2G, and W-3, you may
call a toll-free number, 1-866-455-7438. You may still use the original telephone number, 304-263-8700
(not toll free). For TTY/TDD equipment, call 304-267-3367 (not toll free). The call site can also be reached
by E-Mail at [email protected] The hours of operation for the call site are Monday through Friday from
8:30a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Eastern time. For other tax information related to business returns or accounts,
call 1-800-829-4933.
Complimentary technical support is limited to questions regarding 1099 Pro software. We are NOT
authorized to provide accounting, tax or legal advice. Please direct such questions to your accountant or
attorney. Calls may be limited during peak tax season.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
22
2.1
1099 Pro® 2014
Data Files
Data Files
1099 Pro data files are suffixed with ".TPS". For example, "filers.tps" contains filer data and "states.tps"
contains state data. In a typical installation these files are located at C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Data.
INI File
The "Pro99T14.INI" file contains information specific to your installation and is located at C:\1099 Pro
\Pro99T14\admin.The INI file may or may not be deleted during a custom uninstall. This file can be
manually deleted if you want to totally remove 1099 Pro from your system or if you want to perform a
clean reinstallation. This file can remain if you want to reinstall the software but retain your settings.
2.2
Electronic Filing Module
Electronic File Module
The Electronic File Module is available in the Enterprise or Corporate Suite
Edition only. You can either upgrade or use the Service Bureau to file
electronically with the IRS on your behalf.
Filing Deadlines:
Paper filers must file returns by March 2, 2015. Electronic filers may file returns electronically through
March 31, 2015 without a late filing penalty. Electronic Filing functionality is available to Enterprise
Edition customers as a free "Web Update" every December. The IRS does not allow testing of the
current year’s Electronic File format until November. 1099 Pro sends test files to the IRS and awaits full
verification of the Electronic File format before releasing the electronic filing module to our customer
base. We employ this strategy to bring you a proven and tested product. No customer of 1099 Pro has
ever been penalized by the IRS due to a software error on our part
Transmitter Control Code (TCC):
A TCC is required if your company will be filing electronically via the 1099 Pro Enterprise Electronic File
Module. If you don't already have one, we suggest you submit your request to the IRS at least 45 days
prior to the March 2, 2015 filing date. To request a TCC number complete Form 4419, Application for
Filing Information Returns Electronically. This form may be printed directly from 1099 Pro software,
obtained by calling the IRS at (866)263-8700 or (304) 263-8700. You may also call 1099 Pro, Inc. and
we'll fax you a copy.
If your company doesn't have a TCC or you've missed the deadline to apply for one, our Service Bureau
can file electronically on your behalf for a nominal fee.
Combined Federal / State Filing Program (CFS):
Participation in this program allows the IRS to forward certain 1099 information directly to participating
states. The following information returns may be filed under this program; 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,
1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R and 5498. By checking the box "Combined Federal/State
Filer" for each Filer, 1099 Pro will flag that electronic data going to the IRS to be formatted in the CFS
program.
Some states (e.g. California, ...) require reporting of other forms not in the CFS (e.g. 1098, ...). In this
case you can create state specific files using 1099 Pro Enterprise or Corporate Suite or you can contact
our Service Bureau for specialized filing on your behalf. Remember that current Enterprise and
Professional customers can reference http://www.1099 Pro.com/resourcecompliance.asp for more
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Technical Support & Maintenance
23
information.
If you have an Internet connection, you can also visit the 1099 Pro web site at www.1099 Pro.com for the
latest information and updates.
2.3
Multi-User Installations
Multi-User Installations
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Enterprise & Professional editions of our software.
1099 Pro is network neutral; either a peer (e.g., all Win XP machines) or server install is OK. The only
requirement is that one machine is designated as server and all others as workstations.
To perform network installation
1. Determine a network drive and folder to install 1099 Pro. All workstations must have rights to this
folder. To assign rights open Windows Explorer from each workstation. Locate the network drive,
right-click your mouse and select Map Network Drive. Each installation will refer to this drive as the
"Global Data Path".
2. Install 1099 Pro on the network server. Enter your multi-user Registration code as prompted. Select
Webupdate Workstation as the Install Type. Allow the program files to reside on the local drive
(e.g., C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14)
3. Upon successfully installing 1099 Pro to the network, click on the "1099 Pro icon" on your desktop.
The Welcome Wizard walks you through setting up the software. By default, Audit Trails and
Security are enabled*. Complete the Welcome Wizard and then re-enter 1099 Pro. Administrators
use "Administrator" and "NEW" to logon for the first time with enabled security. Administrator must
create users and assign rights prior to installing 1099 Pro to workstations.
We recommend enabling Security. If security is disabled ANY USER on ANY WORKSTATION can
access 1099 Pro and view/modify Administrator settings and all data. This includes the potential for
ANYONE to create himself as Administrator and lock you out of 1099 Pro!
To perform workstation installation
1. Complete network installation prior to installing workstation(s).
2. Install 1099 Pro at the workstation. Enter your multi-user Registration code as prompted. Select
Workstation Installation as the Install Type. Browse for the network drive and folder (e.g., X:\1099 Pro
\Pro99T14 where "X" is the mapped network drive). Allow the program files to reside on the local drive
(e.g., C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14).
3. If the Administrator enabled security, the workstation is deemed a "user". Upon first entering 1099
Pro at the workstation a User ID (as assigned by the Administrator) is required. For the Password
enter "new". The User is then required to create their own unique password.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
24
1099 Pro® 2014
Multi-User installation with Remote Data/Program Location
1.
Install Server - Installing software a code ending with ME or MP will trigger a Multi-user installation.
ALWAYS install the "Server" first noting that this PC will be the only PC where software updates
can be applied. Subsequent installations are "Workstations".
2.
Remote Data/Program Location - When installing the 'Server', you are presented with an option to
have your data and program DLL's reside on another PC, Novell drive or Network Attached Storage.
Check the box "Allow Remote Server Installation" to start the Remote Data/Program Location.
Click on the "Browse" button and select the destination directory. Note that the value under
"Select Destination Directory" must end with a pathname of \Pro99T14 (or similar depending if
you are installing 1099, W-2 or 1042-S Pro). Note that you may select a mapped network drive
or you may use UNC such as //amd800/\C in this case.
Next you will be prompted if you wish to roll forward data such as Filers, Security Settings, …
from a prior year. Once you have finished installation you can open the software, click on "Help"
and "About" and then click on the graphic icon for the software and you can see the data paths
involved. Note that none of the data or program files are kept on the "Server", they are kept at the
Remote Server/Data Location.
3. Install Workstations - Perform subsequent workstation installations as needed. Be sure that each
workstation has read/write/delete rights to the Remote Data/Program Location. Note: each
Workstation must communicate with the Remote Server/Data Location via UNC or a mapped letter
drive. Workstations do not have to communicate with the "1st Multi-user Installation = 'Server' shown
above.
4. Webupdates - When it is time to perform a Webupdate you will have to perform it from the "Server"
that you just installed. Webupdates are performed at the "Server" and in this case performing the
update at the "Server" will result in the program files and the data files being updated on the
"Remote Server" (based on the .ini file on the "Server"). Note that workstations will communicate
with the Remote Server/Data Location only and not with the 'Server' where the software was
originally installed from or the Webupdate was run from.
Note: 1099 Pro uses a local .ini file to store the data path of your remote data. Verify the following: If the
1099 Pro install was done under a different account with a drive letter mapping then that same path will
need to be mapped with the same drive letter. For example: If the Administrator of the computer has the
remote drive as L: and the user has the mapped drive as a K: then the user will not be able to access
the data.
See Multi-User Considerations
2.3.1
Multi-User Considerations
Multi-User Considerations
When running 1099 Pro multi-user versions, some tasks require exclusive control of certain files. These
tasks are detailed below.
Record Locking
The multi-user version of 1099 Pro utilizes record locking when two or more users concurrently open the
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Technical Support & Maintenance
25
same record. This allows users to simultaneously view the same record but prevents them from
overriding each other's changes. For example, Users A and B open the same record. User A changes an
amount and saves the record. User B then changes an amount and attempts to save the record. User B
receives a "Record Was Not Updated" warning and the record is automatically updated with User A's
changes. User B may then select a field to restore and use the <F4> key to re-populate what they had
originally entered.
Import Locking
During the final step of the Import Wizard, Post Import Session, 1099 Pro attempts to gain control of all
records. If 1099 Pro is unable to gain control of a record (because someone else has the record open) it
will notify the user and offer to post the files the slow, non-locking way or allow them to cancel.
Unlocking Records
1. Navigate to "File"
2. Click on "Security and Administration"
3. In the "Business Rules and Options" section, click on "Browse System Process Locks"
4. Highlight User and click "Delete/Remove the Selected Lock"
2.4
Online Help
Online Help
Context-Sensitive Help
Use the <F1> key at any screen to access context-sensitive help screens.
To search for a topic
At the 1099 Pro menu bar click "Help", "Search the 1099 Pro Help file" and at the "Index" tab type the
first few letters of the word you're looking for. For example, type "ali" to display the Align Margins
topic.
To print a topic
Click the "Print" button, or
Use "CTRL + P" to display the Print dialog box.
2.5
Optimize Posting
Optimize Posting
When posting very large import files, 1099 Pro may run out of RAM and terminate before the Post is
complete. Users can modify their INI file to optimize the Post process according to the amount of RAM
in the machine running the Post. By default, the Post pauses every 2,000 records to commit new
records. Users can increase (or decrease) the number of records processed between commits to speed
up the process. Unless you are importing large amounts of records and have a powerful machine with
lots of RAM, there is no need to modify the default value of 2,000 records.
To optimize posting
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
26
1099 Pro® 2014
1. Exit 1099 Pro.
2. In Windows Explorer go to C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Admin and open Pro99T14.INI.
3. In the [System] section modify the Post Commit* entry accordingly (do not enter a comma in the
numeric value):
32 megs of RAM: Try the default and lower to 1000 if necessary
64 megs of RAM: Use the default.
96 megs of RAM: Use the default or try increasing to 4000
128 megs of RAM: Try 10000
256 megs of RAM: Try 20000
512 megs of RAM: Try 50000
512+ megs of RAM: Experiment! 1099 Pro beta testers have successfully imported over 128,000
records in a single commit on a machine with 1 gigabyte of RAM.
4.
Save your changes and exit Pro99T14.INI.
5. Open 1099 Pro and Post your import.
The Post Commit entry may need to be manually added to the [System] section. Your entry should look
similar to this:
[System]
PostCommit=2000
2.6
Referential Integrity Delete Error
Referential Integrity Delete Error
The "Referential Integrity Delete Error" prohibits the deletion of a Filer, Recipient, State ID or State
Abbreviation from the 1099 Pro database if used in any record. For Examples:
"Jane Doe" can't be deleted at the Browse Recipients screen if a Form 1099-MISC exists for her.
Note that recipients will be retained for deleted records as well.
"Arizona or AZ" can't be deleted at the States/Provinces screen if a Form 1099-MISC uses "AZ" in
the recipient address. First eliminate "AZ" in the 1099-MISC record and then delete "AZ" at the
States/Provinces screen.
2.7
Repair Files
Repair Files
The Repair option restores deleted files, registry settings and DLL's. It works only if you have access to
the original installation .EXE from which the application was initially installed. For example, if you
downloaded a setup program from the Internet to your desktop, then installed the program while it was
located on your desktop, the setup program must still be located on your desktop when you attempt to
use the repair option. If you installed the application from a CD, then you are prompted to insert the
original installation CD after you click "Next" in the Select Uninstall method dialog box.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Technical Support & Maintenance
27
Did you install 1099 Pro while simultaneously running a virus checker? If so, you may have a corrupt
installation. Do not attempt to repair the files; instead backup your data files, perform a custom uninstall
and then reinstall the software with the virus checker disabled.
To repair files:
1. Close all applications including 1099 Pro Enterprise.
2. Backup your 1099 Pro data files.
3. On your Windows desktop click the "Start" button.
4. Go to "Settings", "Control Panel" and select "Add/Remove Programs".
5. Select "1099 Pro Enterprise" and click the "Add/Remove" button.
6. At the Select Uninstall Method screen choose "Repair" and then click the "Next" button.
7. Press "Finish" to start the repair.
8. The repair prompts to replace .TPS (data) files. Although replacing these files will not affect your
data, it may impact your settings. Thus when prompted to "Repair Newer File"? we recommend
selecting "No" or "No to All".
2.8
Safeguard TIN
Safeguard TIN
When printing forms via the Combined Print option the TIN may sometimes show through the envelope.
1099 Pro, Inc. offers the following solutions to this problem:
1. Instead of having the top panel show through the envelope try having the bottom panel show. For
example, if the Combined Print option for Form 1099-R shows the recipient's TIN with the top panel
(Copy B) for the mailing address, then try folding the paper so the bottom panel (Copy 2) shows
through instead.
2. Try a different print driver with your printer. For example, an HP 4SI with a PCL 5 driver will give
different results than a PCL 6 driver.
3. Try envelopes and paper from 1099 Pro. For example, the #8888-1 envelope is specifically designed
for the Combined Print option in conjunction with blank paper stock #5145. See Tax Supplies.
4. Take advantage of the SSN masking feature within 1099 Pro.
2.9
Special Help
Special Help
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
28
1099 Pro® 2014
Some 1099 Pro Wizard screens offer a "?" button for quick access to special help topics. This button
typically offers more detailed information than what is available via the standard "Help" button or <F1>
key.
2.10
Video Display Issues
Video Display Issues
If the data on the form appears distorted or out of alignment please follow the directions below to correct
your resolution and font settings.
Windows 98/NT/2000
Adjusting your resolution and DPI settings.
1. From your desktop click Start, then select Settings, then Control Panel. Double click the Display icon
and click the Settings tab. Verify your screen area is set at 800x600 (or higher). Click Apply then OK.
2. From the settings tab click Advanced, and verify font size is set at small fonts. You may need to
restart for these settings to take effect.
Windows XP
Adjusting your resolution and DPI settings.
1. Right click on the desktop, select Properties, go to the Settings tab. Verify Screen resolution is
800x600 (or higher). Click Apply then OK.
2. From the Settings tab click Advanced, go to the General tab, verify the DPI setting is 96 DPI. You
may need to restart for these settings to take effect.
Windows Vista
Adjusting your resolution and DPI settings.
1. Right click on the desktop, select Personalize, choose Display Settings. Verify Resolution is 800x600
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Technical Support & Maintenance
29
(or higher). Click Apply then OK.
2. On the Personalization screen click Adjust font size (DPI). Verify your setting is Default scale (96 DPI)
– fit more information. Click Apply then OK. You may need to restart for these settings to take effect.
Windows 7
Adjusting your resolution and DPI settings.
1. Right click on the desktop, select Personalize, choose Display on the left hand side of the screen.
Click Adjust resolution, verify your display resolution is at 800x600 (or higher). Click Apply then OK.
2. On the Display screen click Set custom text size (DPI). Verify scale is set to 100% (96 pixels per
inch). Click OK. You may need to restart for these settings to take effect.
2.11
Screen Resolution
Screen resolution
Screen resolution should ideally be set at 800x600 or greater with small fonts.
2.12
Special Help Button
Special Help Button
Use the <F1> key at any screen to access context-sensitive help screens. The <F1> key is located on
the upper left corner of your keyboard.
2.13
System Requirements
System Requirements
1099 Pro minimum system requirements include:
Windows 2000/ME/XP/2003/VISTA/7/2008
32 or 64 bit operating system compatible
Intel Pentium II/Celeron or AMD Athlon/Sempron/Turion (Minimum)
256MB RAM (512MB or more preferred)
100+MB free hard drive space
For use with ANY Windows compatible printer
Windows compatible network (optional)
1099 Pro also requires display settings of 800x600 and small fonts to properly display windows and type.
Some Deskjet, Inkjet or Bubblejet printers may not print to the bottom 1/2-inch of paper.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
30
1099 Pro® 2014
3
The User Interface
3.1
1099 Pro Central
1099 Pro Central
The 1099 Pro Central Screen provides rapid access to important information!
Overview:
General layout of the tax form filing process form start to finish!
To-Do:
Keeps track of important dates/form status. Also allows you to leave notes for yourself!
Help/Videos*:
Provides links to tech support resources, contact info for support, and Online Tutorials.
Compliance:
Information on Tax Form compliance such as additional services, tools, and consultation. support, and
Online Tutorials.
Services:
1099 Pro offers many additional services such as our Service Bureau.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
The User Interface
3.2
31
Keyboard Shortcuts
Keyboard Shortcuts
<Alt>:
Use <Alt> and the underlined letter (or number) of any menu bar item to access a drop menu. For
example, use <Alt>+<R> to access "Reports".
<F1>:
Access context-sensitive help at any screen.
<F2> or Right-Click Mouse:
With your cursor in the appropriate box, use the <F2> key or right-click your mouse to access box
specific data:
Recipient TIN field: Access the Select a Recipient database.
State/Payer's State ID No.: Access the Select Filer State & ID database (available at 1099-MISC
box 17, 1099-R box 11 and W-2G box 13)
Calendar: Access a multi-year calendar (available at 1099-A box 1, 1099-B box 1, 1099-C box 1,
1099-S box 1, W-2G box 4 and 1099-LTC).
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
32
1099 Pro® 2014
Incremental Search:
Access any recipient or filer via the Search Name field.
Drop Menu*:
Right click your mouse to view a pop up box with options to add, change or delete records.
*Available at the Browse the Recipients, Browse the Filers File and Browse Forms screens only.
3.3
Task Panel: Ent & Prf
Toolbars
Please click on the links below for detail on the options contained under each toolbar.
Preparing My Tax Forms
Printing & Mailing
Filing My Forms
Help & Extras
3.3.1
Preparing My Forms
Preparing My Forms Task Panel
From the Preparing My Forms task panel section you can:
Work With My Tax Forms:
View records, Add or change a record, Delete a record, Run a Control Totals report
Import New Tax Forms (Previously General Options>Import Forms):
Data View import sessions, Void import sessions, Import comma delimited files or tab delimited files.
Form Totals Reports :
Customize a Control Totals report
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
The User Interface
3.3.2
33
Printing & Mailing
Printing & Mailing Task Panel
From the Printing & Mailing task panel section you can:
Printing/Mail;
Print via the Print Wizard
Via the Service Bureau:
Takes you to the Printing, Mailing Filing screen, and Bulk TIN Matching screen where you can begin a
new Service Bureau session for Printing & Mailing or E-Delivery.
Export Forms for Print/Mail:
Export Forms to an ASCII text file for import into other programs.
3.3.3
Filing My Forms
Filing My Forms Task Panel
From the Filing My Forms task panel section you can:
File on Paper (via 1096):
Initiate a Form 1096 print session, Reset the print status of Form 1096, Reprint Form 1096, Run a 1096
Filing Session report.
Electronic Filing:
Generate Electronic Files for use via the IRS FIRE system.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
34
1099 Pro® 2014
Via the Service Bureau:
Takes you to the Printing, Mailing Filing screen, and Bulk TIN Matching screen where you can begin a
new Service Bureau Filing with the IRS Upload.
3.3.4
Help & Extras
Help & Extras Task Panel
From the Help & Extras task panel section visible when you first launch the software you can access:
Help and Tutorials:
Takes you to 1099 Pro Central Help/Videos Screen.
Correcting Filed Forms:
Create Corrections, Reprint Corrected or Original Forms
About the Service Bureau;
Offers more help regarding the 1099 Pro, Inc. Service Bureau
Recipients List:
View all recipients, Add or change recipients, Delete recipients, Run a recipient report
W-9/B-Notice:
Allows you to initiate a W-9 or B-notice request for solicitation of Recipient TIN numbers.
3.3.5
Print Preview Toolbar
Print Preview Toolbar
The Preview screen allows you to view a form or a report and check it for accuracy before printing. Use
the following icons located at the top of the Preview screen:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
The User Interface
35
to print THIS page only.
to VIEW the previous page.
to view the NEXT page
to toggle STAY after printing.
To Search for characters within a report.
to access the "Print Setup" screen to print the entire report.
to exit the preview report WITHOUT printing.
to view the preview report in full WIDTH view.
to view the preview report in full HEIGHT view.
to make a PDF when printing.
to VIEW PDF after printing
to password protect PDF
Additional options available for this screen include:
"Zoom PCT" which defaults to 98% (may vary depending on monitor) and adjusts from 25 to 250%
viewing.
If the preview consists of more than one page, scroll forwards and backwards with the double arrow
icons.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
36
3.4
1099 Pro® 2014
Task Panel: Corporate Suite
General Options Task Panel
From the General Options task panel section visible when you first launch the software you can access:
Filers List:
View all filers, Add or change filers, Delete filers, Run a filer report
Recipients List:
View all recipients, Add or change recipients, Delete recipients, Run a recipient report
W-9/B-Notice:
Allows you to initiate a W-9 or B-notice request for solicitation of Recipient TIN numbers.
Preferences:
Modify backup prompt, Set data entry options, Enable range checking, And more...
Import Forms:
Data View import sessions, Void import sessions, Import comma delimited files or tab delimited files.
Export Forms:
Export Forms to an ASCII text file for import into other programs.
3.4.1
Create/Print Forms Toolbar
Forms & Printing Task Panel
From the Forms & Printing task panel section you can:
Work With My Tax Forms:
View records, Add or change a record, Delete a record, Run a Control Totals report
Print Tax Forms:
Print via the Print Wizard
Form Totals Reports:
Customize a Control Totals report
IRS Instructions & PDF:
Print Form W-9 View and/or print IRS instructions
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
The User Interface
3.4.2
37
Filing Forms Toolbar
Filing & Corrections Task Panel
From the Filing & Corrections task panel section you can:
File via 1096 (paper):
Initiate a Form 1096 print session, Reset the print status of Form 1096, Reprint Form 1096, Run a 1096
Filing Session report.
File via eFile or disk:
Generate Electronic Files
Correcting Filed Forms:
Create Corrections, Reprint Corrected or Original Forms
3.4.3
Service Bureau Toolbar
Service Bureau Task Panel
From the Service Bureau task panel section you can:
Printing & Mailing:
Takes you to the Printing, Mailing & Filing screen where you can begin a new Service Bureau sessions
or view existing completed or voided Service Bureau sessions.
Filing with the IRS:
Takes you to the Service Bureau Upload screen to generate an upload file.
More Information:
Offers more help regarding the 1099 Pro, Inc. Service Bureau
4
ASP.net for Corporate Suite
ASP.net for Corporate Suite
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the 1099 Pro.net edition of our software.
1099 Pro.net utilizes the advanced capabilities of the SQL database coupled with ASPs enhanced
dynamically created webpages to present a compact, powerful package aimed directly at large scale
businesses.
An internet browser based interface make setting up multiple users quick and simple, if they have
Internet Explorer, they have access to the program, access to the internet is not necessary as all
users need is access to the server where 1099 Pro.net is installed via intranet or internet.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
38
1099 Pro® 2014
Multi Year lookup makes digging through multiple pieces of software or files obsolete. All tax year
information entered into the SQL database (Searchable back to year 1997) can be accessed from the
same interface, by using a simple drop down menu.
Information stored in the SQL database can be easily accessed using customizable queries, multiple
search criteria can be used, one at a time or in conjunction with one another. This information is further
narrowed by different operators.
High level encryption keeps your information secure, utilizing up to 256-bit levels of encryption. Note:
Security levels are configurable by the administrator.
Output forms as Adobe Acrobat PDFs so that they can easily be e-mailed, printed or transferred to
recipients, or stored in their completed format outside the SQL database.
4.1
Multi-Year Lookup
Multi-Year Lookup
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the 1099 Pro.net edition of our software.
With 1099 Pro.net you have the ability to look up multiple years worth of information all drawn from the
same database.
Using a simple drop down menu (A1) you have the ability to go through past filer information that has
been entered into the SQL database, no more checking through multiple programs or digging through
cabinets and drawers confirming last years returns. (Search-able back to tax year 1997)
(A1)
Once you have clicked on the tax year you prefer, use our improved search screen (I.E. A2) to find the
information you are looking for.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
ASP.net for Corporate Suite
39
(A2)
4.2
Custom Queries
Custom Queries
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of the 1099 Pro.net
edition of our software.
Using SQL's advanced database features, incredibly easy to use and significant time saving search
criteria are now available. (A1)
You have the option of searching for information by:
The Recipients TIN
Account
Last Name/Company
First Name
PCode
Tax Year
Note: You can also use information from multiple search fields to narrow down information from the
database, if you have many filers this is great for speeding up searches.
(A1)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
40
1099 Pro® 2014
With each search field you also have the option to further narrow your search by the following
operators. (A2)
Equal: Using this operator information will be returned to you using the exact information you placed in
the search criteria field.
Not Equal: This will return all information that not correspond with the information you put into the search
criteria field.
Starts with: Using this operator will return all results that began with whatever information you placed in
the search criteria box.
Ends with: Using this operator will return all results that end with whatever information you placed in the
search criteria box.
Contains: this will search all records for the information that you placed within the search criteria field.
Note: You can also use multiple search fields in conjunction with different operator types to narrow down
you search, for example you can use the search field name First Name with the operators Begins with
and Ends with at the same time.
(A2)
4.3
Security
Security
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the 1099 Pro.net edition of our software.
With administrator configurable encryption going up to 256-bit your information can now be trusted to
users outside the local area network. Now users from multiple locations can safely and securely draw
upon the information stored in your SQL database to both input information and print.
1099 Pro.net offers unparalleled levels of access restrictions, administrators now have the ability to limit
what areas users have access to. If you don't want certain forms or boxes changed after certain times of
the year, you can now limit that, this can also save time from mistakes potentially being made.
4.4
Recipient Printable Forms (Recipient Module)
Recipient Printable Forms
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
ASP.net for Corporate Suite
41
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the 1099 Pro.net edition of our software.
Information can now easily be exported in the commonly used Adobe Acrobat PDF format, without the
need for Adobe to be installed on the user's machine.
Exporting forms in this commonly used format makes sending forms to recipients a snap, simply e-mail
or transfer the forms to the recipient.
With this advanced feature recipients can now have records of their forms accessible to them almost
immediately.
4.5
Custom Column Views
Custom Column Views
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the 1099 Pro.net edition of our software.
As part of the 1099 Pro.NET module you can lay out the Work With My Tax Forms screen to show the
most relevant information to you! This information is customized per user and can be shared amongst
users. In addition to being able to select which columns are displayed you may also rename them and/or
select a default custom sort order to display the information.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
42
5
1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Filers
Browse Filers
Use the Browse the Filers File screen to add, update, or delete unlimited filers. To quickly jump between
existing filers use the Select Filer button.
Filer Highlights
1099 Pro accepts multiple filers with one TIN. This is useful for companies that issue forms from
multiple departments or for batch processors.
1099 Pro allows US, Canadian and foreign filers.
Add a Filer
1099 Pro allows unlimited filers.
See Adding a Filer
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Filers
43
Change a Filer
Changes made to a filer affect only records with a pending status. (To switch between existing filers use
the Select Filer button.)
See Changing a Filer
Delete a Filer
A filer can only be deleted if it is NOT associated with any recipient records.
See Deleting a Filer
Run Filer Report
The Filer/Employer/Payer Listing provides detailed information on filers including Name, TIN, Contact
Information, State ID Numbers and a history of any address changes.
See Running Filer Reports
Select a Filer
Use the Select Filer screen to select a filer.
See Selecting a Filer
Tag Filers
1099 Pro allows you to manually tag (select) filers for inclusion in a print session.
See Tagging Filers
5.1
Add a Filer
Add a Filer
1099 Pro allows unlimited filers.
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
add a filer
From the task panel click the "General Options" tab and the Filers list icon.
At the Browse the Filers File screen click "Add".
At the Adding a Filer Record screen complete all fields.
After completing all fields click "OK" to save the filer.
See Filer Record Details for a thorough explanation on each entry field.
5.2
Change a Filer
Change a Filer
Changes made to a filer affect only records with a pending status. (To switch between existing filers use
the Select Another Filer button.)
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
change a filer
From the task panel click the "General Options" tab and the Filers list icon.
At the Browse the Filers File screen highlight the filer and click "Change".
At the Changing a Filer Record screen make changes and click "OK".
The Administrator prompts to update all pending records with the new filer information. Users are
encouraged to click "Yes".
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
44
5.3
1099 Pro® 2014
Contact
Contact
Use the "Add" button to add a Contact Person, Department and Phone Number. Adding multiple
contacts allows you to change the contact information on different records (use the Dept. field at the
Adding a Form Record screen). At least one contact is required. The phone number prints on all copies
and 1096 Transmittals. The Transmitter/Submitter contact name is included in electronic files.
To add/edit a contact:
Go to "Manage Filer"
Open or add Filer
Go to the "Contact section. The Add or Change Contact will allow the Contact page to open.
5.4
Delete a Filer
Delete a Filer
A filer can only be deleted if it is NOT associated with any recipient records.
To
1.
2.
3.
5.5
delete a Filer
From the task panel click the "General Options" tab and the Filers list icon.
At the Browse the Filers File screen highlight the filer and click "Delete".
At the Confirm Delete screen click "Yes" to delete the filer or "No" to cancel.
Filer Record Details
Filer Record Details
General Tab
Taxpayer Identification Number
If the filer does not have a TIN but has applied for one, enter "Applied For" in this field.
Filers with an EIN or SSN may issue 1099s.
Filers with an "Applied For" status may issue forms but cannot generate a 1096 Transmittal until a
TIN is entered.
Location/Estab. No. (Optional)
Use to set up multiple filers with the same TIN; allows different return addresses for different forms.
Multiple filers sharing one TIN (or batch processors grouping by month) can enter a Location Code of
up to 4 alpha-numeric characters in this field. The Location Code appears in the filer name and in all
reports, OR
If the SSA assigned you an Establishment Number enter it in this field.
This field flows through to the B record positions 41-44 as the "Payer's Office Code" (applies to
electronic filers only). Per the IRS, this code must also appear on backup withholding notices.
Payer Code
A Payer code is an alphanumeric shorthand used to identify a Payer/Filer in the system. You might set
up several Filers with the same TIN in the system and the Payer Code is an easy way to identify the
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Filers
45
business area you are dealing with. For example a Payer Code of ‘BOD’ where reporting for the Board of
Directors takes place. Typically security and/or the return address would be different for each Payer
Code. Additionally, in an import file with recipient / tax form data for more than one Payer/Filer, Payer
codes can be used to define which Payers / Filers the recipient / tax form data should be posted to.
Country
Defaults to USA. Selecting Canada or a foreign country automatically reformats the address fields.
Filer Name
Prints on all 1099 forms.
Filer Name Line 2
Prints on all 1099 forms.
Address
Prints on all 1099 forms.
Contact Information
Use the "Add" button to add a Contact Person, Department and Phone Number. Adding multiple
contacts allows you to change the contact information on different records (use the Dept. field at the
Adding a Form Record screen). At least one contact is required. The phone number prints on all copies
and 1096 Transmittals. The Transmitter/Submitter contact name is included in electronic files.
Combined Federal/State Filer
Applies to users of the 1099 Pro Service Bureau and/or Electronic filers.
Service Bureau users should check this box if they wish to participate in the Combined Federal/
State Filing Program at no additional charge.
Electronic Filers using the Enterprise Version should check this box to participate in the Combined
Federal/State Filing Program ONLY if they have a qualified TCC number.
RTN
Routing Transit Numbers are used by banks and other financial institutions. If entered, this information
appears only on Form 1099-INT.
Fax
This field is optional.
E-mail
This field is optional.
1099-K Tab
(Enterprise and Professional software only)
Clicking on this tab enables you to specify form 1099-K preferences, including:
Filer Classification
Not applicable
PSE - Payment Settlement Entity
TPP - Third Party Payer
Additional Payment Settlement Entity (PSE) Information
this section is only enabled after selecting "PSE" as the Filer Classification, and enables you to enter
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
46
1099 Pro® 2014
the following information:
PSE Name
PSE Phone
Tax Form and Visual Options Tab
(Corporate Suite software only)
Clicking on this gives you the option to specify the following preferences:
1099/1042-S
W-2
1099-K
Visual/Print Options
State I.D. Number(s) Tab
State ID Numbers
These numbers are assigned by the individual state. For example, in California the Employer
Development Department (EDD) assigns a state ID number. Check with your accountant or attorney to
determine if your company has a state ID number. If you do, use the "Add" button to add as many state
ID numbers as necessary.
For more information, see State ID Number.
Extra Options Tab
Here you can set the default preference for SSN masking per the IRS guidelines. Please see the TIN
Masking section for more information.
5.6
Filer Reports
Filer Reports
The Filer/Employer/Payer Listing provides detailed information on filers including Name, TIN, Contact
Information, State ID Numbers and a history of any address changes.
To run a report
1. From the task panel click the "General Options" tab and the Filers list icon.
2. At the Browse the Filers File screen click "Run Filer Report".
All filers are automatically included in the report unless the "Print Only One Filer" check box is
selected. To pick and choose filers exit this screen and at the menu bar click Reports and
Forms Issued by Filer. Click "Yes" to preview the report and then tag the appropriate filers
3. The Administrator prompts to preview the report, click "Yes".
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Filers
5.7
47
Select Another Filer
Select Another Filer
Use the "Select Another Filer" button, located at the top left of your screen, to select a filer.
To
1.
2.
3.
5.8
select a different filer
From Browse Forms screen locate the current filer window on the left.
On the task panel click the "Select Another Filer" button.
At the Browse the Filers File screen highlight the filer to use and click "Select".
a. The selected filer displays on the toolbar above the "Select Another Filer" button.
Tag Filers
Tag Filers
1099 Pro allows you to manually tag (select) filers for inclusion in a print session.
Tag Records
1. On the task panel select the Forms & Printing section and the Print Tax Forms icon. Use the
Current Form drop menu to select the form type to process.
2. At the Printing Tax Forms screen choose the "All Pending Forms for Selected Filers" option.
3. Click the "Begin Print Process" button.
4. At the Browse the Filers File screen click the "Tag" button to select filers. A red checkmark appears
beside each tagged filer. (See Tag Key Shortcuts below.)
To sort filers prior to tagging, use the View drop menu.
e
r
e
h
t
5. After tagging all filers, click "Proceed" to initiate the Print Wizard.
Tag Key Shortcuts
Tag: Use this button (or ALT + T) to tag individual filers.
Tag All: Use this button (or ALT + A) to tag all filers.
Untag: Use this button (or ALT + U) to untag an individual filer.
Untag All: Use this button to untag all filers.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
48
1099 Pro® 2014
Flip: Use this button (or ALT + F) to reverse the tag status of an individual filer.
Flip All: Use this button (or ALT + L) to reverse the tag status of all filers. For example, if you have 3
filers and only one filer is tagged, the Flip All button will tag the two previously untagged filers and
untag the original filer.
Prev Tag: Use this button (or ALT + P) to scroll backwards through tagged filers.
Next Tag: Use this button (or ALT + N) to scroll forwards through tagged filers.
6
Browse Recipients
Browse Recipients
Use the Browse the Recipients File screen to add, update, or delete recipients. To access these
recipients at any data entry form, use the <F2> key in the Recipient ID Number field.
Add a Recipient
1099 Pro allows unlimited recipients.
See Adding Recipients
Change a Recipient
Changes made to a recipient only effect records with a pending status. When you make manual changes
to the filers & recipient master list in 1099 Pro, those changes are then cascaded or (updated)
throughout all tax forms with a status of Pending . Cascading updates help ensure that the entire filer
and recipient information, regardless of the tax form, synchronizes quickly and uniformly. These changes
are NOT tracked through the Record History screen, only direct changes to a tax form are tracked under
record history.
See Changing a Recipient
Delete a Recipientf
A recipient cannot be deleted if any records are associated with it.
See Deleting a Recipient
Run Forms Issued Report
The Forms Issued for Recipient report details all forms issued to each recipient. Includes filer, recipient
address, and form status.
See Running Forms Issued Reports
Group Actions
Group Actions let you tag/select a number of items and then perform a single action on them. In all
cases, you will be asked to confirm your choice before the action is taken.
See Group Actions
Multiple Recipients - One TIN
Occasionally a filer may issue multiple forms to the same recipient or issue forms to two individuals
sharing one SSN or EIN. For example, Jane Doe DBA Jane's Courier Service and Jane Doe both use an
SSN of 123-45-6789. However, Jane Doe DBA and Jane Doe have different addresses. To enter both
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Recipients
49
recipients follow this procedure:
See Multiple Recipients w/ One TIN
Run Recipient Report
The Recipient Listing includes the Name, TIN, and Address of all recipients in the 1099 Pro database.
For more detailed recipient information, including Account Numbers and status of any forms, use the
Control Totals report.
See How to Run a Recipient Report
Select a Recipient
All recipient records are stored in a master database that is accessible at any tax form. To access this
information at any data entry screen place your cursor in the Recipient TIN field and hit the <F2> key or
right-click your mouse. The Select a Recipient screen appears with ALL recipients for ALL filers available
for selection. At the Select a Recipient screen, highlight a recipient and click "Select" or double-click the
recipient.
See Selecting Recipients
Tagging Recipients
1099 Pro allows you to manually tag (select) records for inclusion in a print session.
See Tagging Recipients
Using the Recipient Lookup Feature
In the recipient lookup screen you can run a program wide search for a recipient then view a list of form
types associated with that recipient as well at the form(s) statuses, error statuses, Filer Tax ID number
applied to this Tax Form and Recipient and then the Filer Name. This is helpful overall when you have a
large number of records in the software and you need to find someone right away without having to go in
and out of various filers to search for a single recipient.
See Recipient Look up Feature
W-9 New Request for Recipient Indicator
Column to show if there have been requests for a recipient.
See W-9 Main Screen
Issue a W-9 or B-Notice
This button initiates the wizard to generate a W-9 for the selected recipient. This lets you issue forms
one at a time without creating a batch.
See W-9 Wizard
6.1
Recipient Lookup Account Selection
Recipient Lookup Account Selection
This screen is triggered by clicking on the "Account" button in the Recipient Lookup Screen . Accounts
tied to criteria that you type in the Search/Filter box are displayed in this secondary window. To reset or
remove the filter applied to this screen, click the "Show All (Remove Filter) button".
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
50
6.2
1099 Pro® 2014
Recipient Lookup Screen
Recipient Lookup Screen
In the recipient lookup screen you can run a program wide search for a recipient then view a list of form
types associated with that recipient as well the forms statuses, error statuses, Filer Tax ID number
applied to this Tax Form and Recipient and then the Filer Name. This is helpful when you have a large
number of records in the software and you need to find someone right away without having to go in and
out of various filers to search for a single recipient.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Recipients
51
To use the recipient lookup feature
1. First determine the search criteria you need to search by. If you are running the search by name
then type in either the first few letters of that company's name, Last Name or First Name and then
click on the "Name" button. By Account number?, Click on the "Account Number button". By TIN?,
use the TIN number....etc.
2. When viewing the results, the recipient accounts are displayed below as well as the tax forms
issued to each recipient.
3. This search feature is considered to be more of an alternative to the search feature in the Work With
My Tax Forms screen. It's strengths lie in "getting straight to the point" with what tax forms and
filers are tied to a recipient. This search is not considered to be superior over running a queried
search where you can really narrow down details of a search by state or by dollar amounts.
4. New features allow you to "Quick Print" the form or "Change/View" the tax form.
Hint! To filter on a specific recipient account: Highlight the account number in the "Recipient Accounts"
window and then view the filtered results below in the list of Tax Forms issued to the Recipient. Or just
highlight "Select all" to display all results.
6.3
Add a Recipient
Add a Recipient
1099 Pro allows unlimited recipients.
To
1.
2.
3.
add a recipient
From the task panel click the "General Options" tab and the Recipients list icon.
At the Browse the Recipients File screen click "Add".
At the Adding a Recipient Record screen complete all fields. Use the <F1> key at any time to
access field specific information.
4. After completing all fields click "OK" to save the recipient.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
52
6.4
1099 Pro® 2014
Change a Recipient
Change a Recipient
Changes made to a recipient only effect records with a pending status.
To change a recipient
1. From the task panel click the "General Options" tab and the Recipients List icon.
2. At the Browse the Recipients File screen highlight the recipient and click "Change".
3. At the Changing a Recipient Record screen make changes and click "OK".
4. The Administrator prompts to update all pending records with the new recipient information. Records with
a printed or Filed 1096 status are not updated.
6.5
Delete a Recipient
Delete a Recipient
A recipient cannot be deleted if any records are associated with it.
To
1.
2.
3.
6.6
delete a Recipient
From the task panel click the "General Options" tab and the Recipients List icon.
At the Browse the Recipients File screen highlight the recipient and click "Delete".
At the Confirm Delete screen click "Yes" to delete the recipient or "No" to cancel.
Forms Issued Report
Run Forms Issued Report
The Forms Issued for Recipient report details all forms issued to each recipient. Includes filer, recipient
address, and form status.
To
1.
2.
3.
6.7
run a report
From the task panel click the "General Options" tab and the Recipients List icon.
At the Browse the Recipients File screen click "Run Forms Issued Report".
When 1099 Pro prompts to limit the report to only the selected recipient, click "Yes" or "No". Click
"Yes" to preview the report.
Group Actions
Group Actions
Printing Pending Tax Forms
You can select (tag) any number of tax forms that have a status of Pending, then print them using the
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Recipients
53
Quick Print options to quickly select the paper type, Copies, sort order and more. If you need to print
copy A forms and change the status of the forms from Pending to Printed, you must use the standard
'Print Tax Forms' button and wizard. Quick Printing does not provide for changing status.
Reprinting Printed or Filed Tax Forms
Allows you to select (tag) from a list of all forms that no longer have a status of Pending and then reprint
the forms using the Quick Print options to quickly select the paper type, Copies, sort order and more.
Adding New Forms for Selected Recipients
This option lets you select (tag) any number of recipients, and then loop through the list creating new
forms for them. The program will automatically fill in the recipient information on each new form, so all
you have to do is fill in the specific box information for the form. For additional flexibility, you are also
given the option to add the forms in any of four sort orders: by name, by TIN, by State or by ZIP.
Deleting Pending Tax Forms
Using this option, you can select (tag) any number of Pending tax forms and delete them with one
operation. All notes associated with the form are also deleted.
Resetting Printed Tax Forms Back To Pending
You can select (tag) any number of tax forms that have a current status of Printed, and reset their status
back to Pending so that they can be updated or deleted. The selected forms can belong to any print
session.
Voiding Printed Tax Forms
You can select (tag) any number of tax forms that have a current status of Printed, and change their
status to Void so that they cannot be filed. The selected forms can belong to any print session.
Un-voiding Tax Forms
You can select (tag) any number of tax forms that have a current status of Void, and reset their status
back to Pending so that they can be updated or deleted.
6.8
Multiple Recipients - One TIN
Multiple Recipients - One TIN
Occasionally a filer may issue multiple forms to the same recipient or issue forms to two individuals
sharing one SSN or EIN. For example, Jane Doe DBA Jane's Courier Service and Jane Doe both use an
SSN of 123-45-6789. However, Jane Doe DBA and Jane Doe have different addresses. To enter both
recipients follow this procedure:
1. Enter Jane Doe as normal at any Adding a New Record screen. This will be the "master" recipient
information for Jane Doe.
2. Click "Save" to save Jane Doe's record.
3. At the next Adding a New Record screen, enter the shared TIN in the Recipient TIN field. Jane Doe's
name and address automatically fill the screen.
4. Use SHIFT + TAB to move backwards through the fields and overwrite the name and/or address
fields with Jane Doe DBA's information.
5. Click "Save" to save your changes.
6. The Administrator indicates a possible recipient information mismatch. Click "No" to not update Jane
Doe DBA with the "master" record. Also uncheck the "Update All Other Pending Forms" checkbox.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
54
1099 Pro® 2014
At the Browse the Recipients screen only the "master" record, Jane Doe, is listed. However, the
recipient record does list the DBA under the Accounts/Name2 tab.
6.9
Recipient Record Details
Recipient Record Details
General Tab
SSN/EIN
The placement of the dash in the TIN field is critical! The entry of an SSN or EIN determines the
formatting of the Name and Company fields.
First Name (SSN)
Enter the recipient's First Name.
Last Name (SSN)
Enter the recipient's Last Name.
Company (EIN)
Enter the recipient's Company.
Name Line 2
Enter a second name or DBA, as appropriate.
Address Type
Defaults to USA. Selecting Canada or Other reformats the address fields.
Address
Enter the recipient's Address.
E-mail
This field is optional.
Accounts/Name 2 Tab
Name Line 2
This field is for reference only and reflects entries made at the data entry screen.
Account Numbers
Enter as many account numbers as necessary. Access this information at the Account Number field at
any data entry screen via the <F2> key.
W-9/B-Notices Request Tab (Only Applicable if an open request exists for a recipient)
This tab allows you to change you update the TIN/Name and change the status of the request. If there is
no open request, that tab is not shown. Your options for status requests are as follows:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Recipients
55
Leave the Request Open as Pending
Any open requests will be untouched and left in a Pending status.
Close the Request
This option is used when corrected info has been received back from the recipient, etc.
Voided
VOID the request, it should not have been issued. (After you VOID a request and save your changes,
that request can no longer be modified since it is now considered updated/closed)
Escalated
If you choose Escalate, when you save the Recipient form, the existing form is closed and you are
taken directly to the Info Request wizard to create a new form. Your options to escalate are Escalate
to the 1st B-Notice or Escalate to a 2nd B-Notice. When escalating, selecting either one of these
options determines the proper screen you will be taken to.
6.10
Run a Recipient Report
Run a Recipient Report
The Recipient Listing includes the Name, TIN, and Address of all recipients in the 1099 Pro database.
For more detailed recipient information, including Account Numbers and status of any forms, use the
Control Totals report.
To
1.
2.
3.
6.11
run a report
From the task panel click the "General Options" tab and the Recipients List icon.
At the Browse the Recipients File screen click "Run Recipient Report".
When 1099 Pro prompts to preview the report, click "Yes".
Select a Recipient
Select a Recipient
Select a Recipient
All recipient records are stored in a master database that is accessible at any tax form. To access this
information at any data entry screen place your cursor in the Recipient TIN field and hit the <F2> key or
right-click your mouse. The Select a Recipient screen appears with ALL recipients for ALL filers available
for selection. At the Select a Recipient screen, highlight a recipient and click "Select" or double-click the
recipient.
To
1.
2.
3.
Filter Recipients
Place your cursor in the Search/Filter box.
Select the View by TIN (SSN/EIN) or View by Last Name tab.
Enter your search criteria and hit TAB on your keyboard. For example, to view only recipients with
last names starting with the letter "B", type "B" and TAB.
4. To remove the filter click the "Show All (remove filter)" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
56
6.12
1099 Pro® 2014
Tagging Recipients
Tagging Recipients
1099 Pro allows you to manually tag (select) records for inclusion in a print session.
Tagging Records
1. On the task panel select the Forms & Printing tab and the Print Tax Forms icon. Use the Selected
Form drop down menu to select the form type to process.
2. At the Printing Tax Forms screen choose the "Manually select forms..." option.
3. Click the "Begin Print Process" button.
4. At the Selecting Form Records screen click the "Tag" button to select records. A red checkmark
appears beside each tagged record. (See Tag Key Shortcuts below.)
To sort records prior to tagging, use the View or Query drop menus.
5. After tagging all records, click "Proceed to Next Step" to initiate the Print Wizard.
Tag Key Shortcuts
Tag: Use this button (or ALT + T) to tag individual records.
Tag All: Use this button (or ALT + A) to tag all records.
Untag: Use this button (or ALT + U) to untag an individual record.
Untag All: Use this button to untag all records.
Flip: Use this button (or ALT + F) to reverse the tag status of an individual record.
Flip All: Use this button (or ALT + L) to reverse the tag status of all records. For example, if you have
3 records and only one record is tagged, the Flip All button will tag the two previously untagged
records and untag the original record.
Prev Tag: Use this button (or ALT + P) to scroll backwards through tagged records.
Next Tag: Use this button (or ALT + N) to scroll forwards through tagged records.
7
Helpful Hints
7.1
Adobe Acrobat
Adobe Acrobat
Use Acrobat Reader to open/view a PDF file. Download Acrobat Reader for free at ADOBE's website.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Helpful Hints
7.2
57
Alternative import layout
Alternative Import Layout
Standard Import vs. Alternative Import Layout
The standard import layout (as used in the sample import files) provides distinct City, State and Zip
fields. The alternative import layout makes use of a single Combined City/ST/Zip field. Use one or the
other layout in your import file.
See Sample Import Files
7.3
Canadian postal code rules
Canadian Postal Code Rules
Must be 7 characters
Character 4 must be a blank
Format is letter-number-letter, a space, then number-letter-number
For the first letter (position 1), only these letters are acceptable: ABCEGHJKLMNPRSTVXY
For the letters in positions 3 and 6, these letters are acceptable (adds W and Z):
ABCEGHJKLMNPRSTVWXYZ
Valid example is C3H 4W9
7.4
Compliance Seminars
Compliance Seminars
For information about 1099 Pro sponsored seminars and conferences, visit our web site at http://
www.1099 Pro.com/servTrainingSeminars.asp for more information.
7.5
Form Status Values
Form Status Values
1. Form Status values
Standard tax form record status equates
NOTE: These values *CANNOT* be changed once a product is in the field.
Original record (range: 0 - 10)
ePending Equate(0)
ePrinted Equate(1)
ePrintedVoided Equate(2)
ePrintedFiled1096 Equate(3)
ePrintedFiledMag Equate(4)
ePrintedUploaded Equate(5)
eFiledMag Equate(6) Filed without printing
eUploaded Equate(7) Uploaded without printing
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
58
1099 Pro® 2014
'Corrected' Original with blanked amounts (range: 10 - 19)
eCorrectedPending Equate(10)
eCorrectedPrinted Equate(11)
eCorrectedPrintedVoided Equate(12)
eCorrectedPrintedFiled1096 Equate(13)
eCorrectedPrintedFiledMag Equate(14)
eCorrectedPrintedUploaded Equate(15)
eCorrectedFiledMag Equate(16)
eCorrectedUploaded Equate(17)
Correction record (range: 20 - 29)
eCorrectionPending Equate(20)
eCorrectionPrinted Equate(21)
eCorrectionPrintedVoided Equate(22)
eCorrectionPrintedFiled1096 Equate(23)
eCorrectionPrintedFiledMag Equate(24)
eCorrectionPrintedUploaded Equate(25)
eCorrectionFiledMag Equate(26)
eCorrectionUploaded Equate(27)
2. Voided Form
This one should already appear in the QW as a checkbox.
3. Correction Type
This is internal to the program.
4. Error Status
We ship with queries for these already.
0 = No errors
1 = Warnings
2 = Errors
3 = Warnings + Errors
4 = Fatal/major Error
7.6
Map by Name Import
Map By Name Import
Map By Name Import Method
Use if your import file incorporates header records from one of our sample import files. Simply click the
"Map By Name" button and the fields automatically assign themselves.
For more information see the Import Wizard and Map By Name topics.
7.7
Master Audit Trail Browser
Master Audit Trail Browser
The Master Audit Trail Browser is available only to Administrators or Users with administrative access
rights. The Master Audit Trail Browser offers greater functionality than the Record History screen
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Helpful Hints
59
including the ability to view all records and make changes directly to records.
See Audit Trails.
7.8
Master Tax Form
Master Tax Form
Master Tax Form
In terms of Aggregating data, the master tax form is considered to be the first tax form entered at the top
of the transactions list.
7.9
Menu bar
Menu Bar
The menu bar is a traditional navigational tool located at the top of the 1099 Pro screen. For example,
use ALT + R to access "Reports".
7.10
Online Help Tutorials
Online Help Tutorials
Online Help Tutorials
Video tutorials are available to view for free at http://www.1099pro.com/videos.asp
7.11
Online knowledge base
Online Knowledge Base
Provides a searchable database of over 200 solutions for all 1099 Pro, Inc. software products. Access
the Knowledge Base at http://www.1099pro.com/support.asp.
7.12
Protected Forms
Protected Forms
Records with a Printed, Filed or Void print status are "protected" from changes or edits. Use the
Protected Form Update Options screen to access these records.
Listed below are the protected statuses and a description of the available update options for that same
status:
Printed
View the form, reset the form to pending print status, void the form or reprint the form
(Records that were imported with a printed status cannot be void, reset or delete.
The entire import session must be reset.)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
60
1099 Pro® 2014
Voided
View the form, unvoid the form or reprint the form
Filed 1096
View the form, reprint the form or create corrections.
E-Filed
View the form, reprint the form or create corrections.
SB Print + Mail
This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and marked with a request
for the Service Bureau to print and mail your forms to your recipients.
SB Filing
This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and you have
elected the Service Bureau to file your forms to the IRS
SB Print + File
This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and you have
elected for the Service Bureau to Print & Mail to your recipients, then File your forms to the IRS.
Corrected
View the original or corrected form, reprint the original or corrected form.
To access the Protected Form Update Options screen
At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight any record with any print status except pending.
Click the "Change" button.
To Create Corrections
Refer to About Corrections and Create Corrections - A Tutorial
7.13
Registration code
Registration Code
A registration code (activation code) is provided upon proof of payment. Registration codes are 14 alpha/
numeric characters (e.g., R91234567XXXSE). The algorithm of your registration code indicates the
edition, user license and number of transactions purchased.
See Registration topic
7.14
Toolbar
Toolbar
The toolbar provides quick access to common tasks.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Helpful Hints
7.15
61
Welcome Wizard
Welcome Wizard
Upon first entering 1099 Pro 2014, the Welcome Wizard walks you through creating your first filer and
activating optional security features.
7.16
eFile Archiving
eFile Archiving
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
During Electronic File (Mag Media – State and Quarterly) creation in the Electronic Filing link, there is an
option to “Archive a copy of this file”. Checking the “Archive a copy of this file” box creates an archived
Electronic File in the 1099 Pro database. If an Electronic File is created and the “Archive a copy of this
file” box is checked, the file can be resent if your files have been lost or corrupted.
If you need to retrieve your archived data:
Click on "Electronic Filing" in the "Filing & Corrections" section of your task bar.
Highlight the eFile session
Click on "Retrieve Archived File" at the bottom of the screen.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
62
8
1099 Pro® 2014
1096 Overview
1096 Overview
The Purpose of the 1096
Use this form to transmit paper Forms 1099,1098, 5498, and W-2G to the Internal Revenue Service.
Do not use Form 1096 to transmit electronically.
For electronic submissions, see Pub. 1220, specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G
Electronically.
1096 Print Wizard
A 1096 Transmittal can ONLY be generated for records with a printed status.
Wait until mid to late February to print your transmittal (and associated Copy A's) to incorporate as
many recipient change requests as possible.
The red ink on the pre printed 1096 is invisible to the IRS scanners. Although your data should
ideally align in the proper box, it is OK if the data slightly overlaps the red ink.
Print a test page to blank paper to minimize form waste. Align margins if data does not align in the
proper box.
A corrected 1096 automatically prints "Filed to Correct TIN, Name &/or Address" or "Filed to Correct
Document Type" at the bottom of the transmittal.
Ready to Print your 1096s? See 1096 Print Wizard for more details
Maintain Printed Status
Select this option if you are dissatisfied with the 1096 (destroy the printed 1096). The records in this print
session maintain their printed status and are available for inclusion in another 1096 transmittal.
See Maintaining Printed Status for more information
1096 Session Report
The Print Session report summarizes all data for the selected transmittal.
See Printing 1096 Session Report
Assigning 1096 Filed Status
Select this option if the 1096 transmittal was completed properly and printed to your satisfaction. The
records in this print session are assigned a Filed 1096 status and are no longer available for edits.
See Assigning 1096 Filed Status
Reset 1096 Session
Void a 1096 and all records in that print session are automatically reset to printed status.
See Voiding a 1096 Session
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
1096 Overview
63
Reprint 1096 Form
Things to keep in mind:
The red ink on the pre printed 1096 is invisible to the IRS/SSA scanners. Although your data should
ideally align in the proper box, it is OK if the data slightly overlaps the red ink.
Print a test page to blank paper to minimize form waste. Align margins if data does not align in the
proper box.
See Reprinting 1096 for more information
8.1
1096 Print Wizard
1096 Print Wizard
The 1096 Print Wizard makes it easy to generate a 1096 Transmittal.
To generate a 1096
1. On the task panel select the Filing & Corrections section and click the "File via 1096 (paper)" icon.
2. Click the "Begin a New Form 1096 Process" button to access the Form 1096 Print Wizard. To
proceed with the Print Wizard click "Next". Use the "Back" button at any time to go back a step.
3. Select the form type to process. Only records with a printed status are available for selection.
4. Tag print sessions. Multiple print sessions of the same form type may be included in this 1096. Click
"Next" to proceed.
5. Verify Contact Name and Phone Number. E-mail Address and Fax Number are optional fields. Click
"Next" to proceed.
6. Print a test alignment to minimize form waste. When satisfied with alignment click "Next" to
proceed.
7. Review 1096 summary and if satisfied, click "Print" to begin printing.
8. 1099 Pro prompts you to place the pre printed 1096 form into the printer. Click "OK" when the printer
is ready.
9. Indicate if the Transmittal is ready to send to the IRS:
Select "YES - My 1096 printed correctly" if you are satisfied with the 1096. These forms will
have a Filed 1096 status. Remember to mail your Copy A's and 1096 to the IRS by March 2,
2015.
Select "NO - My 1096 is not correct" if you are not satisfied with the 1096. Discard the 1096.
These forms will continue to have a printed status.
10. Click "Finish" to exit the 1096 Wizard.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
64
8.1.1
1099 Pro® 2014
1096 Not Filed
1096 Not Filed
Select this option if you are dissatisfied with the 1096 (destroy the printed 1096). The records in this print
session maintain their printed status and are available for inclusion in another 1096 transmittal.
Print Status Overview
8.1.2
Assign Filed 1096 Status
Assign Filed 1096 Status
Select this option if the 1096 transmittal was completed properly and printed to your satisfaction. The
records in this print session are assigned a Filed 1096 status and are no longer available for edits.
Remember to mail your Copy A's and 1096 form to the IRS by the filing deadline.
Print Status Overview
Import Status
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
1096 Overview
8.2
65
1096 Session Report
1096 Session Report
Print Session Report
The Print Session report summarizes all data for the selected transmittal.
To generate this report
1. On the task panel select the "Filing & Corrections" section and the "File via 1096 (paper)" icon.
2. At the Completed Form 1096 Print Session List highlight a 1096 print session and click the "View/
Print Session Report" button. Click "Yes" to preview the report.
8.3
Reprint 1096 Form
Assign Filed 1096 Status
1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint a 1096 Transmittal.
Things to keep in mind:
The red ink on the pre printed 1096 is invisible to the IRS/SSA scanners. Although your data should
ideally align in the proper box, it is OK if the data slightly overlaps the red ink.
Print a test page to blank paper to minimize form waste. Align margins if data does not align in the
proper box.
To reprint a 1096
1. On the task panel select the "Filing & Corrections" section and the "File via 1096 (paper)" icon.
2. At the Completed Form 1096 Print Session List highlight a 1096 print session and click the "Reprint
Form 1096" button.
3. At the Reprint a Form screen you may enter a message to print at the bottom of the 1096
transmittal.
4. Print a test alignment to blank paper to minimize form waste. When satisfied with alignment click
the "Reprint Form Now" button.
5. Click "Exit" to close this screen.
8.4
Reset 1096 Session
Reset 1096 Session
Void a 1096 and all records in that print session are automatically reset to printed status.
To reset session
1. On the task panel select the Filing & Corrections section and the File via 1096 (paper) icon.
2. At the Completed Form 1096 Print Session List highlight a 1096 print session and click the "Reset (Void)
1096" button.
3. 1099 Pro prompts, "Are you sure you want to void this transmittal?" Click "Yes" to proceed or "No" to cancel.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
66
9
1099 Pro® 2014
Entry Forms
Entry Forms
Browsing & Working with Entry Forms
About Updates & Corrections
View List of Changes to a Form
Group Actions
About Protected Forms
Using Lookups
Saving & Canceling Changes
Tips for Filing Forms
How to use Update and Corrections Entry Forms
An entry form is where you view and update information for a form recipient. Concerning recipients or
"payees" The recipient is defined as the person receiving the information return. You can enter an
unlimited number of recipients for a given filer. Per IRS instructions, the account number on the
corrected form must remain exactly as it was on the original form. Make any necessary changes,
additions or deletions to the form then save the form by clicking the "Save" button which will then take
you back to the Enter, Update & View screen. Keep in mind that any changed values or amounts turn
blue to assist you in distinguishing between original information and corrections.
Saving and Canceling
While viewing the 1099 Tax Form screen you may save your changes immediately by clicking the "Save"
button or if you are unsure and wish to abandon those changes you may back out by clicking the
"Cancel" button.
Changes to a Form
Group Actions
About Protected Forms
Using Lookups
Saving & Canceling
Some Tips for filling in a form and navigating through boxes.
While viewing a form, 1099 Pro allows you to TAB through fields in the tax form. For Example: If you
begin by entering information into Box #1 then press the TAB key on your keyboard, you will then move
to Box # 2 ...etc. When you tab to an empty check box you can press the space bar to insert or remove
a check from the box. If you wish to move in the opposite direction, hold down the SHIFT and
continuously press the TAB key to move through the fields in reverse order.
What is a 'Protected' form?
A protected form is a form that contains any status other than a status of pending. A form with a status
of Printed, Filed, SB Print+ Mail, SB Filing, SB Print + Filed, Filed 1096 ...etc, is considered locked or
protected to prevent any mismatch of data from the original data that has been either filed to the IRS on
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Entry Forms
67
paper, electronically or possibly uploaded to the Service Bureau. It is also possible that these forms were
imported in a status other than pending in which case they would also be considered protected until they
are either Reset (VOIDED) or un-protected. Forms with a Status of Pending may be changed or deleted.
Use lookups to fill in information
1099 Pro allows you to select existing recipients from your Recipients Master List to add to or update a
form. All recipient records are stored in a master database that is accessible on any tax form. To access
this information at any data entry screen place your cursor in the Recipient TIN field and hit the <F2>
key or right-click your mouse. The Select a Recipient screen appears with ALL recipients for ALL filers
available for selection.
Adding a group of forms
Group Actions let you tag/select any number of recipients, and then loop through the list creating new
forms for them. The program will automatically fill in the recipient information on each new form, so all
you have to do is fill in the specific box information for the form. For additional flexibility, you are also
given the option to add the forms in any of four sort orders: by name, by TIN, by State or by ZIP. The
Group Actions button can be found on the main Enter, Update & View screen at the bottom of the
screen.
1. Click the "Group Actions" button
2. Select the Add tab, then click the "proceed with this action" button.
3. On the next screen, begin by selecting (tagging) all of the recipients you want to add to blank forms.
4. Next Select the "Sort" order in how these form will be placed.
5. Finish by filling out all information for each form and clicking "save".
Viewing the list of prior changes to a form
1099 lets you view a list of prior changes to a form. Records with a pending status display the Changing
a Record screen. In the upper right corner of the form is an audit trails button. Click the "audit trails
button". This screen tracks all manual changes made directly to a record.
9.1
1099 Aggregation Feature (CS Version only)
Using Aggregation
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the 1099 Pro Corporate Suite edition of our software.
The 1099 Aggregation Feature was designed to allow users to consolidate more than one tax form of the
same type, for one recipient under a given filer.
For example, John Smith owns an automobile detail business and frequently comes by the movie studio
to wax and wash the studios automobiles You, (the Filer) issuing the 1099-MISC form, pay John
frequently on a bi-weekly basis so instead of printing and issuing multiple 1099 forms for John you only
want to view/print it as one combined form. This feature will allow you to view the aggregated box amount
totals in the tax form which is a reflection of all tax form dollar amounts for this recipient under this
master tax form only.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
68
9.1.1
1099 Pro® 2014
Viewing Transactions (CS Version only)
Viewing Transactions
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the 1099 Pro Corporate Suite edition of our software.
To
1.
2.
3.
9.1.1.1
show the Aggregated Dollar Amounts list:
First, open a tax form a for recipient that contains more than one dollar amount for 1 tax form type.
Click the "Transactions" button on the right side of the tax form.
Click the "View" button to see a detail of the transaction.
Updating Transactions (CS Version only)
Updating Transactions (This feature is only available in the Corporate Suite version of the
1099 Pro Software)
This screen will allow you to edit transaction's that were previously entered. Currently disabled!
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Entry Forms
10
69
Corrections
About Corrections - An Overview
When do I need to create a correction?
If you filed a return with the IRS and later discover you made an error on it, you must correct it as soon
as possible. For some corrections, you must file two returns with Form 1096 and for some only one
return with Form 1096. In addition, you must provide statements to recipients showing the corrections as
soon as possible. If you fail to file correct information returns or furnish a correct payee statement, you
may be subject to a penalty.
To begin the process of mak ing a correction(s), See Creating a Correction
Do I need to file corrections with the IRS?
You need only file a correction with the IRS if you sent data to the IRS that was incorrect. If for example
you sent out your forms in January and you fixed any errors before sending your data to the IRS, then
the data the IRS has is correct.
Do I need to file corrections with my Recipients?
The IRS requires that you issue a "correct payee statement" to your recipients.
If you sent out forms with incorrect data to your recipients, but not to the IRS, then consider sending
your recipients a revised statement from 1099 Pro that has the good data on it. If the form is marked
with a status of "Corr/Pend" meaning that a correction was made after it was filed with the IRS or
uploaded to the Service Bureau, then an "X" will be marked automatically in the corrected box on the
recipient form when it is printed. If the correction doesn't really qualify as a correction but a revision
because it has NOT been sent to the IRS or uploaded then you may use the Advanced Print Options
feature to force an "X" in the corrections box. As an alternative you may indicate the statement is
revised by manually checking the Corrected box with a pen. This will aid the recipient to distinguish
the revised (good) statement from the previous 1099 form they received.
If you sent out forms with incorrect data to your recipients AND to the IRS then you must do a formal
correction that will go both to the IRS and your recipients. You can correct any form that 1099 Pro
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
70
1099 Pro® 2014
thinks has been filed with the IRS. Forms with a status of Filed, Uploaded or 1096 can be corrected
as discussed at the Create Corrections topic.
For More Information …
You can view or print the form within 1099 PRO by choosing, "Forms" (Alt-M) from the general menu,
and then "IRS Instructions and Blank Forms", and then choosing " <%PRODYEAR> General
Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G".
About Corrections Screen
The About Corrections screen uses a red check mark to indicate any form types that contain corrected
records.
To access the About Corrections screen
On the task panel select the "Filing & Corrections" section and the "Correcting Filed Forms icon".
10.1
Auto Corrections (CS Version only)
Auto Corrections
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
The Corrections Import Process is meant to update records already in the system, records in the
corrections import not found in the system will be rejected as they are Originals and need to be imported
as Originals. Corrections Imports work differently depending on the types of imports you for your various
forms.
Standard - Corrections Imports can be applied to Pending, Printed and Filed Forms.
Transactional or YTD import – Corrections Imports can only be applied to Filed Forms.
Filed Forms will result in a formal correction,correction; Pending or Printed forms result in new Pending
forms. Note: Address Corrections to filed forms will update the form but not in a correction.
Two-Part and One-Part Corrections
If the record you are correcting is Filed, the Auto Corrections process will create a correction ONLY if it
is a One-Part correction. A one-part correction is a change that does not require a Zero form to be issued
to cancel out the previously filed form. If the record you are correcting is Pending or Printed, the Auto
Corrections process will make any type of change because the record has not yet been filed, it is
technically not a correction at all, but a pre-filing revision. In that case, no zero form will be made for any
change and so your correction will be applied.
Here is a quick guideline to help you remember which types of corrections are one-part and
which are two-part:
Two-part corrections are changes such as Tin change, Name change, State abbreviation change,
or Account change. In such instances, with the regular corrections process the software would
create two forms; one new Corrected form, and one “Zero” form. A Form with all the previous info
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Corrections
71
but with zeroed amounts across the board to cancel out the previous form.
One-part corrections are changes such as Amount change, Check box change, State amount
change (same state, different amount), or an address change (with valid Tin only and only require
one correction form to be issued, to correct the mistakes of the form.
10.2
Correction of a Correction (CS Version only)
Creating a correction of a correction
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
1. This walk through will guide you through the process of creating a correction of a correction.
Note: A corrected form must be filed prior to correcting a correction, if the form in question has not been
filed yet you may simply change the value on the form and save it. It will be necessary to file a Federal or
State correction depending on what is done within the correction.
2. Select the "form type" that you wish to perform a correction of a correction on.
3. Click on "Work With My Tax Forms" in the "Forms and Printing" box
4. Select the recipient who's form you would like to perform the correction of a correction on.
5. Click on the "change" button.
6. You will be presented with the options for updating your forms. In order to create a correction of a
correction you will need to click on the "Initiate a NEW Correction Process" button.
Note:If you had to create more than one correction form for your previous correction, E.G. You had a
State and a dollar amount change, when you create the correction a notification box will appear informing
you that the correction form you will be presented with will had the most recent values already filled out
on it.
7. Click "Yes" to continue.
8. Now you will be presented with the most recently filed form, from here you may modify the information
for the correction.
9. Once you have altered the text it will be displayed in blue, the corrections box along the bottom of the
screen it will indicate the type of correction that was made as well. When you are done with your
changes click the "Save Form" button.
Example of Form before 2nd correction
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
72
1099 Pro® 2014
10. Once you are done making this correction of a correction click on the "Save Form" button.
Example of modifying a corrected form
11. This will bring you back to the Protected Form Update Options screen, click on "close" and file your
correction in the normal way.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Corrections
73
Example of the screen showing the Associated Corrected and Corrections Forms
10.3
One to Many Corrections (CS Version only)
"One-to-Many" Corrections
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
A filer may issue a Form 1099 to one recipient when the Form 1099 should have been issued to multiple
recipients. This type of correction is referred to as a "one to many correction". In this circumstance the
filer must issue a corrected record to the original recipient or "parent" and issue a new record to the
appropriate recipient(s) or "children".
For example, Bank XYZ issues a Form 1099-INT to Paula Parent for $1,000.00. The 1099-INT SHOULD
have been issued to Anthony Basile for $500.00, Karen Basile for $150.00 and Ron Basile for $250.00.
[See Image 2 below.] Note that the original and corrected dollar amounts may differ.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
74
1099 Pro® 2014
To process a "one to many correction"
1. Correct the "parent" as detailed in Create Corrections.
2. After saving the corrected "parent" record click the "Create Split" button at the Corrected Options
screen.
3. The Administrator prompts to add a new form, click "Yes".
4. A blank form is presented for the "child".
5. After saving the "child" record you may use the "Add Related" button to continue to add additional
"children".
10.4
Corrected Options
Corrected Options
The Corrected Options screen is a useful tool for viewing corrected and associated forms; as well as for
printing corrected and original forms.
Things to keep in mind:
All forms, both corrected and non-corrected, are available at the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen.
A corrected form may not necessarily be near its original form. Forms may have different TINs or
names and be sorted accordingly. Or corrections may be of different form types (for example, Forms
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Corrections
75
1099-INT and 1099-DIV per Image 1).
Some types of corrections generate two forms, while others generate only one.
All corrections may be submitted on paper UNLESS there are 250+ corrections per filer, per form
type (in which case they must be filed electronically). This is true even if your original 1099s were
filed electronically.
Audit trails do not track changes for corrected forms.
1099 Pro does NOT process corrections of already corrected forms. Prepare such corrections
manually.
10.5
Creating a correction
Creating a correction of a form
This simple tutorial will guide you through the process of correcting a form.
1. First select the "form type" which you would like to perform a correction on.
2. Then click the "Work With My Tax Forms" tab in the "Forms and Printing" toolbox.
3. Once you have done this you will be presented with a complete listing of all the filers for the form that you
have selected.
4. Simply click the filer whose information you would like to correct and click the "change" button.
5. You will be presented with the unadjusted version of the file you wish to correct.
6. At this point you can click on the field that you wish to alter and enter a new value.
Note: The only field that you may not alter at this point is the PAYERS information. You will notice that all files
that were changed will have their values turned b lue, also you will get a b rief summary of what was changed in
the "correction type" b ox located at the b ottom of the form.
7. Once you are done, click on "save form".
Note: On this screen you will b e given the option to preview the original form b efore it was corrected, you will
also b e given the option to reprint it or view its audit trail. When previewing the original you will not b e ab le to
alter any of the fields on the form, you will however b e ab le to add notes to it.
8. You have now corrected your form, click on the "Close" button and file your corrected form.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
76
10.6
1099 Pro® 2014
Delete Corrected Forms
Delete Corrected Forms
Only corrected forms with a pending print status are available for deletion. If a corrected form with a
pending print status is associated with a corrected form with any other print status, deletion is not
possible. You must first reset all associated forms to pending.
To delete corrections
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight any corrected record (Corr/Pending). Click the
"Change" button.
2. At the Corrected Options screen highlight the record and click the "Delete" button.
3. The Administrator prompts to confirm deletion. Click "Yes" to continue or "Cancel" to abort.
The deleted form immediately exits the Corrected Options screen and reverts to the "Work with My Tax
Forms" screen with its pre-corrected print status.
10.7
Protected Forms
Protected Forms
Records with a Printed, Filed or Void print status are "protected" from changes or edits. Use the
Protected Form Update Options screen to access these records.
Available update options vary according to the record's print status:
Print Status
Printed
Available Options
View the form, reset the form to pending print status, void the form or reprint the form
(Records that were imported with a printed status cannot be void, reset or delete. The
entire import session must be reset.)
Voided
View the form, unvoid the form or reprint the form
Filed 1096
E-Filed
View the form, reprint the form or create corrections.
View the form, reprint the form or create corrections.
SB Print + Filed View the form, reprint the form or create corrections.
SB Print + Mail View the form, reprint the form or reset to pending.
SB Filing
View the form, reprint the form or create corrections.
Corrected
View the original or corrected form, reprint the original or corrected form.
To access the Protected Form Update Options screen
At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight any record with any print status except pending. Click
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Corrections
77
the "Change" button.
To Create Corrections
Refer to About Corrections and Create Corrections - A Tutorial
10.8
Reprint Corrections
Reprint Corrections
To reprint corrections
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight any corrected record without a Pending print
status. Click the "Change" button.
2. At the Corrected Options screen click the "Reprint Correction Form" button.
3. The Administrator prompts to reprint ALL associated corrections or just the selected form.
4. At the Print Options screen select the paper type; pre printed laser, blank stock, or pressure seal.
If selecting pre printed laser adjust margin alignment as necessary.
5. Select the copies to print.
6. Select the sort order to print forms (this field is ghosted if only one record is selected for print):
By Last Name/Company Name (default)
By TIN
By Zip Code (use to pre sort mailings for the post office)
By State Abbreviation
7. Enter an optional message to print in the upper right corner of the form(s).
8. When satisfied with all entries click the "Print Now" button. Click "Close" to exit this screen.
10.9
Reprint Originals
Reprint Originals
Use to reprint the original form, prior to any corrections.
To reprint originals
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight any corrected record. Click the "Change" button.
2. At the Corrected Options screen click the "Reprint Original Form" button.
3. At the Print Options screen select the paper type;pre printed laser, blank stock, or pressure seal.
If selecting pre-printed laser forms you should adjust the margin alignment as necessary.
4. Select the copies to print.
5. The "Select the Sort Order to Print Forms" field is ghosted because only one record is selected for
print.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
78
1099 Pro® 2014
6. Enter an optional message to print in the upper right corner of the form(s).
7. When satisfied with all entries click the "Print Now" button. Click "Close" to exit this screen.
10.10 Types of Corrections
Types of Corrections
Error Type 1
Original return was filed with one or more of the following errors:
a) Incorrect payment amount codes in the Payer "A" Record
b) Incorrect payment amounts in the Payee "B" Record
c) Incorrect code in the distribution code field in the Payee "B" Record
d) Incorrect payee address
e) Incorrect payee indicator
NOTE: These errors require only one return to mak e the correction If you must correct a TIN and/ or
name and address, follow the instructions under Error.
Correcting an Error Type 1
A. Form 1098, 1099, 5498, or W-2G
1. Prepare a new information return.
2. Enter an "X" in the "CORRECTED" box ( and date optional) at the top of the form.
3. Correct any recipient information such as money amounts and address. Report other information
as per original return
B. Form 1096
1. Prepare a new transmittal Form 1096.
2. Provide all requested information on the form as it applies to Part A, 1 and 2.
3. File form 1096 and Copy A of the return with the appropriate service center.
NOTE: Do not include a copy of the original return that was filed incorrectly.
Error Type 2
Two (2) separate transactions are required to make the following corrections properly. Follow the
directions for both Transactions 1 and 2. Do not us e the two s tep c orrec tion proc es s to c orrec t m oney
am ounts .
a) No payee TIN (SSN, ITIN or EIN)
b) Incorrect payee TIN
c) Incorrect payee name and address
d) Wrong type of return indicator ( for example a Form1099- DIV was filed when a Form 1099-INT should
have been filed).
NOTE: Two separate returns are required to mak e the correction properly. Follow all instructions for both
Steps 1 and 2.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Corrections
79
Correcting an Error Type 2
Step 1. Identify incorrect return submitted .
1. Prepare a new information return
2. Enter an "X" in the "CORRECTED" box (and date (optional) at the top of the form
3. Enter the payer, recipient, and account number information exactly as it appeared on the original
incorrect return; however, enter 0 (zero) for all money amounts.
Step 2. Report correct information.
A. Form 1098, 1099, 5498, or W-2G
1. Prepare a new transmittal Form 1096.
2. Do not enter an "X" in the "CORRECTED" box at the top of the form. Prepare the new return as
though it is an original .
3. Include all the correct information on the form including the correct TIN, name, and address.
B. Form 1096
1. Prepare a new transmittal Form 1096.
2. Enter the words "Filed To Correct TIN, ", "Filed to Correct Name and Address," or "File to Correct
Return" in the bottom margin of the form.
3. Provide all requested information on the form as it applies to those returns prepared in Steps 1
and 2.
4. File Form 1096 and Copy A of the return with the appropriate service center.
NOTE: Do not include a copy of the original return that was filed incorrectly.
11
Account Generation Wizard
Account Generation Wizard
Generating Account Numbers
Why would I need to generate Account Numbers?
1099 Pro offers a feature that will generate account numbers for each form that does not have an account
number. IRS Publication 1220, states on page 77 that the IRS requires account numbers. "Enter any
number assigned by the payer to payee that can be used by the IRS to distinguish between information
returns. This number must be unique for each information return ..." The IRS has indicated that they will
not reject files if they do not have account numbers but by having account numbers the IRS will be able
to process any corrections that they encounter. This wizard will create unique Account Numbers for
unfiled tax forms to satisfy the new requirement. You can also individually specify which Filers and form
types to process.
Things to keep in mind:
Only unfiled forms with a status of Printed or Pending will be updated.
Any form with existing Account information will NOT be changed regardless of status.
You can manually replace generated account numbers at any time before filing
Account numbers are created using two letters from the last name, the IRS form code and a number
unique to that form. For example, one might look like this AB-Q-0001234.
See Generating Account Numbers
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
80
11.1
1099 Pro® 2014
How to generate account numbers
How to generate account numbers
To
1.
2.
3.
Generate Account Numbers:
At the Enter, Update and View screen select Utilities from the menu at the top.
Select "Generate Account Numbers"
Click "Next", choose how your forms will be selected for Account Number Generation, then click
"Next".
4. Confirm the settings on the Account Number Generation summary screen.
5. When you're done, click "Finish".
See Account Generation Wizard
12
Security and Administration
Global Administrative Options
Security
Through the use of and rights you can restrict users and thereby protect sensitive company data.
Add/Update Individual Users
Administrators can use the Add/Update Individual Users screen to create users and assign them to
specific tasks.
See Adding and Updating Users
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
81
Access Groups and User Profiles
Create new Access Groups and User Profiles based on your own custom settings. Your groups will be
available when adding or changing a user and will be included in all security reports.
Passwords
Passwords can help protect sensitive company data.
See Passwords for more information
Security Access Logs
The Security Access Log tracks every time Security or Audit Trails are enabled or disabled. If Security is
enabled, the Security Access Log also tracks all logon attempts.
See Security Access Logs
Security Reports
1099 Pro offers numerous reports to track users and access groups. These security reports are available
only to administrators or users with administrative rights.
See Security Reports
Turn On/Off Security
1099 Pro offers two levels of security; on and off. If security is enabled, access to 1099 Pro is limited to
users with valid User ID/Password combinations. These users are restricted to specific tasks assigned
by the Administrator. This performs a two fold method of protecting sensitive company data.
See How to Enable or Disable Security
Tax Form Audit Trail and Action Logging Options
View Audit Trail Records
The Master Audit Trail Browser is available only to administrators or users with administrative access
rights. Use it to view all manual and cascading changes to all tax forms (the Record History screen
allows the viewing of individual tax forms only).
See Master Audit Trail Browser.
Purging Audit Trail Logs
The Audit Trail Record Log is invaluable should you need to track tax forms changes. If the log becomes
so big that the performance of 1099 Pro is compromised, older records may be purged. For most users
however, purging is not necessary and is generally not recommended as this valuable information is
permanently deleted from the system.
See Purging Audit Trail Logs for more information.
Combining Tax Forms
Aggregation / Rollup Options
The 1099 Pro Aggregation Feature was designed to allow users to consolidate more than one tax form of
the same type, for one recipient under a given filer.
See Using Aggregation for more information.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
82
1099 Pro® 2014
Rules and Options
Preference, Update and Program options
This area allows you to configure some of the programs general settings such as date range warning,
update checking and backup reminders.
See Preferences for more information.
Manage ASP Module PS/ACL Access (CS version only)
This allows you to control the Pressure Seal or Alternate Combined Layout print options for the 1099
Pro.NET (ASP) module.
See Manage PS/ACL Access Control for more information.
Tax From Validation for Import and Entry
These settings allow you configure the warning and error messages that 1099 Pro software displays
when importing or manually entering forms.
See Custom Tax Form Validation Rules for more information.
Tax Form Print Codes & Custom Messages
This new feature allows you to create your own custom messages to be printed on your forms or to
duplicate certain fields anywhere on the form.
See Tax Form Print Codes & Custom Messages for more information.
Reporting Thresholds
Manage State CFS Limits and Settings
The State CFS Limits and Settings manager is a 1099 Pro Corporate Suite/ASP feature only which will
allow you to manage reporting thresholds for state and federal returns.
User Fields and E-mail
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of the Corporate
Suite edition of our software.
Optional Form 1099-MISC Amount Box
This feature allows you to use an optional custom box on a 1099-MISC form.
See Optional Fields for more information.
Lookup and Code Translations
This section allows you to manage custom codes and texts for tax forms.
See Manage Custom Codes and Texts for more information.
Scheduler Utility Email Settings
This section allows you to manage the e-mail address, recipients, and messages sent by the Scheduler
Utility
See Scheduler for more information.
Manage Custom Codes and Text
This feature is implemented by configuring your software in Security & Administration as shown in the
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
83
attached image.You can activate the optional “Oil & Gas Amount” fields by clicking on File, Security and
Administration, ‘User Fields and Email’, ‘Manage Custom Codes and Text’. If you activate the fields they
they will show upon the form image along with the Custom Name and Form Prompt fields.
12.1
Security Overview
12.1.1 System Security Settings/Password Requirements: Step 1
Setting Password Requirements
Step 1: Set Security Preferences/Password requirements
The Security Preferences/Passwords requirements section allow you to configure details regarding a
user’s password such as password length, lockout settings, expiration, and password format. For
Corporate Suite users you can also set the login type such as tying Corporate Suite security into
Windows Active Directory security.
1.
To configure password/login requirements click the “Set Password requirements”/”Set Security
Preferences”(Corporate Suite) button.
2.
At the “Modify System Security Settings” window, you have the option of configuring the following
settings:
a. Login Type: (Corporate Suite Only)
i. Default: Requires the user to enter the username and password assigned to during user
creation (Step 4).
ii. AutoFill: Pre-fills the login dialogue with the Windows User Name. When creating users you
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
84
1099 Pro® 2014
must use the same login name they use for Windows for this to be useful.
iii. Active Directory: Removes login prompts instead using the Windows Domain/Username/
Login that the user logged into their computer with. The username in our software must
match the username they log into Windows with.
b.
Minimum Password Length: Defines the minimum character length the password can be.
Length ranges from 5-15 characters
c.
Lock a User ID after this many invalid login attempts: Sets the maximum number of times a
user can fail to log in before needing to have their account unlocked by an administrator.
d.
Days before a password expires: Sets the length of time a user’s password is valid before
they must choose a new one.
e.
Days to warn a user before their password expires: Defines when the software will begin
notifying when the user’s password is going to expire.
f.
Times before a password can be used again: Defines how many different passwords must
be used before a user can use the same password again.
g.
Require at least One (1) Uppercase Character: Determines whether or not there must be at
least one uppercase character in a User’s password.
h.
Require at least One (1) Lowercase Character: Determines whether or not there must be at
least one lowercase character in a User’s password.
i.
Require at least One (1) Numeric Character: Determines whether or not there must be at
least one numeric character in a User’s password.
j.
Require Special Characters in Password: Determines whether or not special characters
(i.e. !, @, #, $, % ,^, etc) are required in a User’s password. NOTE: You must specify which
special characters may be used before enabling this option (see “K” below).
k.
Special Characters (Up to 15): Define special character’s which may be used during password
creation.
12.1.2 Security - Access Groups: Step 2
Security - Access Groups
Step 2: Creating and Managing Access Groups
Access Groups allow an Administrator to define the Program Areas and Form types that a User will have
access to, as well as the level of access that they will have to them. Users will only have the rights
specifically assigned to them any rights not assigned are denied by default. The rights available within
1099 Pro are View/Access area, Create, Modify, Delete, Report, Correct, Print, and Reset/Void where
applicable.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
85
1. Click “Add” to create a new access group. You may also select “Change” to modify any access
groups you have already created or to view the contents of a built in Access Group. 1099 Pro comes
with multiple built-in access groups. Built in groups are in a teal color on this screen and cannot be
modified or deleted.
2. After clicking the “Add” button the “Update Access Group” window will open. Here you will assign the
rights to Program Area’s and Forms.
To assign rights use the following steps:
a. Specify a Group Name for your Access Group by clicking the “Group Name” field.
b. Tag the program Area or Form type that will be configured. To tag a selection highlight the line and
use the “Tag” button or click in the tag column next to the Form or Program area you want to
update.
c. After tagging the line click “Modify”
d. The “Modify Access Rights” window will open and allow you to assign specific rights to the form or
program area by clicking the check box to the left of the form you wish to modify.
e. Click “Save” when you are done modifying access Rights to the form or program area.
f. If you are done modifying Access rights click “Save Group” to exit and save your changes. If you
wish to modify more Area’s or Groups repeat steps 2 – 5. If you wish to abandon all changes
simply click “Cancel”. NOTE: If you “Tag” a Program Area or Form type and do not assign any other
rights to it, you have created a “View only” access rule. This will allow you to enter an area or form
but not to you will be unable to mak e changes.
3. You will be returned to “Access Group” screen. You can continue to add or edit Access Groups from
here. When you are done click “Close” to return to the “Security Options” screen.
12.1.3 Security - Manage Profiles: Step 3
Security - Manage Profiles
Step 3: Create and Manage User Profiles
User Profiles allow you to apply Access Groups to specific Filers/Departments. When you assign a user
to this profile (Step 4) they will only have the specific rights granted by that Access Group on the
specified Filers. 1099 Pro’s built in User Profiles are applied to all filers. NOTE:: In order to access the
1099 Pro system, a User must have rights to AT LEAST 1 Filer, in other words, they must be assigned
to at least 1 User Profile.
The diagrams below illustrate the components comprising a User Profile. In step 4 you will assign users
to these profiles.
Diag 1:
User profile composed of multiple filers
(companies/departments) and 1 access
group.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Diag 2:
User profile composed of 1 filer and multiple
86
1099 Pro® 2014
.
access groups.
1. To create or manage an User Profile click “Create and Manage User Profiles for Filers and Access
Groups” from within the ”Security Options” window. 1099 Pro has built in User Profiles. Built in groups
will be colored in teal and cannot be modified or edited. NOTE: By default, all built-in User Profiles will
have access to all current and Future Filers
2. Click “Add” to create a new user profile. You may also select “Change” to modify any User Profiles.
The “Quick Assign” button will walk you through these steps in a wizard. “Clone Profile” will allow you
to clone a previously created profile and then edit the Filers and Access Groups assigned to it.
3. After clicking “Add”, “Change”, or “Clone Profile” you will be working in the “Update User Profile”
screen. Here you will assign Access groups to Filers.
To create or update a user profile follow these instructions.
a. Create a name for the User Profile.
b. Tag the Filers that you wish to have access to. To tag a selection highlight the line and use the
“Tag” button or click in the tag column next to Filer(s) this profile will have access to.
c. Highlight the filer you wish to configure and click the “Assign Access Groups” button to attach
Access Groups that were previously created to the profiles.
d. The “Tag Access Group” screen opens and allows you to select profiles that have previously been
created (Step2).
e. After you are done selecting profiles click “Save” to exit. NOTE: You will need to repeat steps C, D,
and E for each filer that is in this profile.
4. Upon exiting the “Update User Profile” screen you are returned to the “User Profiles” window. You can
continue to add, change, or delete profiles here. Once you are done updating profiles click “Close” to
be returned to the “Security Options” window.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
87
12.1.4 Security - Add/Update Individual Users: Step 4
Security - Add/Update Individual Users
Step 4: Add/Update Individual Users
Generally you will have one user for each physical user of the software. This section will guide you
through creating, updating, and deleting Users.
1. To configure Users, click on the “Add/Update Individual Users” from within the “Security Options”
window.
2. The “Users” window opens displaying a list of all current users in the software. The “Add User” button
allows you to add a new user. The “Change” button allows you to modify an existing user or view the
profiles they are associated with. The “Delete” button will remove a user from the system.
3. Clicking the “Add User” button will open the “Adding a User” window. Here you will input the login
information that will be used to access the software. (or “Change User” in the case of clicking
“Change” button.
The information below will assist you in adding a new user or modifying an existing user:
a. User ID: Enter that will be used to login. Note: Corporate Suite users using the Active Directory
Login Type must use the same username that the user logs into their network with.
b. Password: By default all new accounts start with “NEW” as their password and cannot be edited
here. You may set the requirements users must meet for passwords by clicking “Set Security
Preferences” on the “Security Options” window.
c. Lock Status: this field displays whether or not an account is locked due to login failures. Click
“Change” to lock or unlock an account for use. Remember to reset the password if it is a case of
the user forgetting their login information.
d. (Corporate Suite only) Pre-W2K Domain: This is only used when Active Directory Login type is
selected by clicking “Set Security Preferences” on the “Security Options” screen.
e. Optional Information:
i. User Name: Provide the end users full name and email address. This does not affect login.
ii. Phone: Supply a contact phone number for the user.
iii. Other info: This field can be used to store other info such as department, e-mail address, location
etc.
f. User Profile Membership: This field displays all of the User Profiles that the user is currently
associated with. Step 5: will cover adding users to profiles.
g. Click “Ok” to complete adding a user or “Cancel” to abandon any changes
Note: built in accounts cannot be modified or deleted
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
88
1099 Pro® 2014
12.1.5 Security - Add Users to a Profile: Step 5
Security - Add Users to a Profile
Step 5: Add Users to Profiles:
This last step in configuring security will guide you through the process of assigning a user to a profile
created during Step 3.
To add a User to a User Profile
1. Click on the “Add/Remove Users from Profiles” button located on the “Security Options” window.
2. At the “Security – Assign Users” (“Available User Profiles” in Corporate Suite) screen you will assign
the users you have created to a profile.
3. Select the profile you wish to add users to by clicking the “Available User Profiles” dropdown.
4. Tag the users that you wish to have applied to the selected profile. NOTE: You must click “Save” prior
to adding users to another profile.
5. To tag a user highlight the user and click “Tag” button or click in the column to the left of their UserID.
Select which tax years users have access to under the profile. (Corporate Suite Only)
1. Click “Save”/ “Save my Changes to this Profile/Year”
2. Repeat the steps above to add users to additional profiles.
12.1.6 Turn On/Off Security
Turn On/Off Security
Section 1: Accessing Security
To access the 1099 Pro security control panel, select “File” from the program menu and then select “Security
and Administration”.
From the “Global Administrative Options” window, click the “Security Groups” button on the left.
Security status is displayed in the blue box toward the top of the window, next to the “Security is currently: (On/
Off)” text. If security is not enabled, click on the “Activate Security” button to enable it. You will be prompted to
restart the program to finalize this change.
12.1.7 Passwords
Passwords
Passwords can help protect sensitive company data.
First Time Logon
If security is enabled during the Welcome Wizard, the Administrator must create a new password the
first time they logon to 1099 Pro.
1. In the User ID field enter Administrator, in the Password field enter NEW.
2. Click "OK".
3. The Logon screen requires you to enter a new password.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
89
a. Passwords must be at least 6 characters.
b. Passwords are case sensitive.
c. Password cannot be "NEW"
4. After successfully creating a password, Administrators are encouraged to create Users.
I Lost My Password!
If a User forgets their password the Administrator may reset it.
1. At the menu bar click on "File" and then on "Security & Administration".
2. At the Administration screen click "Security Groups", and then click on "Add/Update individual
Users".
3. At the Browse & Update the List of Users screen select the User whose password needs to be reset
and click "Change".
4. At the Changing a User screen click the "Reset" button. The password is automatically reset to
"NEW". The next time the User logs into 1099 Pro they are required to change the password.
NOTE: If the Administrator forgets their password they must contact Technical Support. The purchaser
of 1099 Pro must send a request on company letterhead stating that the Administrator password is lost
and an unlock code is required. Upon receipt of this request, Technical Support will provide an unlock
code good for that day only.
12.1.8 Security Reports
Security Reports
1099 Pro offers numerous reports to track Users, User Profiles, and Access Groups. These security
reports are available only to administrators or users with administrative rights.
To generate security reports
1. At the menu bar go to File and Security and Administration.
2. At the Administration screen click the "View/Print Security Reports" button. Available reports
include:
Print Users by Name: Lists all users sorted by User ID.
Users and Attached Profiles: Lists all access users and all of the User Profiles they are
associated with.
Profiles and Associated Access Groups: Lists User Profiles and the Access Groups, Filers and
Departments they are associated with.
Access Group Detail: Lists Access Groups and all of the permissions assigned to them.
Detailed Security Report: Summarizes the User Profiles and Access Groups selected Users
are assigned to.
Security Log: Generates a report based on the security audit trail.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
90
1099 Pro® 2014
3. All reports offer a print preview option.
12.1.9 Security Access Log
Security Access Log
The Security Access Log tracks every time Security or Audit Trails are enabled or disabled. If Security is
enabled, the Security Access Log also tracks all log-on attempts.
Browse & Manage the Security Access Log
1099 Pro includes predefined queries for sorting access log records including:
All Records: Default selection that displays all records.
Access for One Date: Select this query and then enter the date for which you want to show logs.
Access for One User: Select this query and then click "Select User to Show" to pick a user, or
click "Show Records with No Users" for any records with an unknown user.
Export Log-on Records to an Excel spreadsheet:
The Security Access Log tracks all attempts to open 1099 Pro. This log can be exported for review in an
Excel document:
1.
2.
3.
4.
On the "menu bar" click "File" and "Security and Administration".
At the Administration screen click "Manage Security Access Logs".
Click on "Export to XML" located near the bottom left.
Select your destination folder and click "OK"
Purge Log-on Records
The Security Access Log tracks all attempts to open 1099 Pro. If the log becomes so big that the
performance of 1099 Pro is compromised, older records may be purged. When purging records ONLY
successful log-on's are deleted. To purge records:
1.
2.
3.
4.
On the "menu bar" click "File" and "Security and Administration".
At the Administration screen click "Manage Security Access Logs".
At the Browse & Manage the Security Access Log screen click the "Purge Log-on Records" button.
The Purge Audit History screen allows the user to indicate the date PRIOR to which log-on records
are purged. Modify this date as necessary.
5. Click "Begin" to start deleting records. A warning screen reminds that all deletions are permanent.
Click "Start Deleting" to continue or "Cancel" to abort.
All purge attempts are permanently recorded in the log.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
12.2
91
Data Maintenance
12.2.1 Backup Data
Backup Data
The 1099 Pro Backup Wizard automatically copies all data files and compresses them into a WinZip
format. By default, 1099 Pro prompts for a daily backup. Remember, it's smart to backup your data on a
regular basis. If a problem occurs and data files need to be restored, a backup can save time and
aggravation!
To modify the frequency in how often the backup occurs
1. Select File>Security & Administration.
2. Click the "Program Options" button.
3. Click the "Preference, Update, and Program Options" button.
4. Locate the "Backing Up Your Data Files" header.
5. Modify how often you are prompted to create backups or uncheck to disable prompts.
To backup data
Access the Backup Wizard as prompted automatically by 1099 Pro (see modify the backup prompt).
The Backup Wizard application, Backup14.exe, may also be accessed directly through Windows
Explorer. In a typical installation it is located at C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14. All users must exit 1099 Pro prior
to running the backup.
1. At the 1099 Pro Backup Wizard screen click "Next" to proceed.
2. Accept the default location for the backup file unless you wish to backup to another location such as a
network drive. Click on the "…" button if this is the case.
3. Accept the default backup location or use the ellipses to select a different location e.g. on a network
drive.
4. The program will automatically include the date and time of the backup file in the default name. Accept
the default name (recommended!) or manually enter a name. The extension of your backup file
defaults to .ZIP. NOTE: Back up twice to the same filename and you'll overwrite the existing file!
5. Click "Next" to continue.
6. Confirm your backup choices and click "Back" to revise or "Proceed with Backup" to continue. This
screen details Total [data] Files, Total Size and Estimated Zip Size.
7. 1099 Pro indicates if backup was successful.Note: From Windows Explorer if you hover your mouse
over the name of the back up file you will see information about the back up file including the version
of software that created the file.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
92
1099 Pro® 2014
8. Use WinZip (a shareware utility) to access your backup data. Download it at www.winzip.com.
12.2.2 Restore Data
Restore Data
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Professional and Enterprise editions of our software.
If your data files are damaged or destroyed use a backup file to restore data. For information on restoring
your data files please contact Technical Support. NOTE: Restoring a data file means losing ALL
changes made since the last back up. Thus it's smart to back up your data on a regular basis.
How to restore data
1.
Install your 1099 software
2.
Locate your backup file which should be in .zip format (i.e. "1099 Pro Backup 9-AUG-2014 938AM.ZIP") and is usually located in the Data Backups directory. (Default is C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14
\Data Backups)
3.
Unzip this file by using the utility WinZip to extract all the contents of this file (.tps files) to your C:
\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Data directory. You can find more information on WinZip here.
4.
Open your software and run a "form counts by filer" report to verify your data.
When you restore data to your "Data" folder (i.e. C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Data). You must always restore
your data no earlier than the software version number that was used to create the backup. For Example.
Let's say you backed up your data while your 1099 software was in version 12.01.2014. Well now your
data is in that same version 12.01.2014. If you ever need to re-install your software, perform a check for
updates and make sure you get your software version number current as of 12.01.2014 since most likely
the version you install at first may be an earlier version. Now drop your data in to the C:\1099 Pro
\Pro99T14\Data and open your software. If you receive an error 47 then you most likely either performed
the above task again or with your software closed just run the check for updates program to update the
data and your software altogether.
For Multi-user installs of the 1099 software, follow the same procedure above. Once you open your 1099
software on the workstation it automatically "downloads" and synchronizes with the server version.
12.3
Rules and Options
12.3.1 Preferences
Preferences
Preference items allow you to customize 1099 Pro software.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
93
To modify preferences
1. On the task panel click the "General Options" section and the "Preferences" icon or you can click
on "File" and then select "Program Preferences".
2. At the Preferences screen all items except for "Hide the optional form Category field on data entry
forms" are checked "" by default. Uncheck an item to cancel its functionality.
Global Program Options
Remind Me Not to Print Red Copy "A" Until February
Require Full Name and Address Before a Form Can Be Saved
Auto Capitalize Names, Addresses & Localities During Manual Entry
Hide the Optional Form Category Field on Data Entry Forms
Remind Me to Backup Every 'X' Days: The reminder defaults to 1 day although any number between
0 to 99 is allowed. Set to "0" to backup every time you exit 1099 Pro. To disable the reminder
uncheck the box.
Range Checking
Warn If Dates Entered on Forms Are Outside of this Range:
Date is before 1/01/2014 (default entry)
Date is after 12/31/2014 (default entry)
Other Options
Located under the General (more) Tab:
Automatically reselect the last Filer at start up.
Show a reminder using the "Add Recipient".
Show a reminder that the first name is discarded for EIN/Company.
Checking for Updates
These options help to ensure that you have the most up to date version, including any last minute
changes from the IRS/SSA.
Ask for confirmation every time before checking.
How often the program should check for updates.
Automatic adjustment (recommended): the program will check for updates occasionally during the
summer, more frequently as tax season approaches, and everyday at the height of the tax season.
Specified Interval (1-45 days) Throughout the year. Checks will occur at the interval you set here.
(Set the number of days between update reminders.
Manual checking only: you will need to use the menu options to check for all updates.
See Web Updates for more information on updating the software.
12.3.2 Custom Tax Form Validation Rules
Custom Tax Form Validation Rules
1099 Pro E/SQL software allows you to create and manage tax form validation rules. These rules are
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
94
1099 Pro® 2014
used for detecting errors and/or warnings on tax forms. Items such as invalid TINs, invalid zip codes, and
the rules that govern how boxes should be filled out. The software does come with a basic set of rules
built-in, but this new feature will allow you to create your own validation rules at any time.
1.
To view, change or delete tax for validation rules, click on "File" from the top menu and then select
"Security and Administration".
2.
At the Global Administrative Options window, click on the "Business Rules" button on the left pane.
3.
Now click on the "Tax Form Validation for Import and Entry" button.
4.
The Manage business Rules/Validation screen summarizes the rules for a particular form and
indicates if the rule is active, where the rule is active and the severity.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
95
5.
The "DT.Imp/Web" column determines where the validation rule is applied. "DT" applies the rules to
a manual data entry, "Imp" to imports and "Web" refers to users on the web/internet module. There
are also three levels of error message severity. "W" is a warning, which is a non fatal problem with
your form. "E" is an error which may be a fatal problem with the form and "R" is a reject which will
not allow the form to be saved or imported at all. You can also define "OK" which will allow the form
to be saved without warning or you can use the "Default" option, which will use the systems default
rules to evaluate the form.
6.
If you wish to deactivate a rule where you may wish to activate it later simply uncheck the Rule is
active/applied box as shown below.
Editing Rules
To edit an existing rule, click on a rule in the Manage Business Rules/Validation window and the click on
the "Change" button.
The Rule Will Be Changed window allows you to turn a particular rule on or off at anytime. To turn off a
rule, remove the check from the "Rule is active/applied" checkbox and then click the "Save" button.
You can also override the default messages using the "Customize/override the default messages" box.
o Use the drop down menus to the right of "Manual Entry Severity", "Import Severity" and "Web Entry"
to set the warning/error severity level to either "Use Default", "OK", "Warning", "Error", or "Reject".
o You can also add a short error message that will be displayed when reocrds with this forms
particular rules are broken. If needed you may add a longer error message in the "Full error
message" text box.
o Lastly, you may suggest a fix for your form error by typing it in the "Suggestion how to fix" box.
When you have finished configuring your rule, click on the "Save" button to save your changes and
return to the Manage Business Rules/Validation window.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
96
1099 Pro® 2014
12.3.3 1099 Module Preferences
1099 Module Preferences
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Here we will explain what the preferences are for the various tabs contained within the "1099/98/5498/W2G/Preferences/Options" area in the 1099 Pro Corporate Suite software.
12.3.3.1 Global
Global Tab
Options that apply to ALL users.
Require A full name and address before a form can be saved: Checking off this option will require a full
name and address to be entered when manually creating a record.
Auto capitalize names, addresses & localities during manual entry: This will automatically place
everything that was manually entered for a record in an upper-case format when the text entry has
been completed.
Hide the optional form Category field on data entry forms: Checking this box hide the areas "Source"
and "Category" on records when manually entering forms. Note: These fields are only used as a
means of organizing data for searches.
Remind me not to print the Red Copy A until February:
Backing Up Your Data Files
Creating backup copies of your data files should be performed by your network and/or your network
Administrators on a regular basis.
Global Date Range Checking
Warn if dates entered on forms are outside of this range: Enabling this option will cause the program to
give a warning if an accounting date is entered that goes outside the specified date range entered.
Note: The options for "Date is before" and "or after" will only apply if the "Warn if dates entered on
forms are outside of this range" option is turned on.
Date is before: If the date, or prior, entered at the time of record entry, is before the date entered in this
box, the user will receive a warning.
or after: If the date, or after, entered at the time of record entry, is before the date entered in this box,
the user will receive a warning.
Form Options
Do NOT Allow: Choosing this option will disable the ability to enter forms with an accounting date on or
after 1/1/2014.
Allow Now: This will allow users the ability to enter forms with an accounting date on or after 1/1/2014.
Not until Jan 1st, 2014: (Default) Choosing this option will only allow user to enter forms with an
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
97
accounting date on or after 1/1/2014.
Special Features
Activate Extended Casino W-2G/1042-S options: Turning on this option will enable
W2G
Add an additional cash field in Box 1 (Gross winnings)
Add the ability to set withholding as a percentage in box 2 (Federal income tax withheld). Note:Either
Federal: 25% State 5%, or Federal: 10%, State 2%.
A drop down box for boxes 11 (First I.D.) and 12 (Second I.D.) Note: The ID's used in these boxes can
be defined under, "Security and administration" then "Business Rules", "Manage Data Entry Code
Lists & Options" then click on the "Code Type to view/update" of "Recipient I.D. Types", with that
option selected, you will have click on "Add" to add optional groups/people to the box 11 or 12 drop
down lists.)
1042-S
Suppress No TIN Message: Turning on this option will suppress the warning given if a form is entered
and there is no TIN number assigned to the form at that time.
Filter the CSR list by Filer is Security is on:
12.3.3.2 Local
Local Tab
Recipient Address ZIP Code/City Options
1. Convert City to UPPER case during manual entry ZIP lookups: Clicking this check box will cause the
program to automatically convert the City to all upper case characters when using the software's build
in zip code to city matching utility.
2. Always convert Recipient City to UPPER case during printing: When printing records from the
Corporate Suite software, or ASP interface, the City name will always print in upper case, regardless
of what is viewed in the Work With My Tax Forms screen.
Local Options
1. Automatically reselect the last Filer at program start: (Default On) Turning on this option will
automatically start the user viewing the filer information that they were viewing when they exited the
software.
2. Show a reminder when using 'Add Recipient": Turning on this option will enable a warning that states:
"Tip: In order to reduce typing and save time, recipients are normally added to 1099 Pro as part of
the process of creating their 1099 forms. You do NOT need to add a recipient here before creating a
tax form for them. Do you still want to add a new recipient/employee right now?"
3. Whenever you add a recipient in the "Recipient" section. Note: You will also be given the option to
disable this message, at the time this message is displayed.
4. Show a reminder that First Name is discarded for EIN/Company: Note: These options can be set/
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
98
1099 Pro® 2014
changed by the user on each workstation. Your choices here will provide the default.
12.3.3.3 Limits
Limits Tab
This area will allow you to set the accounting day limit entries on records, so if you enter a specific date
in these areas, users will receive a warning that they cannot save the record because it goes beyond that
date.
There are two different areas where dates may be entered, the Transaction/Accounting Date Cutoff, and
the Open Window Cutoff Date (WEB/ASP data entry only) which is extremely useful because
representatives that are only allowed to interface with the program using the internet browser, can have
different limits for record creation, allowing for a method of administration. Note: If the "Accounting Date
Cutoff Date" or "Open Window Cutoff Date" are left blank , the accounting date will not be enforced, and
no warning will be issued, regardless of the accounting date entered at the time of the records entry.
12.3.3.4 Checking For Updates
Checking for Updates
This area will assist you in the methods that the 1099 Pro program uses to check for updates. Updates
will help to make sure that the program abides by the latest rules and regulations set forth by the IRS/
SSA. Ask for confirmation every time before checking (Default on): leaving this option on will cause the
program to prompt you whenever it would like to connect to the internet in order to check for updates, if
you uncheck this box, the program will connect to the internet in order to download updates without
asking permission to do so. Note: Uncheck this only if your internet connection is "Always on". If a
update is available, you will still be prompted before installation begins, regardless of the status of this
box.
How often does the program check for updates?
Automatic Adjustments (Recommended): The program will check for updates occasionally during the
summer, more frequently as tax season approaches, and, finally, everyday at the height of tax season.
Specified Interval (1 - 45 days) Throughout the year: You can adjust the number of days in between
when the program will check for updates.
Manual checking only: Choosing this option, you will need to manually inform the program to check for
updates under "Help" and then "Check for 1099 Pro updates". Note: You will also see an indicator at
the bottom of the screen that indicates the last time a check was performed for an updated version of
the software.
12.3.3.5 Update Options
Update Options
Change Recipient Address on Filed Forms (ASP Only)
Create correction: Choosing this option will allow users to allow representatives using the ASP
interface to adjust the address on accounts after the form has been saved, and then filed.
Update Address for Filed Forms without creating correction: Choosing this option will allow
representatives using the ASP interface to alter a records recipient information, that has been filed,
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
99
without creating a correction.
Refile Forms already filed to a State:
Forms can not be re-filed to a state: When a eFile has been generated for the State, it will not be
sent to the State via the CFS (Combined Federal & State filing program) if that option is selected in the
Federal eFile creation.
Enable option to file form already filed to a State: If a record has been submitted using the State
Subset eFile creation utility it will not then be submitted to the State again if the CFS (Combined
Federal & State filing program) is checked during the Federal eFile file creation process.
Change of Status from Quick Print (ASP Only)
Disallow status changes from Quick Print: Regardless of what copies are printed using the
quick print tool, the status of the form will not change.
Allow Quick Print status chances, option will not be checked:
Allow Quick Print status changes. option will be checked:
Restrict Creation of Filed Wrong Form Corrections:
No Restrictions: Anyone who has access to create corrections will have the ability to choose the filed
wrong form option when a record will have its information manipulated.
Restrict for ASP only: Representatives that use the ASP interface will not be able to choose the
option "Filed Wrong Form" when manipulating a filed Record.
Restrict for ASP and CS: Users in general will not have the option to choose the "Filed Wrong Form"
option when choosing to alter a filed form.
Restrict Form 1099-LTC Box 5: This area will give you the option of what information is displayed
when a 1099-LTC is printed out. Note: Box 5 indicates a Chronically Ill or Terminally Ill status.
Use Box 5 information for printing/filing: Information entered in box 5 of the 1099-LTC will be
printed for all copies and included in electronic filing.
Suppress Box 5 for printing and filing: This option suppresses printing or reporting via electronic
filing information entered in box 5 of the 1099-LTC
Options for allowing "Processing Restrictions" to be used with Tax Forms.
Note: These restrictive actions are allowed by default. Enabling them to disallow use.
Restrict "Do Not Print" option: Checking this box will disable a representatives ability to check the
"Do not print" box in the ASP interface and Corporate Suite software.
Restrict "Do Not File" option: Checking this box will disable a representatives ability to check the
"Do Not File" box in the ASP interface and Corporate Suite software.
Restrict "Do Not Merge" option: Checking this box will disable a representatives ability to check the
"Do Not Merge" box in the ASP interface and Corporate Suite software.
Restrict "User Hold" option: Checking this box will disable a representatives ability to click the
"Hold" button on a form in the ASP interface and Corporate Suite software.
Specify the max number of records that will be return by Search engine in ASP: In this area you
can determine how man records will be returned when a search is initiated using the "Form lookup" utility
within the ASP interface, limiting this number can significantly reduce the amount of time that is used to
search the database when a search criteria that is vague is used. Note: If no number is set, it will default
to returning 100 records.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
100
1099 Pro® 2014
12.3.3.6 RCP Options
RCP (Recipient) Options
This area will allow you what rules apply to recipient information as it is entered into the system
manually, or if it is imported into the software via the import utility.
Recipient Select options:
The following list applies only if you have an existing list of recipients within the software.
Select from Recipient list: (Default) Choosing this option will allow people who are manually entering
a record to pull information from the recipient list into the form.
Select Recipients from forms (ASP Only): Choosing this option will only allow people using the
ASP interface to pull information from the recipients list when manually entering a record.
Select Recipients from Forms (Corporate Suite and ASP only): Choosing this option will not allow
people using the Corporate Suite software, or ASP interface to pull information from the already
existing recipients database.
Force Recipients as New
Do not force Recipients as new: Choosing this option will cause the software to ask the user who is
entering recipient information if they would like to update users and forms already in the recipient
database. The above option applies on both manual entry and import.
All Recipients on import or manual entry are forces as new/unique: Choosing this option will
create a new entry in the recipient database for every recipients information entered into the software.
The above option applies on both manual entry and import.
Disable Recipient List: Choosing this option will disable the storing of recipients information
altogether, and information will not be available to users manually entering forms, or importing them
into the software.
The following applies to the 1099 Pro Corporate Suite/ASP interface only.
If you have the recipients list disabled during an import, the records that were imported will not be
combined with future transactional imports. This is because there is no record k ept of the transaction
being link ed to a specific recipient when the "Recipient list" has been disabled.)
Bypass Recipient Compare process
Compare Tax Form date to Recipient record on entry and offer updates: When importing or
manually entering recipient information, the software will prompt if this is newer information than the
information currently stored in the recipient database.
Bypass Recipient Compare process for ASP only: When manually entering recipient information
into the Corporate Suite software, the software will prompt if this is newer information than the
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
101
information currently stored in the recipient database.
Bypass Recipient Compare process for ASP and CS: You will not be prompted when entering
recipient information if this is newer information than the information stored in the recipient database in
either the Corporate Suite software or the ASP interface.
Bypass Recipient cascade process
Recipient Cascade process depends on Recipient Compare settings. If Bypass Recipient Compare is
turned on then no cascades can take place regardless of the setting for Bypass Recipient Cascade.
Allow cascade: (Default) This option will allow changed in recipient information to take place across
multiple filer, and different take forms, so that if there are multiple form types for one filer, you will not
have to adjust them all. This does not effect forms that have a status other than "Pending".
Restrict to current Filer only: This option will allow changes in a recipients information to adjust
multiple form types at the same time, but will not allow adjustments across multiple Filers.
Disable Cascade: This will disable the ability for adjusted recipient information to be spread across
multiple form types, and filers, all together.
Error Level if missing Address Line 1 and 2
No Error: (Default) Turning on this option will disable the warning message if there is a missing
Address line 1 or 2 for recipient information entered manually or via import.
Warning: Turning on this option will give a warning message with a status of "Warning" when entering
recipient information that is missing a Address line 1 or 2 for recipient information either manually or
via import. The error message of warning will not prevent the tax form from being save, or from being
brought into the software without prompt.
Error: Turning on this option will give a warning message with the status of "Error" when entering
recipient information that is missing a Address line 1 or 2 for recipient information either manually or
via import.The warning status of "Error" is more severe than the status of warning, but is still capable of
being brought into the software.
Reject: Turning on this option will give a warning message with the status of "Reject" when entering
recipient information that is missing a Address line 1 or 2 for recipient information either manually or
via import. The warning status of "Reject" is the most severe message, and records with the status of
reject will not be allowed to be saved in the system.
Error Level if for SWT (State Withholding Tax) for non-taxing states
This is the error warning that a user will see if they enter information for State Withholding Tax for a nontaxing state, this will be via the Corporate Suite software or the ASP interface, weather entered manually
or imported into the software.
No Error: (Default) Choosing this option will not attribute an error message to forms that are entered
with State Withholding Tax on non-taxing States.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
102
1099 Pro® 2014
Warning: Choosing this option will attribute an error message of "Warning'" to forms that are entered
with State Withholding Tax on non-taxing States. The error message of warning will not prevent the tax
form from being save, or from being brought into the software without prompt.
Error: Choosing this option will attribute an error message of "Error'" to forms that are entered with
State Withholding Tax on non-taxing States. The warning status of "Error" is more severe than the
status of warning, but is still capable of being brought into the software.
Reject: Choosing this option will attribute an error message of "Reject" to forms that are entered with
State Withholding Tax on non-taxing States. The warning status of "Reject" is the most severe
message, and records with the status of reject will not be allowed to be saved in the system.
12.3.3.7 1099 Corporate Suite and Professional/Enterprise comparison
1099 Corporate Suite and Professional/Enterprise
comparison
A visual comparison chart comparing basic features is available to view at http://www.1099pro.com/
products.asp
Below is a detailed chart comparing the adjustable preference items in the 1099 Pro Corporate Suite and
Professional/Enterprise editions, if you have any more questions regarding the 1099 Pro Corporate suite,
or Professional/Enterprise editions, please contact us!
Phone: (888) 776-1099
Email: [email protected]
1099/98/5498/W-2G/Preferences/options
CS
Pro/Ent
Global (Tab name)
General (Tab Name)
Options that apply to all users
Require a full name and address before
a form can be saved
Require a full name and address before a form can be
saved.
Auto capitalize names, addresses &
localities during manual entry
Auto capitalize names, addresses & localities during
manual entry
Hide the optional form Category field on
data entry forms
Hide the optional form category field on data entry forms
Remind me not to print red copy A until
February
Remind me not to print red copy A until February
Backing up your data files
Backing up your data files
Creating backup files of your data files should be
Remind me to back up every _ days (Set
performed by your network and/or database administrator days to zero to backup every time you exit
on a daily basis
the program)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
Global date range checking
103
Global date range checking
Warn if dates entered on forms are outside this date range Warn if dates entered on forms are outside
this range
Date is before
Or after
Options for MANUALLY deleted forms
Allow previously deleted forms to be visible
on tax form browses
2014 form options
Allow users to undelete previously deleted
tax forms
Do not allow
Allow Now
General (More) (Tab Name)
Not until Jan 1st 2014
Recipient Address ZIP code/city options
Convert City to UPPER case during manual
entry ZIP lookups
Options for manually deleted tax forms
Allow previously deleted forms to be visible on tax form
browses
Allow users to undelete previously deleted tax forms
Always convert Recipient City to upper
case during printing
Other Options
Automatically reselect the last filer at
program start
Special features
Active extended casino w-2g/1042-S options
Show a reminder when using "Add
Recipient"
Show a reminder that First Name is
discarded for EIN/Company
Suppress no TIN message
File the CSR list by Filer if Security is on (only applies if recipient table links are disabled)
Local (Tab Name)
Recipient address zip code/city options
Convert City to UPPER case during manual entry ZIP
lookups
Always convert Recipient City to upper case during
printing
Local options
Automatically reselect the last filer at program start
Show a reminder when using 'add recipient'
* These options can be set/changed by the user on each workstation. Your choices here will
provide the default.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
104
1099 Pro® 2014
Checking for updates (Tab Name)
Checking for updates (Tab Name)
These options help ensure that you have the most up These options help ensure that you
to date version, including any last minute chances to have the most up to date version,
the IRS/SSA
including any changes to the IRS/SSA
Ask for confirmation every time before checking TIP:
Uncheck this only if your internet connection is 'Always
on'
Ask for confirmation every time before
checking TIP: Uncheck this only if your
internet connection is "Always on"
How often the program should check for updates
How often the program should check for
updates
Automatic Adjustment (recommended)
Automatic Adjustment (recommended)
The program will check for updates occasionally during
the summer, more frequently as tax season approaches,
and every day at the height of tax season.
The program will check for updates
occasionally during the summer, more
frequently as tax season approaches, and
every day at the height of tax season.
Specified interval (1-45 days) throughout the year checks
will occur at the interval you set here.
Specified interval (1-45 days) throughout the
year checks will occur at the interval you
set here.
Manual checking only - you will need to use the menu
options to check for all updates.
Manual checking only - you will need to use
the menu options to check for all updates.
Limits (Tab Name)
Transaction/accounting date cutoff
The accounting date cutoff is used to prevent users from creating or importing transactions beyond the
current tax year or accounting quarter. If left blank, the restriction will not be enforced.
Accounting date cutoff date:
Enter the last date that transaction can be created or
imported for.
Open window cutoff date (Web/ASP data entry only)
The open window cutoff date sets the starting date on which the web/asp module will not allow changes
to certain federal and state withholding fields. If left blank, this restriction will not be enforced.
Open Window cutoff date:
Changes are not allowed from the specified date forward.
Update Options (Tab Name)
Change recipient address on filed forms (asp only)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
105
Create correction
Update address for filed forms without creating correction
Re-file forms already filed to a state
Forms can not be refilled to a state
Enable option to file form already filed to a state
Change of status from quick print (ASP only)
Disallow status change from quick print
Allow quick print status changes, option will not be
checked
Allow quick print status changes, option will be checked
Restrict Creation of Filed wrong form corrections
No Restrictions
Restricted for ASP only
Restricted for ASP and CS
Restrict form 1099LTC box 5
No restrictions for entry or print
Suppress print of Box 5 for RCP copies
Options for allowing "Processing Restrictions" to be
used with tax forms
These restrictive actions are allowed by default. Check a
box to disallow use
Disable the "do not print" option
Disable the "Do not file" option
Disable the "Do not merge" option
Disable the "User hold" option
Specify the maximum number of records that will be returned by the ASP search engine.
If this number is zero, search will return up to 100 records.
RCP Options
Recipient Select Options
Select from recipient list
Select Recipient from Forms (ASP only)
Select Recipient from Forms (ASP only and CS)
Force recipient as new
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
106
1099 Pro® 2014
Do not force recipient as new
All recipients on import or entry are forced as new/unique
Disable recipient list
Bypass recipient compare process
Compare tax form date to recipient record on entry and
offer updates
Bypass recipient compare process for ASP only
Bypass recipient compare process for ASP and CS
Bypass recipient cascade process
recipient cascade process depends on recipient compare settings. If bypass recipient compare is
turned on then no cascades can take place regardless of the setting for bypass recipient cascade.
Allow cascade
Restrict to current filer only
Disable cascade
Error level if missing address line 1 and 2
No error
Warning
Error
Reject
Error level if for SWT and non-taxing states
No error
Warning
Error
Reject
12.3.4 Manage PS/ACL Access Control (CS version only)
Manage Pressure Seal and Alternate Layout for
1099 Pro.NET
Using this screen in the Corporate Suite you can manage the alternate print layout's or pressure seal
forms that are available to users of the 1099 Pro.NET (ASP) module. In order to make alternate layout's
available simply select your tax year and form type then use the approve button to select the layouts you
want available in the 1099 Pro .NET module. In the example below the N14EZ Blank Stock for 1099-Misc
(Pressure Seal) layout is available to 1099 Pro.NET users.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
107
12.3.5 Tax Form Print Codes & Custom Messages
Tax Form Print Codes & Custom Messages
(Corporate Suite Only).
Corporate Suite allows you to create custom print codes that will be applied to your forms at the time of
printing. Print Codes allow for the insertion of a print message on the Blank Stock/Combined print out.
The message can be the Duplication of a field of data on the record or it can be a static message of up
to 39 characters. Up to 3 print codes can be imported or added manually at an individual tax form. Click
on the "Select Codes" button to expose the codes that have been set up for use with any Filer/PTIN.
Select print codes from the "Special Print Codes" box on the form entry screen. Please click here for
further information on applying print codes
To configure Tax Form Print Codes & Custom Messages, please use the following steps:
1. From the file menu, select "Security and Administration".
2. From the "Global Administrative Options" window, select "Business Rules".
3. Under the "Business Rules and Options" pane, click on the "Tax Form Print Codes & Custom
Messages" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
108
1099 Pro® 2014
4.
The "Browse Custom Print Codes" window displays all of your current print codes as well as a brief
summary of a selected print code.
To add a print code, click on the "Add" button.
To change an existing print code, select it and click on the "Change" button.
To delete a print code, select it form the list and then click on the "Delete" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
5.
109
When adding or changing a print code, you will be required to define the following information:
Message Form type - The form type that this print code will be used for.
A message description - A short description of your print code. You will see this when tagging
the rules that will apply to your print job.
The message to be printed or the field you wish to duplicate - Define a custom message or
replicate Account Number or Filer Department fields.
Define the position of your print code on the form.- This will define where your custom
message will be printed on the tax form. Once you are done
The filers you wish to have access to the selected print code - Define which Filers should
have access to your print code.
There are two methods for selecting which filers have access to your print code. If you wish
to grant all filers access to your print code, simply place a check in the "All Filers" check
box on the bottom left corner.
You can also manually select which filers have access to your print code by clicking on the
"Select (tag) Specific Filers" button. Clicking on this button will display the "Browse the
Filers File" window which will display a complete list of all Filers currently in your system.
To select a filer, click on it (it will be highlighted afterward) and then click on the "Tag" button.
You can also search for a specific PCode by typing it in the "Search PCode" box at the top
left corner. To change the sort order of the Filers list click on the drop down menu labled
"Current View" at the top right corner. You can sort the Filers list by PTIN, Filer TIN or
Company/Last Name.
When you have finished selecting your Filers click on the "Proceed to Next Step" button to
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
110
1099 Pro® 2014
save your changes and return to the Code/Message Will Be Created window.
6. Message will print on Copies: This will allow you to input what forms will have your custom text
printed on them, this will be determined by the alphanumeric character that you place within the box.
1: Placing a 1 in the text box will print your message on all "Copy 1 For the State Dept" forms.
2: Placing a 2 in the text box will print your message on all "Copy 2 For the Recipient to File with
State Tax Return" forms.
B: Placing a B in the text box will print your message on all "Copy B for Recipient" forms.
C: Placing a C in the text box will print your message on all "Copy C for payer Forms" forms.
R: Placing a R in the text box will print your message on all "Combined for Recipient (B/
Instructions/2)" forms
Note: You can also combine the form type that this effects by placing multiple characters in the text
box. I.E. 12C will place your message on all Copy 1 For the State Dept, Copy 2 For the Recipient to File
with State Tax Returns and Copy C for payer Forms.Do not put spaces in-between the characters in
order to have your custom message effect the maximum amount of forms.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
7.
111
Once you have completed creating your print code, click on the "Save" button to save any changes
and exit the print code creation screen. You may also click on the "Cancel" button to discard any
changes and exit the screen.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
112
1099 Pro® 2014
12.3.5.1 Using Print Codes (CS version only)
Using Print Codes
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
In order to apply your custom print codes/messages when printing your forms, you will need to select up
to 3 codes/messages at the form entry screen. Print codes can be applied to forms either manually, on a
per form basis or during an import.
To apply a print code manually, please use the following steps:
1.
Enter the "Work With My Tax Forms" screen.
2.
Select a form that is already in the system and click on the "Change" button or add a new form by
clicking on the "Add" button.
3.
Locate the Special Print Codes box at the bottom of the form entry window.
4.
Enter the desired print code in one of the three boxes or click on the "Select Codes" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
12.4
113
5.
Clicking on the "Special Print Codes" button will display the Select Print Message Codes for this
form window where you can select print codes to apply to your form. You can select a print code by
clicking on it and then clicking on the "Tag" button. To disable a print code, click on the code and
then click on the "Untag" button. You can also click on the "Untag/Remove All" button to disable all
currently selected print codes. Once you have made your selections, click on the "Save" button to
save your selections and return to your form.
6.
You will now see that your selected print codes will be displayed in the three boxes underneath the
Special Print Codes heading. These codes will now be applied when the form is printed.
Reporting Thresholds
12.4.1 State Reporting - Manage State CFS Limits and Settings (Corporate Suite
Only)
State Reporting - Manage State CFS Limits and
Settings
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
See Security & Administration, Reporting Thresholds, Manage State CFS Limits & Settings, 1099-R for
Tax Year 2011, state of AL to follow this example.
If your Filer has the CFS checkbox checked then your form will be filed in CFS if 1) the state is in the
CFS Program 2) it meets both the State Threshold (discussed below) 3) the form type is in the CFS
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
114
1099 Pro® 2014
program unless there is a CFS Exception that applies.
If active a Standard Rule will be applied to the form to determine if the form should be filed at the State
Level.
Standard (Custom) rules allow you to create a Custom Rule that will override the Standard Rule above.
Both rules can be active but Standard (Custom) will trump Standard.
CFS Exceptions are rules where the State have said even though we are in the IRS CFS program we
want you to file certain forms directly to the state and not in the CFS program.
Users can inactivate rules that they do not want. If you wish to add or modify a rule please email
[email protected] Pro.com
12.5
Check for Updates
Check for Updates
This option requires a connection to the Internet. If you do not have an 'always on' connection, please be
sure you are connected before initiating an update check.
Overview
This option uses the Internet to check the 1099 Pro, Inc. update servers for a newer version of this
program. Instead of running the full Web Update procedure from your Windows Start->Programs menu,
you can now quickly check for updates from within 1099 Pro, or even have the program automatically
check for you. If there is a new version, a message will pop up to display the new version and a one line
summary of what is included in the update.
To Check Manually
From the 1099 Pro "Help" menu, select the "Check for updates to 1099 pro" option. Follow the steps
below to manually check for an update:
Close the 1099 Pro software.
Click on the "Start menu", highlight "Programs", then find your 1099 Pro Professional or Enterprise
item in the list and highlight it.
In the menu for 1099 Pro, find the "Check for Updates" item and click on it to begin.
Follow the prompts by clicking "Next" then select any "Advanced" options if needed, if not then click
"next". If there is a new version, a message will pop up to display the new version and a one line
summary of what is included in the update. Download the update and allow the update to install. This
process should begin automatically for you.
After the process is finished, confirm that your version number of the software matches with the
version number of the patch download by going to the "Help" menu and selecting "About".
If you continue to have problems downloading an update to the software it is possible you may have a
firewall on your network or local machine preventing you from retrieving this update. Check with your
Administrator or disable your firewall. As an alternative you may visit our host site at http://host.1099
Pro.com/ and search for the product by "year" and then by "product type" (either Pro or Enterprise), then
search for the Web Update folder.
To Automate Checking
Options for automating the update checking process are set via the Program Preferences, which can be
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
115
found on both the "File" menu and "General Options" tab on the left side of the 1099 Main Menu.
Notes
If your installation of 1099 Pro has Security turned on, and you do not have Administrator level
access, you will not be able to view or change the Update Checking options on the Program
Preferences.
If Security is not turned on and you are on a workstation, you will not be able to view or change the
Update Checking options on the Program Preferences. They will need to be set from the Server
install.
Workstations cannot run the actual web update process -- they can only check for new versions.
Once your Server has been updated, each workstation will automatically update itself the next time
1099 Pro is run on that machine.
You should always k eep your 1099 Pro up to date to ensure that you have the latest features and fixes
for any reported issues.
12.6
Hosted Solutions (CS version only)
Hosted Solutions
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Hosted Solutions Both Full Service & Limited Service hosting is available for 1099 Pro software through
Data Processing Solutions (DPS). All hosting solutions include the application running at DPS's secure
facilities and your users access to the software via secure Internet connections. See the diagram below
which shows the relationship in how data is shared between both your company and our hosting provider,
DPS.
Full Service includes all aspects including Importing, error reports, Federal & State Filings, Corrections,
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
116
1099 Pro® 2014
etc. DPS is the premier hosting solution with extensive experience in the Insurance, Banking, Oil & Gas
and Financial Industries.
For more information visit our site at http://www.1099pro.com/serv_Hosting.asp or contact:
1099 Pro, Inc.
Hosting Services
23901 Calabasas Road, Suite 2080
Calabasas, CA 91302
Tel: (866) 444-3559
Fax: (818) 876-0202
E-Mail: Hosting Department
12.7
Installing
Installing
To
1.
2.
3.
install single-user* or Demo
Insert the CD-ROM into your computer's CD-ROM drive.
On your Windows desktop click the "Start" button and select "Run".
In the Open field, type x:\setup.exe, where x is the name of the CD-ROM drive and setup.exe is the
name of the 1099 Pro executable.
4. Click "OK" to start the setup program.
5. Follow the instructions provided by the setup program. If 1099 Pro prior year data is detected on your
system the Roll Forward Utility activates.
Virus Checkers
Disable virus checkers (e.g., Norton, McAfee, ViruScan, etc.) PRIOR to installation to avoid potential
corruption. Random errors in 1099 Pro are typically due to installation of software while running a virus
checker. After a successful installation, re-enable the virus checker.
See Multi-User/Network Installations
12.8
Logging in as a Different User
Logging in as a Different User
If you are currently logged in with a user account in 1099 Pro, you may log off your existing user and log
in as a different user without fully closing the software. Follow the steps below to log in as a different
user. IMPORTANT! You must first close all screens in 1099 Pro using the close button at the bottom
right. "Logon as Different User" will only appear once you close all top level screens and you can see the
following window in your 1099 Pro software.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
117
Steps to change your current logon account.
1. Click on "File" on the toolbar at the top in 1099 Pro.
2. Select "Logon as Different User"
3. When you are prompted with the 1099 Pro logon screen, type in your User ID and then your
password.
4. Click "OK".
Finally verify your login has changed by checking the user currently logged in in the bottom right corner
of the screen.
12.9
Optional Fields
MISC Optional Field
The 1099-MISC optional amount field configuration box allows you to enable an extra field at the bottom
of a 1099-MISC form.
To enable the Optional Field, place a check in the checkbox labeled "Allow use of 1099-MISC extra
amount box".
Upon placing a check in the "Allow use of 1099-MISC Amount Box", the "Enter a title for the box:" will
become available. Type the title for you optional amount field here.
When you have finished configuring the optional amount field, click on the "Apply Now" button to save
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
118
1099 Pro® 2014
your changes.
When entering a form, you will now notice that the "Optional Text" box will be available.
12.10 Create and Manage Custom Codes (CS Version only)
Create and Manage Custom Codes
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
119
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
All tax forms now contain a 'Custom Code 1' and 'Custom Code 2'. These fields can be imported and
exporting containing a code of up to 5 characters. When printing certain PS/ACL layouts this code
translates to a string of up to 120 characters for recipient/combined printouts only. The message that is
printed can be assigned a custom font and size.
12.10.1 Update or Change Custom Code
Update or Change Custom Code
This screen is used to modify custom codes that are when printing certain PS/ACL layouts this code
translates to a string of up to 120 characters for recipient/combined printouts only. The message that is
printed can be assigned a custom font and size.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
120
1099 Pro® 2014
12.11 Reporting Thresholds
Reporting Thresholds and Options
Pro E/SQL (Corporate Suite) now provides the ability to manage the built in state reporting limits/
thresholds which are applied when generating a State Subset eFile file. Thresholds are used to
determine which amounts should be reported and which should not. Typically these thresholds are set
by each individual state and may vary.
Configuring Reporting Thresholds
To configure State Reporting Thresholds please use the following steps:
1. From under the "File" menu, select "Security and Administration".
2. From the left pane, click on the "Reporting Thresholds" button.
3.
From the "Reporting Thresholds and Options" window, click on the "Manage State CFS
Limits and Settings" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
4.
121
At the "View/Manage CFS Filing Thresholds" window you will see a list of all the current state
thresholds for all states. The View/Manage CFS Filing Thresholds window provides the following
options:
Select State: This drop down menu allows you to select which states you wish to view
thresholds for.
Select Form: This drop down menu allows you to to select which form type you wish to view
thresholds for.
Add: Allows you to create a new threshold rule.
Change: Allows you to edit an existing threshold rule.
Delete: Allows you to delete an existing threshold rule.
Customize Rule: Allows you to customize a threshold rule.
Report: Allows you to generate a report of threshold rules based on your view selections (i.e.
Select State, Select Form, etc).
Status to Display: Allows you to select which rules are visible based on their status (i.e. active,
inactive).
Rules Type to Display: Allows you to select which rules are visible based on the type of rule (i.e.
display All rules, Standard rules, etc).
Customizing a Standard Rule
To customize on of the built-in state threshold rules please use the following steps:
1. Select the threshold rule you would like to customize from the "View/Manage CFS Filing
Thresholds" window by clicking on it.
2. With the rule selected, click on the "Customize Rule" button.
3. At the "Record Will Be Added" window you will have the following options:
Active: When this box is checked, the rule is enabled (active), when it is unchecked the rule
will be disabled.
Form Type: The Form Type that the rule is associated with.
Rule Type: Defines the kind of rule that is being edited (i.e. Standard, Standard (Custom)
etc.).
State: The state that the rule is associated with.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
122
1099 Pro® 2014
4.
State Rule: This box contains the actual rules used when the thresholds are evaluated.
If you are customizing a built-in rule the Form Type, Rule Type and State boxes will be grayed
out. You will only be able to Activate or De-activate the rule and/or customize the "State Rule".
Editing the "State Rule" box
There are two ways to edit the contents of the "State Rule" box.
1. Manual Keying in of rules: If you are familiar with the names of the fields and mathematical
symbols used to evaluate the rules, you can modify any existing rules or enter new rules at
anytime.
2. Right Clicking in the "State Rule" box: If you are new to customizing threshold rules this is the
recommended method.
Upon right clicking in the "State Rule" box a menu will appear with two options:
o Select DataField: Clicking on this option will allow you to choose which amount field(s) you
would like to have evaluated (i.e. Box Amount 1, Box Amount 2, etc.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
123
o Select Operator: Clicking on this option will provide you with a list of all available operators
that can be used to evaluate your rules.
o Select an operator by clicking on it and then clicking on the "Select High-Lighted Value"
button.
12.12 Set Aggregation Rules (CS Version only)
Setting Aggregation Rule
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
124
1099 Pro® 2014
To
1.
2.
3.
turn on the Aggregation feature
From the general menu click "File" and then "Security & Administration".
Now, click the "Combining Tax Forms" Button on the left.
Make sure the button at the top of this window, "Turn on Aggregation" is set to "On".
To turn off the Aggregation feature
1. To remove existing aggregation from a tax form. Click the "radio" button next to Disable/Remove all
Aggregation.
2. When finished, click "Save/Apply Changes" to save your changes.
3. All forms currently aggregated will be de-aggregated and listed as individual tax forms again. To find
out how to use Aggregation, click here
Select the tax form to aggregate on.
1. Select the tax form you want to enable Global Aggregation for and then click the "Set/Change
Matching Criteria button". First time users will want to set aggregation rules which determine current
rules for combining tax forms in a particular order. Tax forms which match all of the selected criteria
for the Filer will be combined in to a single aggregate form.
Set Aggregation Rules
1. The list of available fields are TIN, Account Number, Tax State, Category, Form Source &
Department.
2. From the list of Available Fields for Aggregation window on the left, click to highlight the field, then
drag the field over to the left side window entitled, "Selected Fields for Aggregation".
3. To adjust the order of the fields, use the up and down arrow keys. When finished, click "OK" then
click "Save" to apply your changes.
4. The software aggregates the forms according to these rules.
Exceptions for Individual Filers
Aggregation can also be set for filers individually as an exception.
1. Click "Add" to add an aggregation exception for a filer. Select the filer from the list and then click
"Select".
2. The list of available fields are TIN, Account Number, Tax State, Category, Form Source &
Department.
3. From the list of "Available Fields for Aggregation" window on the left, click to highlight the field, then
drag the field over to the left side window entitled, "Selected Fields for Aggregation".
4. To adjust the order of the fields, use the up and down arrow keys. When finished, click "OK" then
click "Save" to apply your changes.
5. The software aggregates (by/on) the chosen fields for this filer for the specified form type.
12.13 Un-Installing
Uninstall Routines
The Select Uninstall Method screen offers two options for removing 1099 Pro from your hard drive:
"Custom" allows the user to select files individually (recommended).
"Automatic" initiates a default uninstall routine.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Security and Administration
125
To uninstall 1099 Pro (custom)
1.
Close all applications including 1099 Pro.
2.
On your Windows desktop click the "Start" button.
3.
Go to "Settings", "Control Panel" and select "Add/Remove Programs".
4.
Select "1099 Pro 2014" and click the "Add/Remove" button.
5.
At the Select Uninstall Method screen choose "Custom" and then click the "Next" button to start the
uninstall program.
6.
Files are categorized for deletion. Users may "Select All" (recommended), "Select None" or use their
mouse to select specific files. Categories include:
System Files
Directories
INI Files
INI Entries
Registration Database Keys
7.
After selecting appropriate files click "Finish" to complete the uninstall.
To uninstall 1099 Pro (automatic)
1.
Close all applications including 1099 Pro.
2.
On your Windows desktop click the "Start" button.
3.
Go to "Settings", "Control Panel" and select "Add/Remove Programs".
4.
Select "1099 Pro" and click the "Add/Remove" button.
5.
At the Select Uninstall Method screen choose "Automatic" and then click the "Next" button to start the
uninstall program.
6.
1099 Pro prompts you through the remainder of the uninstall routine.
Using the "Automatic" uninstall feature does the following: Leaves behind your current data files under the main
program directory in the folder named "Data", preserves the "Uploads" folder containing any uploads generated
by the 1099 software for submission to the Service Bureau, and miscellaneous .DLL files are left in the
Program root directory used by the software. In addition the .INI file is also preserved in the\Admin or \Windows
directory.
NOTE: Users who uninstall 1099 Pro and then reinstall it may get an "Invalid Record Declaration (47) Accessing
TAXDATA.TPS [or FILERS.TPS]. Press OK to end this application" warning. This error occurs b ecause some
files were not deleted during the automatic uninstall. Users must perform a custom uninstall of 1099 Pro (and
select all files for deletion) and then reinstall the software.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
126
13
1099 Pro® 2014
Audit Trails
Audit Trails Overview
Audit Trails DO NOT track the history of manual and cascading changes to a tax form including old and
new values, date changed and the user responsible for changes. NOTE: If Audit Trail Records don't
reflect a k nown change; Audit Trails are (or were) disabled.
Master Audit Trail Browser
The Master Audit Trail Browser is available only to administrators or users with administrative access
rights. Use it to view all manual and cascading changes to all tax forms (the Record History screen
allows the viewing of individual tax forms only).
See Master Audit Trail Browser.
About Record History
The Record History screen displays audit trail information for the selected tax form and is available to all
Access Groups. A limited version of the Master Audit Trail Browser, this screen tracks all manual
changes made directly to a record. Cascading updates are not reflected.
See Record History for more information
Purging Audit Trail Logs
The Audit Trail Record Log is invaluable should you need to track tax forms changes. If the log becomes
so big that the performance of 1099 Pro is compromised, older records may be purged. For most users
however, purging is not necessary and is generally not recommended as this valuable information is
permanently deleted from the system.
See Purging Audit Trail Logs for more information.
Enabling/Disabling Audit Trails
Disable Audit Trails only if speed/performance is critical to the user. By disabling this feature tax form
changes are not tracked AND the Record History screen is automatically disabled.
See Enabling/Disabling Audit Trails
13.1
Audit Trails Activity Report
Audit Trails Activity Report
This tutorial will guide you through the process of printing a report of all audit trail activity related to one
or more areas in your 1099 Pro software.
1. The Audit Trail Activity Report is available by launching the software
2. Click on “File” from the main menu.
3. click on “Security and Administration”.
4. Click on the “Audit Trails & Logging” button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Audit Trails
127
5. Click the “View/Print Audit Changes Report” button.
6. Select the options you would like to have included in your Audit Trail Activity Report and then click the
“OK” button.
7. You will now be brought to a screen that will ask, "Do you wish to PREVIEW this Report?”
a. Click the “Yes” button to access the preview options
b. Click the “No” button to send the Audit Trail Activity Report to the printer to the printer without
previewing.
c. Click the “Cancel” button to continue without generating the Audit Trail Activity Report.
Note: Once the report prints out, use the following legend to determine what changes have been made to
the records and filers on the report.
Definitions of the items on the “Audit Trail Activity Report” are as follows:
T = TIN (Tax ID Number)
N = Recipient Name
R = Recipient Name
A = Account (#)
Old values are on the left
New values are on the right
Subtype: Audit report tool doesn't know what was done with the record.
TransType: Audit report tool doesn't know what was changed on any transactions.
13.2
Deleted Record Detail
Deleted Record Detail
From the Master Audit Trail Browser, click the "Deleted Record Details" button to display the contents of a
deleted tax record. NOTE: The Master Audit Trail Browser will not reflect records that were deleted while Audit
Trails were disab led.
See Master Audit Trail Browser
13.3
Master Audit Trail Browser
Master Audit Trail Browser
The Master Audit Trail Browser is available only to administrators or users with administrative access
rights. Use it to view all manual and cascading changes to all tax forms (the Record History screen
allows the viewing of individual tax forms only).
To
1.
2.
3.
view records
On the menu bar click "File" and "Security and Administration".
At the Administration screen click "View Audit Trail Records".
At the Master Audit Trail Browser screen refer to the Date, Time, User ID, Field Name, Old Value
and New Value columns for invaluable information.
For deleted records click the "Deleted Record Details" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
128
13.4
1099 Pro® 2014
Purge
Purge Audit Trail Log Records
The Audit Trail Record Log is invaluable should you need to track tax forms changes. If the log becomes
so big that the performance of 1099 Pro is compromised, older records may be purged. For most users
however, purging is not necessary and is generally not recommended as this valuable information is
permanently deleted from the system.
To
1.
2.
3.
purge audit trail log
On the menu bar click "File" and "Security and Administration".
At the Administration screen click "Purge Audit Trail Records".
At the Purge Tax Data Audit Trail Record screen all records prior to the selected date are deleted.
Modify this date as necessary.
4. Click "Begin" to start deleting records. A warning screen reminds that all deletions are permanent.
Click "Start Deleting" to continue or "Cancel" to abort.
13.5
Record History
Record History
The Record History screen displays audit trail information for the selected tax form and is available to all
Access Groups. A limited version of the Master Audit Trail Browser, this screen tracks all manual changes
made directly to a record. Cascading updates are not reflected. NOTE: If Record History does not reflect a
known change to a tax form, Audit Trails are, or were, disab led.
To learn more See Viewing Record History and Enabling & Disabling Audit Trails.
13.6
Turn Audit Trails On/Off
Turn Audit Trails On/Off
Disable Audit Trails only if speed/performance is critical to the user. By disabling this feature tax form changes
are not tracked AND the Record History screen is automatically disabled.
To turn audit trails On/Off
1. On the menu bar click "File" and "Security and Administration".
2. The Administration screen indicates if Audit Trails are on or off.
Click "Activate Audit Trails" to turn on functionality.
Click "Turn OFF Audit Trails" to turn off functionality.
To view record history
At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight a record and click "Change".
Records with a pending print status display the Changing a Record screen. Click the "Audit Trail" button
located in the upper right corner of the screen.
Records with any other print status display the Protected Form Update screen. Click the "Field Update
History" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Audit Trails
13.7
129
Audit Trail Report Filters
Audit Trail Report Filters
1. In this section you may print or view a report showing an audit trail using that are narrowed down by
filters.
2. To begin this process click on the "File" button on the menu bar.
3. Then Click on the "Security and Administration" button, this will bring you to the "Global
Administrative Options" window.
4. From here, click on the "Audit Trails and Logging" button, here you will be taken to the "Tax Form
Audit Trail and Action Logging Options" window.
5. From here click on the "View/Print Audit Changes Report" button, you will be given the "Specify Audit
Trail Report Filters" screen. From here you can choose what options to use to filter down what
information will go into the Audit Trail report.
o Limit Report to changes for one Form Type
o All Forms: Choosing this option will list all available form types on your report.
o One Form Type (select from list): This option will let you choose which forms will be used in the
report from a list. You will be asked to TAG each form type you would like listed.
o Limit Report to changes for one PCode
o All Filers: Choosing this option will show all available PCodes on the report
o One Filer (Select from list): Choosing this option will allow you select which PCodes will be
included on your report.
o Limit Report to changes from one User ID
o All Users: Choosing this option will show all available UserID's on your report.
o One User - enter User ID: Choosing this option will allow you to choose which UserID will be used
to filter down your report. (P3)
(P3)
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Limit report to a Date Range
None - all dates will be shown:
Today: Choosing this option will show all changes made today.
Last 7 days: Choosing this option will show all changes made within the last 7 days.
Last 14 days: Choosing this option will show all changes made within the last 14 days.
Last 30 days: Choosing this option will show all changes made within the last 30 days.
Specify Other Range: Choosing this option will allow you to choose the date range that will be
used to display your Audit Trail Report. (P4)
(P4)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
130
1099 Pro® 2014
o
o
o
o
Deleted Record Options
All activity: choosing this option will show you all deleted option.
Skip deleted: If you choose this option deleted records will not be displayed on your report.
Only deleted: Choosing this option will display only deleted records on your report.
6. Once you are done choosing the options you prefer, click on the "OK" button.
7. Now you will be given the option PREVIEW your report before it is printed. Click "Yes" if you would
like to view the report before it actually prints out. Click "NO" to have the report begin printing or click
"Cancel" to change your options before you begin printing your report.
14
Browse form records
"Work with My Tax Forms"
The "Work with My Tax Forms" screen is accessible via the task panel, Forms & Printing section and
Work With My Tax Forms Tax Forms icon. Use the Current Form drop down menu to select the
appropriate form type.
14.1
Browse IRS Tax Forms
Browse IRS Tax Forms
The following instructions are PDF files contained within your local 1099 Pro installation.
1099 Instructions via the internet
General 1099 Instructions
1096 Transmittal
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse form records
131
1098 Mortgage Interest Statement
1098-E Student Loan Interest Payments
1098-T Tuition Payments Statement
1099-A Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property
1099-B Proceeds From Broker & Barter Exchange Transactions
1099-C Cancellation of Debt
1099-CAP Changes in Corporate Control & Capital Structure
1099-DIV Dividends & Distribution
1099-G Certain Government & Qualified State Tuition Program Payments
1099-H Health Insurance Advance Payments - (No Longer Mandatory)
1099-INT Interest Income
1099-LTC Long Term Care & Accelerated Death Benefits
1099-MISC Miscellaneous Income
1099-OID Original Issue Discount
1099-PATR Taxable Distributions Received from Cooperatives
1099-Q Qualified Tuition Program Payments (Under Section 529)
1099-R Distributions From Pensions, Annuities, Retirement or Profit-Sharing Plans, IR's, Insurance
Contracts, etc.
1099-S Proceeds from Real Estate Transactions
1099-SA Distributions From an SA or Medicare+Choice SA - (Formerly 1099-MSA)
5498 IRA Contribution Information
5498-ESA Cover dell ESA Contribution Information
5498-SA or Medicare+Chose SA Information - (Formerly 5498-MSA)
W-2G Certain Gambling Winnings
Other Instructions
W-9 Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification
Puerto Rico Form Instructions
IRS Telephone Assistance: Information Reporting Customer Service Site
If you have questions about reporting on Forms 1096, 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2, W-2G, and W-3, you may
call a toll-free number, 1-866-455-7438.
You may still use the original telephone number, 304-263-8700 (not toll free).
For TTY/TDD equipment, call 304-267-3367 (not toll free).
The call site can also be reached by E-Mail at [email protected]
The hours of operation for the call site are Monday through Friday from 8:30a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Eastern
time.
Other tax-related matters
For other tax information related to
business returns or accounts, call 1-800-829-4933.
Note: Users with an active internet connection can access many other files directly from the IRS/SSA
websites. For details see Print Blank Forms & Instructions.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
132
15
1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Records
Browse Records
The Browse Forms screen allows you to view all forms of a particular form type which can be sorted in
the order you designate. From this screen you can Add, Change, Delete, Print, Total as well as perform
Group Actions with your forms.
Current Sort/View Order - Current Sort Order or Views available to 1099 Pro customers allow for
sorting by certain criteria. They are Last Name or Company, by TIN or you have the ability to create
custom views by selecting from available views in one window and displaying these views in the
Enter, Update & View screen. See Current Sort/View Order for further details. There are two ways to
search for a form, one from the keyboard depending on your sort order and one by using your
mouse.
Current Query/Filter - By default all forms for the form type selected are displayed. You can
choose to display a subset of the current form type by clicking on "Current Query" drop down and
use an alternate pre-canned query e.g. Filed Corrections Only or create your own custom query e.g.
Tax State = CA, Corrected forms only, … Note that the "Status" of a form can be used to create
powerful queries to limit the records displayed. For example if you had Printed a batch of forms and
then you imported a 2nd batch you might want to limit the forms displayed to those with a Status of
"Pending" (which would exclude all form with a Statuses of "Printed", "Filed", ...).
Add a Record
1099 Pro adding of records is limited to the current transaction limit of the version of 1099 software you're
using. These transactions can range anywhere from 5(K) transaction up to an unlimited amount of
transactions.
See Adding a Record and Registration & Upgrades for more information.
Change a Record
Only records with a pending status are available for modification.
Note: Cascading updates are changes made to a filer & recipient's information globally throughout all tax
forms. See Cascading Changes for more information
See Changing Records
Delete a Record
Records may only be deleted if they are in Pending status. You can either delete them individually or by
using the Group Actions method to delete an entire group of forms.
See Deleting Records and Group Actions for more information
Print/View Report
This report is based on the currently selected query (if the default query, All Records, is chosen, then the
report is identical to the Control Totals report).
See Print View Reports
Group Actions Button
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Records
133
Group Actions let you tag/select a number of items and then perform a single action on them. In all
cases, you will be asked to confirm your choice before the action is taken. For Example: Deleting a
group of pending forms allows you to manually select or "tag" any number of pending forms for removal.
All associated notes for the forms will also be deleted.
See Group Actions for more information
Browse by Form Button
All tax form browses now have a new button on them to initiate browsing tax forms using the update
form. This lets you move from form to form while viewing all of the data for each form. When you use
Browse by Form, your current view and Query settings will still be in effect, just as if you were using the
standard browse. For example, if you are viewing the list of forms in Last Name/Company order, and
have a Query to only show forms that have Notes, you will still see only forms that have notes, in Last
Name/Company order, when you switch to Browse by Form mode.
See Browsing by Form for further instructions.
Quick Print Form Button
To quickly print any tax form from the Work With My Tax Forms screen, highlight the form and click on
"Quick Print".
See Quick Print for further instructions
15.1
Add a Record
Add a Record
1. On the task panel select the Forms & Printing section and the Work With My Tax Forms icon. Use
the Selected Form drop down menu to select the form type to process.
2. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen click "Add" to access the Adding a Form Record screen.
3. After completing all fields click "Save". The record is saved and a blank screen is presented for your
next record. Click "Cancel" to exit the Adding a Form Record screen.
15.2
Void Records
Void Records
Records are voided, instead of deleted, to retain data for possible future reference. Only records with a
printed status can be voided.
To void a record
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight a record and click "Change" to access the
Protected Form Update Options screen.
2. Click the "Void the Form" button.
3. 1099 Pro prompts, "Are you sure you want to do this?" Click "Yes" to void the record.
Un-Void a Record
A voided record may be un-voided (or reset) to a pending status.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
134
1099 Pro® 2014
To un-void a record
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight a record and click "Change" to access the
Protected Form Update Options screen.
2. Click the "Un-Void the Form" button.
3. 1099 Pro prompts, "Are you sure you want to do this?" Click "Yes" to un-void the record. The record
automatically reverts to pending status.
15.3
Browse Notes/Attachments
Browse Notes
All tax forms, recipient forms and filer forms now have an icon/button to the left of the SAVE button that
lets you create and update notes for that item.
When you are on a data entry form, the Notes button will change colors to help you know if there are
existing notes or not.
If the button background is BLUE, no notes have been entered for the item yet, or any existing notes
have been deleted.
If the button background is RED, there are currently notes for the item.
Each note can contain up to 512 characters, and you can have as many notes as you want for each
item. Every time a note is created or updated, the note will show the date and time of the action and
either the User ID of the person who made the change (if you have Security turned on) or the network
name/ID of the machine where the change was made.
Depending on the type of note, you may be able to view and update them from multiple places within the
program.
Global Notes
These are visible everywhere within the program, and can be viewed and updated from every Notes
browse. You can also enter Global Notes directly from the main File menu, using the 'Global Notes'
option.
Filer Notes
Filer notes are associated with a specific Filer, and are only available on the update form for that Filer.
When entering notes for a Recipient, you can also view/update all Global notes.
Recipient Notes
Recipient notes are associated with the individual recipient, and can be viewed and/or updated from both
the recipient update form and from every tax form associated with that recipient. When entering notes for
a Recipient, you can also view/update all Global notes.
Tax Form Notes
This type of note is attached to one specific tax form for one recipient. When entering notes for a tax
form, you can also view/update the notes for the recipient of the form, as well as view/update all Global
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Records
135
notes.
Attachments
(Corporate Suite/ASP Version Only)
You may attach documents to Filer/Form/Recipient Notes. You will be able to View/Download these
documents from the program.
15.3.1 Update Notes
Update Notes
This screen will allow you to add or modify note.
Please see Browse Notes/Attachments for all available note types.
15.4
Browsing by Form
Browsing by Form
All tax form browses now have a new button on them to initiate browsing tax forms using the update
form. This lets you move from form to form while viewing all of the data for each form.
To use this feature:
1. Click on 'Forms & Printing' on the navigation bar on the left, then click on 'Enter & Edit Tax Forms'.
You could also just choose Create, Edit and View from the Forms menu.
2. Select the type of tax form to browse.
3. Select the individual form you want to start browsing at.
4. Click on the 'Browse by Form' button.
5. Use your PageUp and PageDown keys to move forwards and backwards through the list of forms. If
a form has been printed or filed you will only be able to view it. If the form has a status of Pending
you will be able to update it and save your changes.
6. If you want to keep browsing after making changes to a Pending form, just press PageUp or
PageDown to continue. You will be asked if you want to save your changes (answer YES), then your
changes will be saved and the next form will be displayed.
7. To stop browsing by form and return to the list, just press Cancel or Save on any form.
NOTE: When you use Browse by Form, your current View and Query settings will still be in effect, just
as if you were using the standard browse. For example, if you are viewing the list of forms in Last Name/
Company order, and have a Query to only show forms that have Notes, you will still see only forms that
have notes, in Last Name/Company order, when you switch to Browse by Form mode.
15.4.1 State Status
State Status Legend
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
136
1099 Pro® 2014
Note if the state is k nown then the status below will be preceded by the state abbreviation. For example,
CA Orig/Pending
Orig/Pending
Orig/Filed
Orig/Filed CFS
Orig/Filed ST corr/
Filed
Orig/Superceded
Record is to be filed as State Original
Record was filed with State as Original
Record was filed CFS as Original
Record is filed with State as Original and all State Correction(s) that exist for the
record filed with the State(s)
Record was IRS filed but not filed with the state. Then a correction was created
which will be an Original to the state.
Orig/Pending but
Superceded
Record was IRS filed but not filed with the state. Then a correction was filed with
the IRS. And then a correction of a correction was created which will be an
Original to the state.
Record was IRS filed but not filed with the state. Then a correction was filed with
the IRS & with the state. And then a correction of a correction was created which
will be an Correction to the state.
Original State records for one of the non taxing states
Record was filed with State and at least one state correction for the records is
pending
Record is to be filed as State Correction
Record is filed with State as Correction
Record is created as state Correction but superceded by creating of new
correction
Record was IRS & state filed. Then a correction was filed with the IRS. And then
a correction of a correction was created which will be an Correction to the state.
Orig/Filed but
Superceded
Orig/n\a
Corr Active
Corr/Pending
Corr/Filed
Corr/Superceded
Corr/Pending but
Superceded
Corr/Filed but
Superceded
Corr/n\a
n/a\n/a
15.5
Record was IRS & state filed. Then a correction was filed with the IRS and with
the state. And then a correction of a correction was created which will be an
Correction to the state.
Correction State records for one of the non taxing stated
No state information on the record
Capitalization
Capitalization
1099 Pro capitalizes the first letter of names, addresses and non-ID boxes (Form W-2G only) during
manual data entry. This is a default Preference setting that may be cancelled.
Please note:
Account number and free form text fields have no special formatting.
State abbreviations are forced uppercase.
15.6
Cascading Changes
Cascading Changes
Frequently Asked Questions:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Records
137
What are Cascading changes?
When you make manual changes to the filers & recipient master list in 1099 Pro, those changes are
then cascaded or (updated) throughout all tax forms with a status of Pending . Cascading updates help
ensure that the entire filer and recipient information, regardless of the tax form, synchronizes quickly and
uniformly.
When does the cascading of those changes take place?
As you make changes to a filer or recipient, click "Save" to save your changes. You are then prompted
with the option to "Update all Pending forms with these changes as well?" Place a check mark in the
box if you want all changes to then synchronize throughout all pending tax forms. To make changes on
the current tax form only, remove the check mark and proceed to save your changes. If existing tax
forms contain information that need updating and have statuses other than Pending, (i.e., Printed, Filed,
Uploaded....etc.) You must manually reset that form's status back to Pending and then go back and
allow the software to include those tax forms in the cascading process.
I made changes earlier to a tax form and now I am being prompted with a window "Recipient
Record may need updating" or "Possible Recipient Information Mis-Match." What do I do now?
1099 Pro will prompt you to update or synchronize changes if it sees that the existing information doesn't
match with what is in the master recipient database. It will continue to do this for all consecutive tax
forms that require updating. Click "Yes" to apply the changes or "No" Do not make any changes. The
same applies to changes made to filer and contact information, as well as manual changes made to the
Recipient Master list directly.
15.7
Change a Record
Change a Record
Only records with a pending status are available for modification:
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight a record and click "Change" or (double-click) to access
the Changing a Form screen.
2. Make necessary changes and click "Save".
15.8
Delete a Record
Delete a Record
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight the record and click "Delete".
2. 1099 Pro prompts to confirm the deletion. Click "Yes" to delete the record or "No" to cancel.
This report is based on the currently selected query (if the default query, All Records, is chosen, then the
report is identical to the Control Totals report).
15.9
Department
Department
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
138
1099 Pro® 2014
The "Select Department" feature allows you to quickly change the department phone number associated
with the current filer contact. When you click on the down arrow in the tax form, the list of contacts is
displayed. Choose the contact by highlighting it and then click on "Select". You are taken back to the
tax form and your current contact phone number and department ID are listed. The name of the
department does not print out.
Contacts can be added by clicking on "File" from the main menu and then selecting Filers list, Change
Filer, Add as described in Filer Record Details.
15.10 Options for Tax Form Data Entry
Options for Tax Form Data Entry
1099 Pro contains a list of data entry options which can now be accessed in the Tax Form screen.
Inactive buttons in this list indicate the tax form is non-edit able and therefore not available for use. The
image below displays how the button title changes after information has been entered.
Audit Trails - This screen displays record history information for the selected tax form
Notes - Allows you to View, Add, Update and Delete Notes for this tax form. After entering in Notes
the button changes to "Has Notes" with BOLD text to indicate that notes now exist for this form. For
more help on Notes, See Browse Notes.
Preferences - Takes you to the "Data Entry Preferences for Form" screen where you can change the
position of the First Name and Last Name/Company orientation in how it is displayed on the tax form.
Tax State - Tax State is used for State filing only. It is normally the same as the state withholding (if
any) or address state unless there is an explicit need to override it.
Withholding State: When a tax form or electronic file is generated from our software the "Withholding
State" is determined to be the state with dollar amounts withheld (For Example: 1099-R Box 10 "State
Tax Withheld").
Tax State with no amounts withheld: If there is no amounts withheld and you still want to
designate a "Tax State" since the work or event took place in a specific state, then use the Tax State
override button to do this. Click the "State" button to set a "Tax State".
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Records
139
Residence State: If there is no "Tax State" then the state is the "State of Residence"
IRS Instructions - You can open the 2014 General Instructions and more specifically the "Current Tax
Form" instructions.
Form Help - Provides help for the current tax form.
15.11 Print/View Reports
Print/View Reports
How to Print/View Reports
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen click the "Print/View Report" button.
2. 1099 Pro prompts to use the current query. The current query is displayed in the upper right of the
"Work with My Tax Forms" screen. Click "Yes" to use the current query, "No" for query options or
"Cancel" to exit. Query Options include:
Select a previously saved query
Create a New Query
Do Not Apply a Query (generates standard Control Totals report)
Cancel Without Continuing
15.12 Search
Search
Use the Search field to quickly locate a recipient or filer.
To search (AKA incremental index)
1. Set the Current View to the correct sort order criteria (i.e. By TIN)
2.
At the Browse the Recipients, Browse the Filers or Browse Forms screen of the software, place your cursor
in the Search field.
3.
Enter the first few characters of your search criteria and hit the TAB key.
The browse screen highlights the record matching your entry. If multiple records match your entry the
screen highlights the first match. Use the ARROW keys to scroll through the matches.
The Search results are governed according to the column sort order. (i.e. If searching by Last Name/
Company, and you search the last name of Charlie Tuna in ascending order by typing in the letters "T"
then "U"... in the search field then hit the TAB key, the search results listed are displayed with Charlie
Tuna's last name.) If searching by Recipient TIN and you're sort order is set in ascending order then
your search results are going to be listed in numeric order from beginning to end for this column only.
This same method and result applies to all respective columns.
Note: For a quick form lookup without using you mouse, type the 1st numb ers of the TIN (when your sort order
is b y TIN) and you will drop down to that particular record, if your sort order is b y another field (Last Name or
Account …) then type the first few characters you of the field to drop down to that record. To use the "Search …"
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
140
1099 Pro® 2014
b ox you must click in the b ox, type your characters and hit the Tab key.
15.13 Select a Form
Select a Form
Use the Select a Form Type screen to select the form type you want to process.
To search for forms
1. Place your cursor in the search field.
2. Enter the first few letters of the form type, for example "1099-M", and click TAB. The first record
matching your entry is highlighted.
15.14 Select Form Type
Select Form Type
If a record was originally issued on the incorrect form type, select the correct form type. You will be
presented with a new form that displays the original recipient TIN and address but no individual box
amounts or values.
15.15 Tagging Records
Tagging Records
1099 Pro allows you to manually tag (select) records for inclusion in a print session.
To tag records
1. On the task panel select Forms & Printing and then the Print Tax Forms icon. Use the Selected
Form drop menu to select the form type to process.
2. At the Printing Tax Forms screen choose the "Manually select forms..." option.
3. Click the "Begin Print Process" button.
4. At the Selecting Form Records screen click the "Tag" button to select records. A red checkmark
appears beside each tagged record. (See Tag Key Shortcuts below.)
To sort records prior to tagging, use the View or Query drop menus.
5. After tagging all records, click "Proceed to Next Step" to initiate the Print Wizard.
Tag Key Shortcuts
Tag: Use this button (or ALT + T) to tag individual records.
Tag All: Use this button (or ALT + A) to tag all records.
Untag: Use this button (or ALT + U) to untag an individual record.
Untag All: Use this button to untag all records.
Flip: Use this button (or ALT + F) to reverse the tag status of an individual record.
Flip All: Use this button (or ALT + L) to reverse the tag status of all records. For example, if you have
3 records and only one record is tagged, the Flip All button will tag the two previously untagged
records and untag the original record.
Prev Tag: Use this button (or ALT + P) to scroll backwards through tagged records.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Records
141
Next Tag: Use this button (or ALT + N) to scroll forwards through tagged records.
15.16 Zip Code Lookup
Zip Code Lookup
1099 Pro allows you to quickly find or verify zip codes, cities, and states within the USA
The Zip Code Lookup feature:
Includes every 5 digit ZIP code in the USA.
Includes FPO (Fleet Post Office) and APO (Army Post Office) ZIP codes.
Allows you to search by city, state, or ZIP code.
Contains current ZIP code data.
Zip Codes can be looked up from either the City field (shows all matching cities) or the zip field (more
precise, shows matching zips.) If you type a partial city or zip and then invoke the pop up, the list will
start at the closest approximation. This database includes all zip codes and cities accepted by the
United States Postal Service. The USPS currently recognizes all United States ZIP codes by either their
preferred or alternate city names.
USPS Codes:
P = Preferred City Name (Example: Philadelphia, 19101)
A = Alternate (Example: Phila, 19101)
Tip
You can right click on the City or Zip Code fields to pull up the list of cities in the U.S. You may also
type in the name of the City or Zip code in the search field. As you type, the software will narrow down
the closest match based on your entry. A third tab, By State, allows you to type in the abbreviation of
the state to match the zip code your are searching for.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
142
1099 Pro® 2014
15.17 IRS Codes
IRS Codes
Please review the IRS Instructions for the form to find a current listing of codes.
These instructions may be found in our software by going to "Forms" and selecting "IRS Instructions &
Blank Forms".
15.18 Puerto Rico Control Numbers (CS Version only)
Puerto Rico Control Numbers (CS only)
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the 1099 Pro Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Control Numbers are required by the Hacienda www.hacienda.pr.gov for each PR form type that you are
filing. You must have obtained your control numbers before the software can assign your control
numbers.
Control Numbers consists of 9 digits, where the first two digits to the left represent the last two digits of
the tax year 2013 (for example 130000001). The remaining 7 digits start at 0000001 in ascending order.
Automatic Assigning you Control Numbers to
Forms
1.
Go to Admin/Security, select ‘Puerto Rico Options’
2.
Select Manage Control Numbers
a. Add your Control Numbers received from the Hacienda assigned ranges for the EIN/Form
types assigned you.
3.
Assign Control Numbers
a. Run the assign Control Number process. This will assign Control Numbers to all PENDING
forms without a Control Number for the types that you chose, and that have an EIN that
matches one of the ranges you entered. The process will start at the next available number
after the highest previously assigned number within the range. If one range runs out it will
automatically move to the next range (assuming there is more than one range assigned to
you by the Hacienda for that EIN/Form type.)
i. Note you will need to enter your “Range Start” and “Range End” numbers in a format
similar to 120000001
b. Note: The process can be run as many times as you need. Forms with existing control
numbers are never affected/changed.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Browse Records
4.
143
Control Number Report
a. Run the Control Number summary report at any point to see what ranges are in the system,
how many forms don’t have numbers, what the highest used number is, etc.
Manually adding/editing a Control # via SQL
Assigning a specific Control Number
To assign a specific Control Number, it must be directly entered into your database using an update
statement. For example:
Updat e Pr o1099. For m480_7C
Set Cont r ol Number PR = 123456789
Wher e Tax Rec I D = 100
16
Current Sort/View
Current Sort/View
Record Sorting:
1099 Pro offers built-in views that are tied directly to the Search field. To search for records by TIN the
view must be set to "By TIN". Likewise, to search for records by name the view must be set to "By Last
Name/Company" or "By Filer Name" as appropriate. Failure to properly set the view will result in a failed
search attempt.
Views are available at select browse screens.
16.1
Custom Sort Order
Custom Sort Order
To define a custom sort order
In the Enter, Update & View screen, click the "Current Sort Order" button, then click "Custom View".
(The software displays the "Sort designer screen")
Click the view field under the entitled "sort view by" category.
Make your selection then select the button whether the field will be displayed in ascending or
descending order.
To ignore the distinction between Upper case and lower case characters put a check in the box
below.
After Defining your Sort Order, click "OK" to save your entries for the currently defined view.
To cancel Defining a Custom View, click "Cancel."
To clear all fields and reset them back to none, click "Clear All".
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
144
16.2
1099 Pro® 2014
Custom View
Custom View
Custom sorting of records & custom column display
Sophisticated users can select Custom View from the Current View drop menu and design their own
views.
To define a custom view
1. At the "Enter, Update and View" Screen", where you can browse your form, click the drop down
arrow in the field located in the upper right labeled "Current View."
2. Select Custom View from the list. (The software displays the Define View Format Layout Screen.)
3. This screen allows you to select the available fields from the left column and organize them in the
"show these fields in this order" column on the right.
4. You may move the position of these items in the order in which they will appear by highlighting them
on by one and clicking the up or down arrow to adjust it's position accordingly.
5. To save these changes click, "Apply" or Click "Next" to define a sort order for the custom view. The
software displays the "Select a sort order for the view" screen. At this point you may:
Use the default sort order (Which tells 1099 Pro to accept the current sort order)
Select a predefined sort order (fastest) which tells the software to use the built in predefined
list (Example: Filer ID, Last Name/Company, First Names or by Filer ID, Recipient TIN, then
Last Name/Company.)
Define your own custom sort order (slowest) Allows you to indicate what custom sort order the
software should follow based on your custom field selections.
17
Error & Validation Checking
Error & Validation Checking
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Error & Validation Checking
145
1099 Pro performs various validation checks on your data. This helps users find and fix potential tax form
errors (see Disclaimer) prior to submission to recipients or the IRS. Users can print out forms with errors
& warnings only by running an extended report as described below. Error and validation checks occur
when data is manually entered or imported. It also occurs when printing a form or when generating a
1096 transmittal, electronically file or service bureau file. If a problem is found, 1099 Pro flags the record
with a warnings, error or reject error. Users are encouraged, but not required, to fix warnings and errors
prior to submitting their records to recipients or the IRS. An option to manually check for errors and
warning is available under the Utilities menu titled "Check Update Error Status for all forms" which you
can invoke at any time. See Filing Problems
Warnings & Errors Defined
"Warnings" are Intended to flag a possible inconsistency or omission in the data that may result in the
record being rejected by the IRS/SSA.
"Errors" are serious flaws in the data that would most likely result in the record being rejected by the
IRS/SSA.
"Reject Errors" occur when the user has not entered correct data, resulting in an automatic rejection.
Note: Whether entering records manually or importing them 1099 Pro software will inform you if your
records have any errors or warnings associated with them, or if they were rejected.
Finding Problem Records
1099 Pro makes it easy to find problem forms. Users may run a Form Counts Report to quickly
determine which filer and form types have errors or warnings. To view all errors and warnings in detail, run
a Control Totals Report (Extended Version). Users may also generate an error query at the "Work with
My Tax Forms" screen.
Error Queries
To create a query that limits the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen to just forms with errors and/or
warnings, do the following:
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen, drop down the 'Current Query' list and select 'Custom
Query...'
2. Select 'Error Status' on the list of fields to evaluate (press 'E' to go right to it).
3. Click on "NEXT", then select 'Is Greater Than' as the operation.
4. Click on "NEXT". A zero is already entered as the value entry, which is correct
5. Click on "NEXT", then "FINISH". Answer YES to the save query question, and enter a custom
name.
When you return to the "Browse Forms Records" screen, only forms with errors and warnings will be
displayed. If you update a problem form and fix it, it will disappear from this list. Continue until all forms
are fixed, then choose 'All Records' as the current query to view all of your records again.
For reports, there are already the built-in options for displaying errors and warning messages and/or
filtering the report to only list forms with problems.
Disclaimer
1099 Pro software identifies many, but not all, of the most common format errors in information
compliance submissions. The likelihood of submission rejection, though not eliminated, is greatly
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
146
1099 Pro® 2014
reduced when utilizing this software. Even if no errors are identified by this software, your submission
could be returned or you could be penalized because of other errors.
Feedback
If you come across a situation that you feel should generate an Error or Warning in the software please
feel free to discuss the situation including the form type, data set and IRS regulations by E-Mailing
Compliance at [email protected] Pro.com.
17.1
Filing Problems
Filing Problems
Users may scan their records for errors and warnings prior to generating a electronic file or Service
Bureau upload file. If errors or warnings are found in electronic files, users may choose whether or not to
process those records. For uploads, all records are processed no matter what; the scan is just a last
chance informational check.
Processing Records with Errors/Warnings
Errors and Warnings typically indicate missing or incorrect information. Missing SSN's, TIN's, EIN's, and
State Fields will typically be a warning. An incorrect Zip Code for example would generate an error.
Typically the IRS will accept uploads with errors and warnings but a high percentage of missing TIN's or
other errors or warnings can cause the IRS to reject your file and/or result in penalties.
Users are encouraged to make every effort to fix missing or invalid data but if they are unable to do so,
file the records anyway. A good way to identify errors and warnings is to click on "Reports" from the
main menu, select Extended Reports and then limit the report to printing out only Errors & Warnings. Try
to fix Errors & Warnings before filing with the IRS. Consider filing Form 8809 for a 30 day filing extension
in order to submit more accurate data.
See Finding & Fixing Records with Problems
17.2
Penalties
Penalties
The following penalties generally apply to the person required to file information returns. The penalties
apply to paper filers as well as electronic filers.
Failure to File Correct Information Returns by the Due Date (Section 6721)
If you fail to file a correct information return by the due date and you cannot show reasonable cause, you
may be subject to a penalty. The penalty applies if you fail to file timely, you fail to include all information
required to be shown on a return, or you include incorrect information on a return. The penalty also
applies if you file on paper when you were required to file electronically, you report an incorrect TIN or fail
to report a TIN, or you fail to file paper forms that are machine readable.
The amount of the penalty is based on when you file the correct information return. Please see the IRS
Help for Taxpayers site for information advice on late filing, and information of penalties.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Exports
18
147
Exports
Export Overview
1099 Pro features powerful yet intuitive Export Wizards to allow exporting of tax form data in a Mapped
ASCII (Fixed/Delimited/Excel) format, IRS (Pub 1220 Format), and Moore 1099 Print Export.
18.1
Export Maps
Export Maps
The 1099 Pro Export Wizard simplifies the process of creating Export Maps. The first step in creating an
Export Map is to specify how the records to export will be selected and where the files should be placed.
Export files can be created in a variety of formats, including delimited and fixed length. All formats are
created as standard ASCII files.
Follow the steps below to create and/or define an export map.
1. From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the "Export Forms" link in the navigation bar to
the left, or as an alternative, click on "Utilities" tab on the main menu, then click "Export Tax Forms
to ASCII file(s)".
2.
Read the introductory information and then click the "Next" button to continue.
3.
Click on the "Add or Update Export Maps".
4.
Next, Click Add to add a new export map to the list or highlight an existing entry in the "Export Map
List" then click "Change". To delete and export map, highlight it and then click the "Delete" button.
There are three columns which define an export map: Map Type, File Format and Details.
The description column gives details about the currently selected export map and the
Notes windows to the right give additional details.
5.
When clicking Add or Change you are prompted to go through the wizard for creating and/or
modifying export maps, click "Next".
6.
Select your Export Data Type either a Tax Form, Recipients or Filers. Next select a File Format,
either Delimited, Fixed or XML. Next set your Field Delimiter and End of Record Options. When
finished, Click "Next".
7.
The following options are available for you to set: When complete, click "Next". Click on a checkbox
or "radio button" to turn the option on or off.
Category
Characters
Options Available
1. Convert to all UPPER case
Amounts
1.
2.
1.
Check Boxes
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Additional Information and Details
Character values include Names,
Address Fields, Descriptions...etc
Include Commas
None
Include Dollar Signs
Blank for unchecked - "X" for Check boxes are logical values.(Yes/
checked
No, True/False, On/Off
148
1099 Pro® 2014
Numeric
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
EIN/SSN
1.
Dates
Text (Multiline)
Use Y/N
Use T/F
Use 0/1
mm/dd/yy
mm/dd/yyyy
yymmdd
yyyymmdd
Round to the nearest whole
number
Dates can be from a tax form box or
for example when a form was created.
Numeric values are numers that are
NOT dollar amounts like percentages
or total shares
EIN/SSN values are Tax ID numbers
Formatted (TIN type not
required)
2. Unformatted (Must include the
TIN type)
Convert to all UPPER case
Text values are mulitline box values
Don't convert CR/LF, export as is such as a transaction description.
Convert CR/LF to a single space.
7.
Select specific fields to include in the export process. Click on a field from the available fields on the
left and drag it across to the field/header screen on the right. Alternatively you can click on the "Add
Field button" to add a field to the field/header screen on the right.
8.
Repeat this procedure until all of the necessary fields have been added to your layout. If the wrong
field is accidentally assigned, click and highlight the incorrect field and then click the "Remove"
button. Begin again by dragging the correct field from left to right until you are finished. You may
also click the up and down arrows to change the order of a specific field up or down in the list. You
also have the ability to customize the parameters of a mapped field. In the Field/Header list to the
right, double click on the field name until you see the "Customize a mapped field" screen pop up.
9.
Next, specify the name of the map description or title and the map usage notes. Click "Next" when
finished.
10. Next, Select the destination folder. Default location is C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Exports. It is preferable
to create your file on a hard drive rather than floppy diskettes to avoid the possibility of disk error. It
is also faster.
11. Confirm the settings on the summary screen and click "finished" then close the Browse the Export
Map List Screen. You will then be taken back to the 1099 Pro Export Wizard.
12. If you created a new Custom Map Field, you can now select it from the list and proceed to create
your Export file with these new settings.
18.2
Export Wizard
Export Wizard
The 1099 Pro Export Wizard simplifies the process of creating export files. You may export all Forms for
All Filers or just the Filer/Form Type that you need. To view the files open Excel or Access, and then
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Exports
149
open the export file(s). If you open the files in Notepad, they will appear to be out of alignment because
the files are Tab delimited. NOTE: All export files are "Map by Name" compatible and may be imported
into another Filer directly.
To export data:
1. At the menu bar select Utilities and click on "Export Database to ASCII File(s)"
18.3
2.
At the 1099 Pro Export Wizard click "Next" to proceed. Use the "Back" button at any time to go
back a step.
3.
On the "Select the type of data and format to use" screen. Click the drop down arrow and select
your tax form type.
4.
Highlight the file format you want to export and click "Next". To add or update export maps click the
"Add or Update Export Map" button. See Export Maps for more information.
5.
Choose a method for selecting eligible tax forms. Options include:
Export tax forms for ALL Filers: This option automatically selects every eligible form for all filers.
Export tax forms for up to 25 selected filers: This option prompts you to manually select (tag)
the form types to include in the export file. All filers are processed.
Indicate whether or not a split filers and form types into separate export files. Mark the check
box to export each filer and form type as a separate export file. Leave the check box unmarked
for a single, larger, file containing all filers and form types.
6.
Select the destination folder. Default location is C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Exports. It is preferable to
create your file on a hard drive rather than floppy diskettes to avoid the possibility of disk error. It is
also faster.
7.
Click "Finish" to begin creating your export file.
Moore Wallace (CS Version only)
Moore Wallace Print Export
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
This wizard will allow you to export records in the Moore Wallace print format.Supported form types are:
1099-C
1099-DIV
1099-G
1099-INT
1099-LTC*
1099-MISC
1099-R
5498
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
150
1099 Pro® 2014
W-2
Note: Box 5 information will not be passed to Moore Wallace as this information is optional per the IRS.
18.3.1 Important Note for MW Export (CS Version only)
Important Note for Moore Wallace Export
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Please review your filer info prior to exporting forms in the Moore Wallace Print format. As Moore
Wallace only accepts 4 print lines for the Filer Address address Line 2 will be omitted from the print file.
You may review your filer info on the Browse Filer's screen.
You may also create a query by following these instructions:
1. On the Browse Filer's screen select "Custom Query" in the top right.
2. On the Field Selection screen of the Query Wizard select "Routing Address (Suit, department, etc)"
then click "Next".
3. On the Operation Selection screen of the Query Wizard select "Is Greater Than" then click "Next".
4. On the Value Entry screen of the Query Wizard enter "0" into the field then click "Next".
5. Click "Finish" then save your query if you wish to do so.
This query will now display Filer's that have address information in the line that will not be carried over.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Exports
151
18.3.2 Tagging for Test Printing (ASP Version only)
Tagging record for Moore Wallace Test Printing
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the 1099 Pro.net edition of our software.
From this screen in the ASP module you can tag records to be included in a test printing for
Moore Wallace.
18.4
Session Details and Options (CS Version only)
Session Details and Options
This screen allows you to review the options that were used when exporting data. You may also View/
Print a Report of the data contained in the export. Voiding of the session will allow you to mark an export
as void to denote the data was not used etc for your own records.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
152
18.5
1099 Pro® 2014
Bulk TIN Matching
IRS Bulk TIN Matching Overview
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Enterprise and Corporate Suite editions of our software. For all others
contact the 1099 Pro Service Bureau for TIN Matching and Bulk Tin Matching
options.
Did you know that if the Name and TIN (SSN/EIN) do not match on your 1099's that the penalty is
$100.00 for each mismatch up to a maximum of $250,000.00 per company? Fortunately, the IRS has
introduced the Interactive TIN Matching and Bulk TIN Matching Program for form types 1099-B, DIV, INT,
MISC, OID and PATR only!
There are two steps to participate:
Register for the IRS TIN Matching System. This will take at least 4-6 weeks.
Perform a 1099 Pro Web Update to acquire the latest updates for your 2014 software.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Exports
153
How to register for the IRS TIN matching program:
First, go to http://www.irs.gov/Tax-Professionals/e-services---Online-Tools-for-Tax-Professionals
and click on the E-Services link.
Click on "Registration Services" at the bottom of the page.
After completing the online registration, BE SURE TO SAVE YOUR USERNAME AND
PASSWORD FOR FUTURE REFERENCE! It will take about 10 business days to receive your
IRS confirmation code by mail.
Once you've received the confirmation code, return to the Registration Services page and select
the "Confirm Registration" link.
Once your registration is officially confirmed, you may complete the application for the TIN
Matching Programs!
Notes on system use:
Once you become a registered user, you can immediately verify Names and TIN's interactively.
Simply type in the Name and TIN manually - up to 25 at one time!
BE SURE NOT TO SUBMIT THE SAME DATA WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD OR THE SYSTEM
WILL SUSPEND YOUR ACCOUNT FOR 96 HOURS!
We suggest submitting in January 2014.
There are six potential responses from the IRS System.
How to respond to system results:
Verify your data against the original W-9 form on file for the Recipient.
Use the 1099 Pro software to send out additional W-9's, 1st B Notices, or 2nd B Notices as
applicable.
Finally send in IRS Corrections when applicable.
Protection from IRS Penalties:
Due Diligence: Using the TIN Matching System allows you to verify the accuracy of TIN and
Name information prior to submitting information to the IRS.
IRS Code 6724 provides any penalties under Section 6721 may be waived if the Filer shows the
failure to provide a correct TIN on an information return is due to Reasonable Cause and not
Willful Neglect.
Filers may prove Due Diligence and receive a waiver from proposed penalties if they prove the
TIN and Name combination they submitted matched IRS records. Providing a copy of the "Print
Screen" of your IRS System Responses will be considered proof of Due Diligence.
If you have questions about specific tax regulations or regulatory services, please contact
IRSCompliance.org via
Phone: 877 TAX-REGS (877) 829-7342
Email: [email protected]
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
154
1099 Pro® 2014
Note: As of this writing, the IRS does not allow other form types to participate in this program under
penalty of perjury and possible imprisonment!
Click here to see How to use Bulk TIN Matching.
18.5.1 Create a file manually
Create a file manually
The following is a direct excerpt from the IRS Bulk TIN Matching system's help
documentation and is current as of 06-15-2009.
In Bulk TIN Matching, you may attach a .txt file with up to 100,000 TIN/Name combinations to be
matched. If you are using Microsoft Excel then the maximum is 65,000 TIN/Name combinations
(Microsoft Excel limit).
What is Bulk TIN Matching?
Bulk TIN Matching is used to verify TIN and Name Matching for as many as 100,000 combinations.
Who can submit a Bulk TIN Matching request?
Any payer can submit a TIN Matching request once they are registered in e-services and have received
approval to use the TIN Matching product.
What format do I use to submit my file? Do the TIN, name or type have to be in any certain
order?
To submit a Bulk TIN Matching request, begin by preparing a text (.txt) file containing the following
information, separated by semicolons:
TIN TYPE;TIN NUMBER;TIN NAME;ACCOUNT NUMBER (optional)
Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) Type is a one-digit number;
"1" represents an Employer Identification Number (EIN)
"2" represents a Social Security Number (SSN),
"3" represents an "unknown" TIN type
TIN Number is the nine-digit SSN or EIN for the taxpayer
TIN Name is the taxpayer's full name or business name
Account Number is an optional field which may contain a payer-provided number which
will help you interpret your Bulk TIN results. Use this field to identify, for example, a
bank account number.
Example:
For example, the following Bulk TIN Matching data file shows a query of the database by a payer with
account number 89765 for a match for TIN matches on two taxpayers:
Matthew Mulberry, who provided an SSN of 183-24-1111
Acme Incorporated, who provided an EIN of 562-61-1111
Data in ".txt" file:
2;183421111;Matthew Mulberry;89765
1;562611111;Acme Incorporated;89765
What is the maximum number of characters that can be used in a name?
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Exports
155
The system will accept a maximum of 40 characters.
What if the individual's name exceeds 40 characters?
Use the first 40 characters of the individual's name in the last name-first name format.
Will the system find a match if I only have the individual's last name available?
Yes, the system can match to the last name with a TIN supplied as long as the last name is associated
with the TIN.
How long will it take to process my request?
You should receive your results within 24 hours of the request.
How will I receive my results?
A copy of the bulk upload file you submitted in e-services TIN Matching will be E-Mailed to you at the
address you provided. The results of each TIN Matching request will be appended to the original request.
How do I interpret the results of my Bulk TIN Request?
You will receive a file containing the bulk request data you submitted along with the results. The bulk
data you provided in your Bulk TIN Request data file will be repeated. A new field will be added to
describe your results:
0 = TIN and Name match
1 = TIN was missing or was entered incorrectly
2 = TIN entered is not currently issued
3 = TIN and Name do not match
4 = Invalid TIN matching request
5 = Duplicate TIN matching request
6 = TIN and Name combination matches IRS SSN records.
7 = TIN and Name combination matches IRS EIN records.
8 = TIN and Name combination matches IRS SSN and EIN records.
The following are sample results from a sample Bulk TIN data file:
1;183421111;Matthew Mulberry;89765;2
2;562611111;Acme Incorporated;89765;0
As you can see, the TIN provided by Matthew Mulberry is not currently issued. The TIN provided by
Acme Incorporated matched the IRS records.
What is an "Invalid TIN Matching Request"?
An Invalid TIN Matching Request has a required field missing on a line in the bulk upload file. For
example, the following line from a TIN Matching bulk upload file is missing the TIN Name field.
2;562611111;;89765
This line would generate a "4" in the results data file E-Mailed to you, indicating an "Invalid TIN matching
request," as follows:
2;562611111;;89765;4
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
156
1099 Pro® 2014
18.5.2 IRS Incorrect TIN Flowchart
IRS Incorrect TIN Flowchart
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Exports
18.5.3 IRS Missing TIN Flowchart
IRS Missing TIN Flowchart
18.5.4 Using Bulk TIN Matching
Using Bulk TIN Matching
If you have questions about specific tax regulations or regulatory services, please contact
IRSCompliance.org via
Phone: 877 TAX-REGS (877) 829-7342
Email: [email protected]
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
157
158
1099 Pro® 2014
How does the bulk TIN Matching work?
There are two methods to create a file to upload into the IRS's Bulk TIN Matching system; create a file
using the 1099 Pro Export Utility (Enterprise & Corporate Suite), or use the Service Bureau Upload
Utility.
Use the "Export for IRS Bulk TIN Matching" wizard
1. To initiate the Export wizard for IRS Bulk TIN Matching, select Utilities at the top of the screen in 1099
Pro, then select Export for IRS Bulk TIN Matching. Click "Next".
2. Select whether to include all "Selected Form Types for All Filers" or "Selected Form Types for
Selected Filers". If you select the "Selected Filers" option then on the following screen, choose the
filer(s) you want to include in the export process. If not then click "Next".
3. Note: The IRS does not allow submission of the form types displayed in RED. Only check these
form types if you have verified with the IRS or appropriate counsel that it is legal to submit
recipients receiving these form types. Tag the form types you want to include in the export process
and then click "Next".
4. Now specify where the export should be created, you may accept the default location of C:\1099 Pro
\Pro99T14\EXPORTS or click the "Select the destination folder" and choose another location.
5. Click "Finish" to generate the file.
6. In the 'Exports' directory you will see two files:
a) Your primary Bulk TIN file export with a date and time stamp in the file name indicating when
you performed the export
b) A file with the same date and time stamped but the word (duplicates) is appended to the file
name.
When submitting your file to us or to the IRS, send the primary file , not the file with the word,
"duplicates". The duplicates file is for your records, as the IRS will penalize any uploads containing
duplicates.
Some important things you should know for the Bulk TIN Matching Feature to function in the
1099 Pro software
1. Maximum acceptable record limit size would be 100,000 records (Excel 2003 or earlier has a 65,000
record limit if submitting to TINcheck).
2. The acceptable file naming convention is as follows: "1099 Pro_Bulk TIN_Batch_1_15-SEP-2014.txt"
(no quotation marks) or similar making sure the file name ends in lower case .txt
What can I expect for the IRS after I upload my TIN match request?
The IRS return file will contain the following responses from the IRS:
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Response
Name/TIN combination matches IRS records
Missing TIN or TIN not 9-digit numeric
TIN not currently issued
Name/TIN combination does NOT match IRS records
Invalid request (i.e., contains alphas, special characters)
Duplicate request.
(matched on SSN), when the TIN type is (3), unknown, and a Matching TIN and name
control is found only on the NAP DM1 database.
(matched on EIN), when the TIN type is (3), unknown, and a matching TIN and name
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Exports
8
159
control is found only on the EIN/NC database.
(matched on EIN and SSN), when the TIN type is (3), unknown, and matching TIN and
name control is found only on both the EIN/NC and NAP DM1 databases.
Note: If you submit a record without the required fields (TIN Type, TIN, Name), the response you will
receive will be Indicator 4, Invalid Request. If you don't k now the TIN Type, enter "3" and the system will
check both the SSN and EIN master files. Within 24 hours, the response will be sent to a "secure
object repository" and an E-Mail notification will be sent to you indicating a response is waiting. You will
have 30 days to access and download the results file. Once accessed, the results are retained for 3
days before being purged. The same information you sent in the .txt file will be returned with one
additional field containing the results indicator.
19
Filing via eFile
Filing via eFile
FIRE System
Use the Filing Information Returns Electronically (FIRE) System to electronically upload informational
returns to the IRS. Electronic files created via the 1099 Pro Electronic File Wizard fully comply with
required IRS record formats per Pub. 1220 including the Combined Federal State Filing Program format.
If you have 250 or more records to file you must file electronically or you may be subject to IRS Penalties
of $50 per record.
See IRS FIRE System for more information.
Service Bureau Upload Wizard
The Service Bureau is proud to offer a wide variety of services to registered users of 1099 Pro. Customers
are encouraged to schedule their print & mail and electronic uploads appointments now! Rates and
availability are not guaranteed until your appointment is booked.
See Service Bureau Upload Process to begin
eFile Wizard
The 1099 Pro eFile Wizard simplifies the process of generating Electronic files. The Electronic File
Wizard is available to purchasers of the 1099 Pro Enterprise Edition only. We recommend waiting to
generate your electronic files until the end of the filing period. This allows you the maximum amount of
time to correct any errors before filing with the IRS.
See eFile Wizard to learn how.
Account Number Generation
Why would I need to generate Account Numbers?
1099 Pro offers a feature that will generate account numbers for each form that does not have an account
number. IRS Publication 1220, states on page 77 that the IRS requires account numbers. "Enter any
number assigned by the payer to payee that can be used by the IRS to distinguish between information
returns. This number must be unique for each information return ..."
See How to Generate Account Numbers for more information.
Generate State Subset
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
160
1099 Pro® 2014
The "Create State Subset Files" wizard will walk you through the file generation process. As usual you
can select all filers or selected filers, all form types or selected form types and all states or selected
states. All files are generated in the IRS format detailed in Publication 1220 with record types T, A, B, C,
K & F.
See How to Generate State Subset Files for more information.
State Identification Number
State ID numbers are assigned by the individual state. For example, in California the Employer
Development Department (EDD) assigns a state ID number. Check with your accountant or attorney to
determine your company's state ID number. Many companies do NOT have one.
See State ID Number for more information
The Main Screen of the Electronic File Viewer (with file open)
After you open the Electronic File you will see the contents of the file. The left side of the window
contains a listed hierarchy of "T", "A", "B", "C", "K", and "F" records. As you highlight each field, (i.e.
The "T" record field for a Transmitter, the right side of the window displays to data in relation to the
current field selected on the left. While navigating up and down in a vertically with the cursor keys on the
keyboard, you will notice that you must click with your mouse in order to have the right pane to display
the data. The top of the screen contains an overall summary of the Transmitter Detail. There are also two
different viewing options. View as Field List and View as Text.
See Electronic File Viewer for more information
File Format Illustration
The 750 Byte file structure may be either sequential or random. If a sequential file is created, the record
delimiter - the combination of a CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character and a LINE FEED (LF) charactermust occur in that sequence (CR/LF) and only once following the end of each record. There must be no
delimiter before the first record. Random files must have a record length of exactly 750 bytes. The
CARRIAGE RETURN and LINE FEED should follow the record after position 750 in
what would be positions 751 & 752. All data records must be a fixed length of 750 bytes.
See File Format Illustration
Viewing Options
Your options for viewing data in a 750 byte record length file are viewing the data in a field by field format
or to view it specifically as text.
See Viewing Options for more information
19.1
Efile States Subset File Wizard
eFile States Subset File Wizard
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Filing via eFile
161
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Enterprise and Corporate Suite editions of our software. For all others,
contact the Service Bureau for CF/SF Program options.
Just click on the "Create State Subset Files" button when you go to generate your eFile. The wizard will
walk you through the file generation process. As usual you can select all filers or selected filers, all form
types or selected form types and all states or selected states. All files generated will be in the 750 byte
format per Publication 1220 from the IRS unless otherwise noted. Not all states use the 1220 format.
Unnecessary form types & state will be filtered out if filing with State Thresholds applied in Corporate
Suite. 1099 Pro updates these thresholds continuously but it is your responsibility to verify the accuracy
of the thresholds. If filing in 1099 Pro Enterprise, all forms with a dollar value will be processed.
See Reporting Thresholds
1099 Pro Corporate Suite generates files for the following states which use a format other than that laid
out in publication 1220: AL, CA, CT, ID, IN, MA, MD, ME, NC, NE, NM, OR, PA, UT, VT, and WI.
While 1099 Pro makes every effort to keep these formats updated it is your responsibility to verify the
state(s) receiving your files will accept both the form type, format, and the data generated prior to
submission. 1099 Pro does not create individual states’ reconciliation or transmittal forms at this time.
**Please see below for a special note regarding MA subset files for 1099-INT.
NOTE: Currently 1099 Pro is unable to generate proper state subset files for the MA 1099-INT due to the
fact that information that information is needed that is not discernible from the tax form. Please contact
the Massachusetts DOR for assistance in filing or a qualified tax advisor if you need to submit 1099-INT
records.
NOTE: The Enterprise version of the software does not apply state thresholds when filing. Enterprise will
create a file for all non-zero forms and it is up to the end-user to decide which records/files to submit.
The Corporate Suite software provides a “State Filing Thresholds” database which is used to filter out
unwanted or unnecessary forms.
19.1.1 How do I Generate State Subset
How do I Generate State Subset Overview
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Enterprise and Corporate Suite editions of our software. For all others,
contact the Service Bureau for CF/SF Program options.
Important Disclaimer - Please Read
All files generated will be in the 750 byte format per Publication 1220 from the IRS unless otherwise
noted*. Not all states use this format.
*1099 Pro Corporate Suite generates files for the following states which use a format other than that laid
out in publication 1220: AL, CA, CT, ID, IN, MA, MD, ME, NC, NE, NM, OR, PA, UT, VT, and WI.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
162
1099 Pro® 2014
While 1099 Pro makes every effort to keep these formats updated it is your responsibility to verify the
state(s) receiving your files will accept both the format and the data generated prior to submission.
**Please see below for a special note regarding MA subset files for 1099-INT.
Background
The IRS format as per Publication 1220 is the most widely accepted format for states receiving files.
However, some states require different formats. Check with each state to see if they will accept the
format listed, paper filing, or … 1099 Pro maintains various hyperlinks to states in the "Compliance"
section of our website at www.1099pro.com
So how does 1099 Pro know the "tax state" for a recipient? It's easy, the "tax state" is determined by
the following rules:
1. State Withholding: if there is state withholding on a form for a state then that state is the "tax state"
regardless of the recipient's address or category. These forms include: 1099-B, 1099-DIV, 1099-G,
1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-R, W-2G.
2. Override default for State tax reporting: If you use the optional "Override default for State tax reporting"
button, located on the right hand pane of the form entry window, the selected state will override the
recipient's state in their address.
3. Recipient Address: If there is no state withholding and a different state is not selected in the "Override
default for State tax reporting" box as discussed above then the state in the recipient address will be
used.
See eFile States Subset File Wizard to begin the process
TIP Number 1: Be careful of potential duplicate filings where you may have already filed your data in the
Combined Federal State Filing Program. If you have specific questions concerning state filing, please
contact that state.
TIP Number 2: 1099 Pro is capable of combining multiple filers with the multiple form types in one file. If
you want separate files for Filers A, B and C and multiple form types then consider processing one Filer
and Form type at a time.
TIP Number 2: 1099 Pro is capable of combining multiple filers with the multiple form types in one file. If
you want separate files for Filers A, B and C and multiple form types then consider processing one Filer
and Form type at a time.
NOTE: Currently 1099 Pro is unable to generate proper state subset files for the MA 1099-INT due to the
fact that information that information is needed that is not discernible from the tax form. Please contact
the Massachusetts DOR for assistance in filing or a qualified tax advisor if you need to submit 1099-INT
records.
NOTE: The Enterprise version of the software does not apply state thresholds when filing. Enterprise will
create a file for all non-zero forms and it is up to the end-user to decide which records/files to submit.
The Corporate Suite software provides a “State Filing Thresholds” database which is used to filter out
unwanted or unnecessary forms.
19.1.2 State ID Number
State ID Numbers
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Filing via eFile
163
State ID numbers are assigned by the individual state. For example, in California the Employer
Development Department (EDD) assigns a state ID number. Check with your accountant or attorney to
determine your company's state ID number. Many companies do not have one.
To add/change/delete a State ID Code
Click on "Manage" located at the top-right of the screen.
Highlight the Filer you would like to edit, and click the "Change" button located at the bottom right of
the screen.
To access the Select State ID database
When adding or changing a record place your cursor in:
1099-MISC Box 17
1099-R Box 11
W-2G Box 13
Hit the <F2> key or right-click your mouse to access the Select State ID database.
19.1.3 What can I expect from the States Subset File Wizard
What can I expect from the States Subset File Wizard?
What will happen when I generate my State Subset Files?
Your files will be placed in the "MagFiles" directory unless you have selected a different directory. State
Files will be labeled by State Abbreviation, Date & Time with a TXT extension. Example: "CA TAX 2-2509 5-01PM.TXT"
The eFile Viewer™ mentioned earlier will launch and you will be able to load and view your files or close
the eFile Viewer.
Where you generate E-Files also doubles as the Completed eFile Session List. You can identify
individual state files from the Completed eFile Session List as the "Trans Type" column will have the two
letter state abbreviation followed by the type of file generated e.g. "CA:Original". Detailed listings of any
eFile file generated can be obtained by highlighting the eFile session in question and then by clicking on
the button "View/Print Log Report". These reports can be previewed to the screen and or printed.
Additionally the IRS form 4804 can be printed in the same manner if desired for any eFile session.
Note: See IRS Publication 1220 for more details.
19.2
Combined Federal/State Filing Program
Combined Federal/State Filing Program
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software. For all others, contact the Service
Bureau for CF/SF Program options.
The Combined Federal/State Filing Program is open to electronic filers.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
164
1099 Pro® 2014
First time participants in this program must:
1. Obtain a Transmitter Control Code (TCC)
2. Submit a test file to the IRS. Test files may be generated via the Electronic Wizard.
Hard copy print tests are no longer acceptable.
Electronic test files may be submitted between is not available at this time.
A test file should consist of at least 11 total records for recipients from any of the states
participating in the Program.
Participating States
Participating states include: AL, AR, AZ, CA, CO, CT, DC, DE, GA, HI, IA, ID, IN, KS, LA, MA, MD, ME,
MN, MO, MS, MT, NC, ND, NE, NJ, NM, OH, SC, UT, VA, and WI.
Forms NOT Included In Program
The following informational returns MAY NOT be filed under this program: 1098-E, 1098-T, 1098-MORT,
1099-A, 1099-C, 1099-LTC, 1099-SA, 1099-S, 5498-SA and W2-G.
Forms INCLUDED in the program
The following information returns may be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program: 1099-B,
1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498.
Test Files
1. Electronic test files coded for this program must be submitted between is not available at this time.
2. A test file is only required for the first year when you apply to participate in the Program. Each
record, both in the test and the actual data file, must conform to this Revenue Procedure.
3. While a test file is only required for the first year when a filer applies to participate in the Program, it
is highly recommended that a test be sent every year you participate in the Combined Federal/State
Filing program. Each record, both in the test and the actual data file, must conform to the current
Revenue Procedure.
4. Electronic filers must log on to the FIRE System within two business days to check the
acceptability of their test file. The new test file must be transmitted by between is not available at
this time.
1099 Pro Service Bureau
If the Service Bureau is filing your informational returns a test file is not required.
ABOUT THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM*
The Combined Federal/State Filing Program was established to simplify information returns filing for the
taxpayer. IRS/MCC will forward this information to participating states free of charge for approved filers.
Separate reporting to those states is not necessary.
Some participating states require separate notification that the payer is filing in this manner. Since IRS/
MCC acts as a forwarding agent only, it is the payer's responsibility to contact the appropriate states for
further information [emphasis added].
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Filing via eFile
165
"All corrections properly coded for the Combined Federal/State Filing Program will be forwarded to the
participating states."
* See IRS Pub. 1220 for a complete description. Contact your state agency for individual State
requirements.
19.3
Federal Thresholds (CS Version only)
Federal Thresholds
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
The Federal Thresholds are values that represent the minimum amount that you are required to report the
IRS and to the payee for each 1099 form. If you pay a less then the threshold for that particular form you
do not need to file a 1099 form for that payee.
19.4
FIRE System
FIRE System
Use the Filing Information Returns Electronically (FIRE) System to electronically upload informational
returns to the IRS. Electronic files created via the 1099 Pro Electronic File Wizard fully comply with
required IRS record formats per Pub. 1220. The FIRE System is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week
to any transmitter and can be reached by visiting https://fire.irs.gov. The FIRE System can be accessed
by opening a web browser, accessing the Internet and typing in the address https://fire.irs.gov in the
address field.
To use the FIRE System you must have a valid Transmitter Control Code (TCC). Filers who currently
have a TCC for Electronic filing do not have to request a second TCC for electronic filing. All transmitters
are required to have User ID, Password, and PIN which is obtained thru the FIRE System after obtaining
a TCC.
For more information on the IRS Fire System select Forms from the main menu, then select "IRS
instructions and blank forms" from the drop down menu, then double click on "Filing Information Returns
Electronically" from the View or Print Blank Forms and Instructions (PDF Format) screen.
Alternately you can view the form via the internet by clicking here.
19.5
IRS Name Control
IRS Name Control
For 1099's and W-2G's, The following overview provides an explanation on the taxpayer
identification number matching process and the development of name controls. Understanding
this process could help decrease the filing of incorrect information returns such as 1099
documents used to report various types of income and W-2G's used to report gambling
winnings.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
166
1099 Pro® 2014
The information returns you file must include a correct name and taxpayer identification number (TIN)
combination to allow the IRS to match the information reported against the income included on the
payee's income tax return. They check whether a name/TIN combination is correct by matching it
against a file containing all social security numbers (SSNs) issued by the Social Security Administration
and against a file containing all employer identification numbers (EINs) issued by the IRS. Then, they
compare the name control on the payee document (if provided) to the name control on file. If a name
control is not provided or is provided incorrectly, they develop it from the name(s) provided on the first two
name lines of the information return. If they can match a developed name control to the name control in
our records, they consider it to be correct. If no match is found using this process, they consider your
name/TIN combination to be incorrect.
Name Controls
A name control consists of up to four characters. To help ensure that the name/TIN combination for an
account matches the name/TIN combination on SSA or IRS files, use the following information when you
open an account for a payee.
Individuals
The IRS develops name control for an individual from the last name on the return. For example:
- Ralph Teak Dorothy Willow Joe McCedar
For an individual that has a hyphenated last name, they develop the name control from the first of the
two last names. For example:
Brandy Cedar-Hawthorn Victoria Windsor-Maple
For Joint Names
Regardless of whether the payees use the same or different last names, they develop the
name control from the primary payee's last name. For example:
Joseph Ash & Linda Birch Edward & Joan Maple
Sole Proprietors
The IRSs generally develop the name control for a sole proprietor, who may have both a SSN and an EIN,
from the individual's last name (not the business name) on the information return. For example:
Mark & Jane Hemlock Karen Birch
The Sunshine Café Ace Computer Co.
NOTE: Sole proprietors should enter their business, trade, or "doing business as" name on the second
name line of the information return.
Other Organizations
They develop the name control for other organizations from the entity's name on the original Form SS-4
(which was used to apply for the EIN). For example:
St. Bernard's Methodist Church ABC Company
Building Fund Main Street Store
Knowing how name controls are developed should be helpful in the filing of correct information returns.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Filing via eFile
167
Reminder: If a payee has changed his or her last name, for instance, due to marriage, he or she
SHOULD inform the Social Security Administration of the name change.
HINT: On name line one of the Form 1099, a payor should enter the payee's first name and new
last name (if the change has been made with SSA), or the payee's first name, former last name, and
new last name (if the change has not been made with SSA).
19.6
eFile Wizard
eFile Wizard
If you require that your records be sorted by TIN when generating your electronic filing then you must add
& save the following line in the [System] portion of your .ini file found in the Admin folder. (Default
installation location is C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14Admin\Pro99T14.INI). Altering settings in this location could
potentially damage the software, please contact 1099 Pro if you need assistance with this process.
When completed, your new entry should look like this
[System]
EnableMagTinSort=1
A value of 1 will sort by FilerID,RCPTin which will increase processing time. A value of 0 (default) will sort
by FilerID.
To Generate Files:
1. On the task panel select the Filing & Corrections section and then the select "Electronic Filing".
2. At the Filing via eFile screen select the "Create a new 1220 format file for eFile" (Begin a new file
generation process in Corporate Suite) button.
3. At the 1099 Pro eFile Wizard, read the first screen's instructions, click "Next" to proceed.
4. On the next screen, check for updates, and then click "Next" to proceed.
5. If your records are not associated with account numbers, then run the "Account Numbers" generator
and click "Next", otherwise click "Next" to proceed.
6. Choose a method for selecting eligible records. Eligible records include those that have NOT been
voided or previously filed.
o ALL Forms for ALL Filers: This option automatically selects every eligible form for all
filers.
o Selected Form Types for ALL Filers: This option prompts you to manually select (tag)
the form types to include in the export file. All filers are processed.
o Selected Form Types for Selected Filers: This option prompts you to manually select
(tag) both the filers and form types to include in the export file.
7. Select the type of file to generate:
o Original: Select if submitting file for the first time to the IRS.
o Correction: Select if, after submitting file to the IRS, you need to change data. For
example, a TIN, amount or form type were incorrect.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
168
1099 Pro® 2014
o
o
o
Test: Select if creating a test file for submission to the Combined Federal/State Filing
Program.
Replacement of Original File: Select if the IRS requests a replacement because the
original file was damaged.
Replacement of Correction File: Select if the IRS requests a replacement because the
corrected file was damaged.
8. Select how you want to submit the file to the IRS/MCC. Form 4804 is no longer required for
electronic filing.
o Electronic Filing
9. Select whether to apply optional Federal Thresholds and the filtering criteria.
o Apply Federal Thresholds: This option applies the Federal Thresholds to the data being
considered for your eFile.
Do Not apply Federal Thresholds: This option will NOT apply the Federal Thresholds
to the data being considered for your eFile.
o Use EIN in Threshold Filter: Applies Federal Thresholds to a recipient for a particular form
type and totals recipient amounts based on one Filer TIN.
o Use PCode in Threshold Filter: Applies Federal Thresholds to a recipient based on PCode
as opposed to Filer TIN.
10. Select the destination folder. Default location is C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\MagFiles. Also, check the
box at the bottom of the screen if you would like to Archive a copy of the file. For more information
on this option, see section eFile Archive.
11. Verify Transmitter Information. Changes made here are temporary and affect this session only. To
make permanent changes exit the eFile Wizard and go to the Update eFile Transmitter Information
screen.
12. Verify Contact and Company Information. Changes made here are temporary and affect this session
only. To make permanent changes exit the eFile Wizard and go to the Browse the Filers screen.
13. Select filers for submission to the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. You must have prior
permission from the IRS to participate in this program.
o Changes made to a filer's Combined status are permanent. Combined status may also be
set at the Browse the Filers screen.
14. Click "Finish" to begin creating your electronic files.
o Electronic Files: See FIRE System for information on uploading your file to the IRS.
Note: Any data entered in the optional Location Code field flows through to the B record positions 41-44
as the "Payer's Office Code".
19.6.1 E-File Sort Order
Changing the default sort order
If you require that your records be sorted by TIN when generating your electronic filing then you must add
& save the following line in the [System] portion of your .ini file found in the Admin folder. (Default
installation location is C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Admin\Pro99T14.INI). Altering settings in this location could
potentially damage the software, please contact 1099 Pro if you need assistance with this process.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Filing via eFile
169
When completed, your new entry should look like this
[System]
EnableMagTinSort=1
Note: A value of 1 will sort by FilerID,RCPTin which will increase processing time. A value of 0 (default)
will sort by FilerID.
19.6.2 FIRE upload process
FIRE system upload
This process applies to 1098's, 1099's, 5498's, 1042-S's and W-2G's, Not W-2's.The purpose of this
tutorial is to guide you through account creation for the IRS FIRE (Filing Information Returns
Electronically) system and uploading your file to the IRS.
If you have never created an IRS FIRE system account, you will need to do so.
1. Visit http://FIRE.IRS.gov
2. Click on the link labeled Create New Account
3. Now you will be asked to enter your company specific information. Enter your information in the
indicated fields. This is critical because if there is any problem with the file, this is the information the
IRS will use to attempt to contact you.
4. Once you have completed filling the information in, click “Submit” to continue.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
170
1099 Pro® 2014
5. You will be taken to a screen where you can create a user name and a password for accessing the
IRS FIRE system. Read the directions carefully. The password that you create MUST be 8 characters
in length, and have an upper case, a lower case and a numeral, but cannot contain your user id or
personal name.
6. Once you have input your chosen user name and password, click the “Create” button.
7. You will be asked to create a pin number. This number will be used when you upload your file (which
is created by the 1099 Pro software).
8. Once you are done with the PIN creation process click the “Submit” button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Filing via eFile
171
9. Now you will be redirected to the FIRE system account page, where you can make modifications to
your account, or you can upload the file that 1099 Pro has created.
10. To continue with the file upload process, click on the “Send Information Returns” link in the top left
corner.
11. You will be asked to enter your TCC and EIN at this point. Once you have entered this information,
click the “Submit” button.
Note: If you do not have a TCC number you will need to complete form 4419 and submit the completed
document to the IRS (http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/f4419.pdf)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
172
1099 Pro® 2014
12. Now you will be shown your contact information. You can make any adjustments that are necessary,
and once you are done, click the “Accept” button.
13. Here you will be shown a list of links, and you will choose what type of file you are uploading.
Original File: An information return that has never been reported.
1. Once you have clicked on the “Original File” link, you will be asked to enter the PIN number that
you created in step 7. Once you have done this, click “Submit”.
2. Now you will need to click on “browse” and locate the file that the 1099 Pro software created for
you.
3. After locating the file, click the “Upload” button to send it to the IRS.
Replacement File: If an original or correction information return is bad, it must be sent as a
replacement file after you fix the errors. Once you have clicked on the “Replacement file” link you will
need to choose if you are replacing an Electronic file. The 1099 Pro software generates eFile.
Amended/Correction File: An information return which is submitted by the transmitter, in order to
correct an information return that was previously submitted and processed by the IRS, but contained
erroneous data. An amended/correction file will only contain the records in error, not the entire original
submission. If you are sending a 1042-S file, you would click on Amended File. Otherwise, click on
Correction File.
1. Click on “Correction file”.
2. You will be prompted to enter the PIN you created in step 7 of this tutorial. Once you have done
this click “Submit”.
3. You will now need to click on “Browse” and locate the file that you created using the 1099 Pro
software. Once you have located the file, you will need to click on the “Upload” button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Filing via eFile
173
Test File: This option is used to test your files for the upcoming tax year.
1. Click on the “Test File” link.
2. Click on Browse and locate the test file that you created using the 1099 Pro software. Once you
have done this, click on the “Upload” button.
Once you are done with uploading any electronic files to us, click on “Logout” to complete your upload
session.
19.7
Electronic Filing Session Window
eFile Filing Session Window
The eFile Filing Session window contains many of the electronic filing functions available in 1099 Pro.
From this window you can generate the following electronic files:
1. Federal eFile - These files can be submitted to the IRS via their web site at http://fire.irs.gov
2. State Quarterly File - These files contain quarterly filing information for submission to a desired
state.
3. State Subset File - State Subset files contain data for selected states ONLY.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
174
1099 Pro® 2014
Generating Electronic Files:
Clicking on the "Create eFile" button will begin the wizard for generating federal electronic filing files.
Clicking on the "Quarterly State Reporting" button will begin the wizard for generating quarterly state
files.
Clicking on the "Create State Subset Files" button will begin the wizard for generating a state subset
electronic filing file.
eFile Session Log:
The eFile Session Log contains details regarding any files or forms you have generated using the eFile
wizard. The session log will display information all forms or files ever generated using 1099 Pro.
Log: The log number is a specific number assigned to every individual file generated by the eFile wizard.
Session: The session number is a number assigned to any group of files generated together by the eFile
wizard.
Filer TIN: This is the TIN number of the filer that the assoicated records were generated for.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Filing via eFile
175
Form Type: This is the form type of the records that were generated.
Copy Count: The number of forms generated for that particular log.
Trans Type: The Trans Type describes the type of transaction that was processed for that session.
Info: The info field will display information regarding how the file was processed. The information
displayed here can be broken up into two categories:
1.
Federal Files
CFS: This denotes that the file generated had the Combined Federal and State filing flag set
to on in the file generated.
Std: This denotes that the file generated did NOT have the Combined Federal and State filing
flag set on.
2.
State Files
The info field for state files use the following pattern: Letter + Letter (e.x. U+A).
The first letter position denotes the primary process filter:
o U: Unfiled Records
o A: All Records
The second position is a static "+" (plus).
The third letter position denotes the threshold setting used:
o A: Indicates that no thresholds were applied (all eligable forms were selected).
o S: Denotes that only state thresholds were applied.
o F: Denotes that only federal thresholds were applied.
Session Date: This field displays the date that the eFile session was run on.
Time: This field displays the time at which the eFile session was run.
Reset/Void: This field indicates whether or not a particular session has been void/reset.
File name: This field displays where the file that was generated was stored.
The "View/Print Log Report" button will allow you to generate a totals report on the currently selected
session.
The "Reset (Void) eFile" button will allow you to void/reset the currently selected filing session along with
any log i.d.'s associated with that session.
19.8
Reset E-File Session
Reset eFile Session
Void a eFile session and all records are automatically reset to their pre-eFile status.
To
1.
2.
3.
reset session
On the task panel select the Filing & Corrections and then File via eFile or Disk icon.
At the Completed eFile Session List highlight a session and click the "Reset (Void) eFile" button.
1099 Pro prompts, "Are you sure you want to void this transmittal?" Click "Yes" to proceed or "No"
to cancel.
The "Trans Type" column indicates that the session has been voided.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
176
19.9
1099 Pro® 2014
Rule-of-250
Rule of 250
The Rule-of-250 states that any filer submitting 250 or more forms of any one type must submit those
forms electronically. Failure to do so may result in fines of up to $100 per form. If you are not signed up
for the IRS FIRE system or do not wish to do so our SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II Service Bureau offers
electronic filing services. Please call us at (866) 444-3559 to schedule an appointment and obtain
pricing.
General IRS Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,
5498, and W-2G
1099 Informational Returns:
Electronic reporting may be required for filing all information returns discussed in these instructions (see
Who must file electronically on this page). Different types of payments, such as interest, dividends, and
rents, may be reported in the same submission.
Pub. 1220 provides the procedures for reporting electronically and is updated annually. Pub. 1220 is
available on the IRS website at www.irs.gov. You can file electronically through the Filing Information
Returns Electronically System (FIRE System); however, you must have software that can produce a file
in the proper format according to Pub. 1220. The FIRE System does not provide a fill-in form option. The
FIRE System operates 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. You may access the FIRE System via the
Internet at http://fire.irs.gov. See Pub. 1220 for more information
Who must file electronically:
If you are required to file 250 or more information returns, you must file electronically. The 250-or-more
requirement applies separately to each type of form. For example, if you must file 500 Forms 1098 and
100 Forms 1099-A, you must file Forms 1098 electronically, but you are not required to file Forms 1099A electronically. The electronic filing requirement does not apply if you apply for and receive a hardship
waiver. See How to request a waiver from filing electronically below.
The IRS encourages you to file electronically even though you are filing fewer than 250 returns.
Filing requirement applies separately to originals and corrections.
The electronic filing requirements apply separately to original returns and corrected returns. Originals and
corrections are not aggregated to determine whether you are required to file electronically. For example,
if you file 400 Forms 1098 electronically and you are making 75 corrections, your corrections can be filed
on paper because the number of corrections for Form 1098 is less than the 250 filing requirement.
However, if you were filing 250 or more Form 1098 corrections, they would have to be filed electronically.
How to get approval to file electronically:
File Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Electronically, at least 30 days before the due
date of the returns. File Form 4419 for all types of returns that will be filed electronically. See Form 4419
for more information. Once you have received approval, you need not reapply each year. The IRS will
provide a written reply to the applicant and further instructions at the time of approval, usually within 30
days.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Filing via eFile
177
How to request a waiver from filing electronically:
To receive a waiver from the required filing of information returns electronically, submit Form 8508,
Request for Waiver From
Filing information returns Electronically, at least 45 days before the due date of the returns. You cannot
apply for a waiver for more than 1 tax year at a time. if you need a waiver for more than 1 year, you must
reapply at the appropriate time each year.
If a waiver for original returns is approved, any corrections for the same types of returns will be covered
under the waiver.
However, if you submit original returns electronically but you want to submit your corrections on paper, a
waiver must be approved for the corrections if you must file 250 or more corrections.
If you receive an approved waiver, do not send a copy of it to the service center where you file your paper
returns. Keep the waiver for your records only.
Penalty:
If you are required to file electronically but fail to do so, and you do not have an approved waiver, you may
be subject to a penalty of $100 per return for failure to file electronically unless you establish reasonable
cause. However, you can file up to 250 returns on paper; those returns will not be subject to a penalty for
failure to file electronically. The penalty applies separately to original returns and corrected returns.
19.10 The Advantage of Filing Electronically
The Advantage of Filing Electronically
Online notification within 1 - 2 work days as to the acceptability of the data transmitted for Forms
1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G. It is the filer's responsibility to log back in to check results.
Later due dates than paper for electronically filed Forms 1098, 1099 and W-2G.
Allowing more attempts than electronic filing to correct bad files before imposing penalties for Forms
1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G.
Better customer service due to on-line availability of transmitter files for research purposes.
FIRE System Specifics
For detailed information on the FIRE System including; data compression, file preparation, file naming
and electronic filing protocols please review Pub. 3609 Filing Information Returns Electronically (PDF).
This publication is very helpful and will answer 99% of your questions and provides an IRS contact
number for any remaining questions. This can be located within 1099 Pro by clicking on "Forms" from
the main menu, then selecting "IRS Instructions and Blank Forms", then double click on "Filing
Information Returns Automatically".
10 Day Window for Electronic Filers
Per IRS Pub. 1220, part C, section 7:
"If the [electronic] file is good, it is released for mainline processing 10 calendar days from receipt.
Contact [the IRS] at 304-263-8700 within this 10 day period if there is a reason the file should not be
released for further processing. If the file is bad, normal replacement procedures are followed."
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
178
20
1099 Pro® 2014
eFileViewer Overview
eFile Viewer
The eFile Viewer is a program that will allow you to view Electronic Files generated via the Electronic File
Wizard. This tool is run separately from the 1099 Pro software.
20.1
Installation and Registration
20.1.1 License Agreement
eFileViewer - Tax Year 2014
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR eFileViewer SOFTWARE
IMPORTANT-READ CAREFULLY: This End-User License Agreement ("EULA") applies to all versions of
eFileViewer Software including but not limited to Demo, Demonstration, Free, Single, Client/Server,
Network and Multiuser versions of eFileViewer Software.
This End-User License Agreement ("EULA") is a legal agreement between you (either an individual
person or a single legal entity, who will be referred to in this EULA as "You") and the Licensor for the
eFileViewer software technology that displays this EULA, including any associated media, printed
materials and electronic documentation (the "Software"). The Software also includes any software
updates, add-on components, web services and/or supplements that the Licensor may provide to You or
make available to You after the date You obtain Your initial copy of the Software to the extent that such
items are not accompanied by a separate license agreement or terms of use. By installing, copying,
downloading, accessing or otherwise using the Software, You agree to be bound by the terms of this
EULA. If You do not agree to the terms of this EULA, do not install, access or use the Software. For
purposes of this EULA, the term "Licensor" refers to 1099 Pro, Inc. By installing, copying, downloading,
accessing or otherwise using the Software, You agree to be bound by the terms of this EULA. If You do
not agree to the terms of this EULA, Licensor is unwilling to license the Software. In such event, You
may not install, copy, download or otherwise use the Software.
SOFTWARE LICENSE
The Software is protected by intellectual property laws and treaties. The Software is licensed, not sold.
1. GRANT OF LICENSE. This EULA grants You the following rights:
Single User Version. You may install and use one (1) copy of the Software. Only one user of the
Software can use the Software. Multiple use of the software concurrently requires additional Single
User Version(s).
Tax year - you may process 2014 tax forms as well as some other prior years with this software.
·
2. DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS.
Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation, and Disassembly. You may not reverse
engineer, decompile, or disassemble the Software, except and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
Trademarks. This EULA does not grant You any rights in connection with any trademarks or
service marks of Licensor or its suppliers.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
eFileViewer Overview
179
No rental, service bureau, leasing or commercial hosting. You may not rent, lease, lend,
provide a service bureau environment for multiple clients or provide commercial hosting services to
third parties with the Software. The definition of a “service bureau” is set forth below.
Support Services. Licensor may provide You with support services related to the Software
("Support Services"). Use of Support Services is governed by the policies and programs described in
the user manual, in "online" documentation, or in other materials from the support services provider.
Any supplemental software code provided to You as part of the Support Services are considered part
of the Software and subject to the terms and conditions of this EULA. You acknowledge and agree
that Licensor may use technical information You provide to Licensor as part of the Support Services
for its business purposes, including for product support and development.
WINDOWS 3.XX and Windows 95 ARE NOT SUPPORTED.
All information created with this software must be verified by the User(s) for accuracy and
completness. No warranty, guaranty or representations are made with regard to accuracy or
completeness of information from this product.
Termination. Without prejudice to any other rights, Licensor or its suppliers may terminate this
EULA if You fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA. In such event, You must
destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts.
·
3. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the Software
(including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text, and
"applets" incorporated into the Software), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the
Software are owned by Licensor or its suppliers. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the
content that is not contained in the Software, but may be accessed through use of the Software, is the
property of the respective content owners and may be protected by applicable copyright or other
intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants You no rights to use such content. If this
Software contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such
electronic documentation. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the Software. All rights
not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by Licensor and its suppliers. A “service bureau”
for the purposes of this agreement refers to a business that provides services to third parties which
include preparation, printing and mailing of completed tax forms and information returns to the end
recipients. If Your purchase of the Software includes the right to act as a service bureau and utilize the
software of the Licensor for this purpose, Your written agreement with the Licensor will specifically
contain language that will permit the additional use of the Software for that purpose.
4. U.S. GOVERNMENT LICENSE RIGHTS. All Software provided to the U.S. Government pursuant to
solicitations issued on or after December 1, 1995 is provided with the commercial license rights and
restrictions described elsewhere herein. All Software provided to the U.S. Government pursuant to
solicitations issued prior to December 1, 1995 is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS as provided for in
FAR, 48 CFR 52.227-14 (JUNE 1987) or DFAR, 48 CFR 252.227-7013 (OCT 1988), as applicable.
5. SOFTWARE MEDIA
You may receive the SOFTWARE from the Internet, on-line network connection, or in disk media or on a
CD-ROM or installed on the hard disk drive or ROM of your computer, or in multiple forms of media.
Regardless of the number or type(s) of media you receive, you may use only the media appropriate for
your single computer. You may not use the other media on another computer or loan, rent, lease, or
transfer them to another user for any purpose whatsoever.
6. APPLICABLE LAW.
This EULA is governed by the laws of the State of California. If this Software was acquired outside the
United States, then local law may apply. The exclusive venue and jurisdiction for any dispute shall be
Los Angeles County Court in the North Valley District.
7. LIMITED WARRANTY
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
180
1099 Pro® 2014
LIMITED WARRANTY FOR SOFTWARE ACQUIRED IN THE US AND CANADA. eFileViewer warrants
that the SOFTWARE will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date of receipt.
If an implied warranty or condition is created by your state/jurisdiction and federal or state/provincial law
prohibits disclaimer of it, you also have an implied warranty or condition, BUT ONLY AS TO DEFECTS
DISCOVERED DURING THE PERIOD OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (NINETY DAYS). AS TO ANY
DEFECTS DISCOVERED AFTER THE NINETY (90) DAY PERIOD, THERE IS NO WARRANTY OR
CONDITION OF ANY KIND. Some states/jurisdictions do not allow limitations on how long an implied
warranty or condition lasts, so the above limitation may not apply to you.
Any supplements or updates to the SOFTWARE, including without limitation, any (if any) web updates,
service packs or hot fixes provided to you after the expiration of the ninety (90) day Limited Warranty
period are not covered by any warranty or condition, express, implied or statutory.
LIMITATION ON REMEDIES; NO CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHER DAMAGES. Your exclusive remedy for
any breach of this Limited Warranty is as set forth below. Except for any refund elected by eFileViewer,
YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED TO ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, if the SOFTWARE does not meet eFileViewer's Limited Warranty, and, to the maximum
extent allowed by applicable law, even if any remedy fails its essential purpose. The terms of Section 9
below ("Exclusion of Incidental, Consequential and Certain Other Damages") are also incorporated into
this Limited Warranty. Some states/jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This Limited
Warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may have others which vary from state/jurisdiction to state/
jurisdiction.
YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. eFileViewer's and its suppliers' entire liability and your exclusive remedy
shall be, at eFileViewer's option from time to time exercised subject to applicable law, (a) return of the
price paid (if any) for the Software, or (b) repair or replacement of the Software, that does not meet this
Limited Warranty and that is returned to eFileViewer with a copy of your receipt. You will receive the
remedy elected by eFileViewer without charge, except that you are responsible for any expenses you
may incur (e.g. cost of shipping the Software to eFileViewer). This Limited Warranty is void if failure of
the Software has resulted from accident, abuse, misapplication, abnormal use or a virus. Any
replacement Software will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty (30)
days, whichever is longer. Outside the United States or Canada, neither these remedies nor any product
support services offered by eFileViewer are available without proof of purchase from an authorized
international source. To exercise your remedy, contact: eFileViewer, Attn. eFileViewer Sales Information
Center/23901 Calabasas Rd, Suite 2080/Calabasas, CA 91302, or the eFileViewer subsidiary serving
you.
8. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. THE LIMITED WARRANTY THAT APPEARS ABOVE IS THE
ONLY EXPRESS WARRANTY MADE TO YOU AND IS PROVIDED IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER EXPRESS
WARRANTIES (IF ANY) CREATED BY ANY DOCUMENTATION OR PACKAGING. EXCEPT FOR THE
LIMITED WARRANTY AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW,
eFileViewer AND ITS SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE AND SUPPORT SERVICES (IF ANY)
AS IS AND WITH ALL FAULTS, AND HEREBY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND
CONDITIONS, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
ANY (IF ANY) IMPLIED WARRANTIES, DUTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, OF
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OR RESPONSES,
OF RESULTS, OF WORKMANLIKE EFFORT, OF LACK OF VIRUSES AND OF LACK OF
NEGLIGENCE, ALL WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE, AND THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO
PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES. ALSO, THERE IS NO WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF TITLE,
QUIET ENJOYMENT, QUIET POSSESSION, CORRESPONDENCE TO DESCRIPTION OR NONCopyright 1099 Pro® 2014
eFileViewer Overview
181
INFRINGEMENT WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE. THIS EULA IS THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN THE PARIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDES
ALL PRIOR AND CONTEMPORANEOUS ORAL AND WRITTEN AGREEMENTS AND DISCUSSIONS.
NO EMPLOYEE OF eFileViewer HAS THE POWER OR AUTHORITY TO MODIFY THIS AGREEMENT
EXCEPT BY AN AGREEMENT IN WRITING WHICH BEARS THE SIGNITURE OF AN OFFICER OF
THE CORPORATION.
9. EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL AND CERTAIN OTHER DAMAGES. TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL eFileViewer OR ITS
SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS
OR CONFIDENTIAL OR OTHER INFORMATION, FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, FOR PERSONAL
INJURY, FOR LOSS OF PRIVACY, FOR FAILURE TO MEET ANY DUTY INCLUDING OF GOOD FAITH
OR OF REASONABLE CARE, FOR NEGLIGENCE, AND FOR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY OR OTHER
LOSS WHATSOEVER) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY
TO USE THE SOFTWARE, THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES,
OR OTHERWISE UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROVISION OF THIS EULA, EVEN IN THE
EVENT OF THE FAULT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF
CONTRACT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY OF eFileViewer OR ANY SUPPLIER, AND EVEN IF
eFileViewer OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND REMEDIES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU
MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL
DAMAGES REFERENCED ABOVE AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES), THE ENTIRE
LIABILITY OF eFileViewer AND ANY OF ITS SUPPLIERS UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS EULA
AND YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ALL OF THE FOREGOING (EXCEPT FOR ANY REMEDY OF
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT ELECTED BY eFileViewer WITH RESPECT TO ANY BREACH OF THE
LIMITED WARRANTY) SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE GREATER OF THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY
YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE OR U.S. $5.00. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS, EXCLUSIONS AND
DISCLAIMERS (INCLUDING SECTIONS 7, 8, AND 9 ABOVE) SHALL APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE.
11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This EULA (including any addendum or amendment to this EULA which is
included with the Software) is the entire agreement between you and eFileViewer relating to the Software
and the support services (if any) and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous oral or written
communications, proposals and representations with respect to the Software or any other subject matter
covered by this EULA. To the extent the terms of any eFileViewer policies or programs for support
services conflict with the terms of this EULA, the terms of this EULA shall control.
12. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns,
and personal representatives of the parties, except to the extent of any contrary provision in this
agreement. If any term, provision, covenant, or condition of this EULA is held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the rest of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated. Section, paragraph, and other headings
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe,
interpret, define, amplify, or limit the scope, extent, or intent of this Agreement or any provision of it.
20.2
eFileViewer Main Screen
eFileViewer (w ith file selected)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
182
1099 Pro® 2014
At the eFileViewer Screen, you will see the files you have opened. The column categories displaying the
contents of the file information as follows:
File Type
Tax Year
Total Records
Date & Time the file was loaded into the viewer
Total Filers
Total Recipients
File Name
You will typically find the following general field descriptions embedded in a Electronic file:
Transmitter "T" Record
Payer "A" Record
Payee "B" Record
End of Payer "C" Record
State Totals "K" Record
End of Transmission "F" Record
The Main Screen of the eFileViewer (with file open)
After you open the Electronic File you will see the contents of the file. The upper left side of the window
contains a listed hierarchy of "T", "A", "C", "K", and "F" records. The "B" record is displayed in the lower left
when you have an "A" record highlighted. As you highlight each field, (i.e. The "T" record field for a
Transmitter), the right side of the window displays to data in relation to the current field selected on the left.
While navigating up and down in a vertically with the cursor keys on the keyboard, you will notice that you must
click with your mouse in order to have the right pane to display the data. The top of the screen contains an
overall summary of the Transmitter Detail. There are also two different viewing options. View as Field List and
View as Text.
20.2.1 Viewing Options
Viewing as Field List
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
eFileViewer Overview
For viewing the data in a field by field format.
From, Thru, Size - Denotes the physical location of the fields.
Field Name - Displays the title of the field that contains the data
Field Value - Contains the data manually entered by the filer or imported from an ASCII text file.
Viewing as Text
For viewing the data in a record without fields
The cursor position allows you to locate specifically where your cursor is within a record.
20.3
File Format
Transmitter "T" Record (all fields marked required must include transmitter information)
Payer "A" Record
Multiple Payee "B" Records (at least 11 "B" Records per each "A" Record)
End of Payer "C" Record
State Totals "K" Record, if participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program
End of Transmission "F" Record (See Part C for record formats.)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
183
184
1099 Pro® 2014
*Note: When generating State files "K" records will be generated if you have checked the "Combined
Federal State Filing Program" (CFS) for the Filer and if the form type is in the CFS program i.e. DIV, G,
INT, MISC, OID, PATR, R, 5498. "K" records will only be generated for states that participate in the
combined program. Use of the Category option can result in multiple K records if the Filer & Form Type
are in the CFS program. Filers where you opt out of the CFS will not have "K" records. To change the
variable for the CFS click on "File" then "Filers list" and double click on the Filer to change any
parameters. If you have state withholding or if you use the category field you may generate multiple K
records. To suppress K records consider opting out of the CFS before generating files for states that do
not participate in the CFS program.
20.4
Loading and Viewing Files
To load a new file or view existing files
1. Begin by opening the eFileViewer in the root of the program directory (i.e. C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14) or
via the start menu under the 1099 Pro group for your program. Find the file eFileViewer.exe and
double-click to open.
2. Click the "Load New File" button to load a file.
3. Browse your local drive or network drive location for the Electronic File you want, click on it once to
select it, then click "Open".
The file you selected is displayed in the eFileViewer window.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
eFileViewer Overview
185
4. View the selected file by first highlighting the one you want to open and click the "View Selected
File" button.
Additionally you may delete a file by highlighting it and selecting "Delete Selected File" or close
the eFileViewer Tool by Clicking the "Close" button.
NOTE: In general, when you open the eFileViewer and load a new file the file is copied to a temporary
location on the local drive and is used as your temporary "work ing" file, leaving your original Electronic
File untouched.
20.4.1 Electronic Sessions Summary Report
Note: These instructions apply to 1099 Pro Professional, Enterprise, and Corporate Suite only.
This walk through will guide you through the process of generating a eFile Log report
To begin, from the entry menu click on "Reports", then click on "Electronic Sessions Summary report"
From there you will see the eFile Log Report Wizard welcome screen, this will give you a brief overview of how
the Wizard will assist you in generating a report, when you are done reading this you may click on "Next" to
proceed.
Now you will see the "Limit Log Records for this eFile Log Report" screen, this will allow you to choose what
information is included in your eFile Log Report.
One or more filers (By Pcode): This option will generate the report of one or more filers and you will be
given the option to choose the filers by Pcode.
One or more filers (By EIN): This option will generate a report that will include filers that you have chosen
by their EIN
One or more (FormTypes): This option will allow you to generate a report with all filers that have a specific
form type.
One or more Session ID's: This option will allow you to generate a report that will include information from
all session id's that you choose.
Note: You will also have the option to "Group and generate additional subtotals by EIN", this option can be
especially useful for tallying up a employees information by employer.
After you have chose what information will be included in your report, click on "Next" to continue.
Next you will be prompted to enter the date range for the eFile Log report.
If you would like to use the default date of 1/01/2014 to 12/31/2014 you can click on "Next" to proceed and
begin the report generation process, if you would like to narrow the dates the report will show you can click on
the "Select date range to use" button.
Note: If you clicked on the "Select date range to use" button, you will be presented with a screen prompting
you to enter the numerical date and time for your report, you can enter the month, day and year here.
Alternately you can choose which quarter to use or the tax year, once you are done, click on "Next" to continue.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
186
1099 Pro® 2014
You now see a screen summarizing your selections for the report to be generated, You can use the back
button to modify your selections for the report to be generated. Once you are done reviewing the information
click on the "Finish" button to generate your report.
20.5
Exporting a File
Exporting a file
1. Begin by opening the eFileViewer in the root of the program directory (i.e. C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14) Find
the file eFileViewer.exe and double-click to open.
2. Click the "Export" button. Review and accept the Readme and License Agreement.
3. Specify the Output Directory, Output File Name*, Extension type, Specify how to display data in fields
663-722.
It is recommended that you do not specify an output file name and let eFileViewer create one.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
eFileViewer Overview
187
20.5.1 Limitations of Export
Limitations of Export
This utility will create files that can be imported into 1099 Pro. While the utility has been thoroughly
tested you the user must exercise precautions to verify the accuracy of your data.
All output files will be given abbreviated names in the form of 'PTin' plus the PTin, Form Type, Orig or
Corr, and a two-digit number to account for possible duplicates in Filer Name and Form Type, and a
three-character extension which you may specify.
A log of output file names, filers and form types is also created. You may also print out this log file for
reference.
Note Running eFileViewer more than one time can result in files that are overwritten. Overwriting can
occur if you direct eFileViewer to place the output in a directory with existing files from a previous
eFileViewer session.
KNOWN LIMITATIONS
All exports are in the format for 2014 form layouts. If exporting data from a prior year format please verify
that all boxes still exist in the 2014 format.
Caution! The information on your printed form(s) and the information contained in the file sent to the IRS
can differ on the following forms! Please pay special attention to the below conditions where your original
form and the data imported may vary.
The IRS file being processed does not contain the following fields hence they will not be present during
import for all form type when using the Standard :
Address Apt/Suite
Country
Form Category
Form Source
Tax State
1099-PATR
Box 10 - Other Credits and Deductions will not pass thru.
The following Items boxes are not contained in the IRS 750 file and will therefore not be present
when imported into 1099 Pro.
Note: State and Local Income Tax Withheld pos.723-746 in IRS specifications do not have a
location to display on some forms and therefore will not always import if present.
1098
Box 5
1099-B
CORPORATION'S name, street address, city, state, and ZIP code
1099-CAP
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
188
1099 Pro® 2014
Box 5
1099-INT
Payer's RTN. This can be added at the Filer level in 1099 Pro Software.
1099-MISC
Optional Text Line 1 and Line 2, 17, 18
1099-Q
FMV amount and Distribution code (1-6)
1099-R
Box 8 percentage Box 11, 12, 14, 15 Note Box 2a will be blank if Box 2b checkbox taxable
amount not determined is checked.
5498
Armed Forces Box
W-2G
Box 13
W-2
Box 20
General - Text description boxes will lose their formatting. Some boxes will be truncated.
IF YOUR DATA CONTAINED ANY INFORMATION IN THE BOXES LISTED ABOVE YOU WILL NEED
TO EITHER MANUALLY KEY IN THE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AFTER IMPORTING OR FIND
SOME OTHER METHOD FOR CAPTURING THAT INFORMATION.
The 1099 Pro Service Bureau at (866) 444-3559 may be able to assist you in capturing the additional
fields listed above.
After running the Utility & importing your data we strongly recommend that you proof your control totals
and individual data items. This can be done by clicking on File & Reports from within 1099 Pro.
21
Form Status Overview
Form Status Overview
Users must select an import status for their data in the first step of the import routine, Import Data. Selecting
the correct status is important because aside from Pending, the status of the session can only be reset by
voiding (deleting) the entire session.
Use the Import Session Report to review the status of records in an import session.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Form Status Overview
21.1
Forms Status Values
Forms Status Values
1. Form Status values
Pending (0)
Printed (1)
Printed/Voided (2)
Printed/Filed1096(3)
Printed/FiledMag(4)
Printed/Uploaded(5)
Filed/Mag 6) ! Filed without printing
Uploaded Equate(7) ! Uploaded without printing
!-- 'Corrected' Original with blanked amounts (range: 10 - 19)
Corrected/Pending(10)
Corrected/Printed(11)
Corrected/PrintedVoided(12)
Corrected/PrintedFiled1096 (13)
Corrected/PrintedFiledMag (14)
Corrected/PrintedUploaded(15)
Corrected/FiledMag(16)
Corrected/Uploaded(17)
!-- Correction record (range: 20 - 29)
Correction/Pending (20)
Correction/Printed(21)
Correction/PrintedVoided (22)
Correction/PrintedFiled1096 (23)
Correction/PrintedFiledMag (24)
Correction/PrintedUploaded (25)
CorrectionFiledMag (26)
Correction/Uploaded Equate(27)
2. Voided Form
This should already appear in the QW as a checkbox.
3. Correction Type
This is internal to the program.
4. Error Status
We ship with queries for these already.
0 = No errors
1 = Warnings
2 = Errors
3 = Warnings + Errors
4 = Fatal/major Error
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
189
190
21.2
1099 Pro® 2014
Statuses
Statuses
Pending
These forms were input or imported. Forms with a Status of Pending may be changed or deleted.
Printed
If you print out forms you will be asked if you have printed out your red copy A's. If you answer "yes" then
the status will be changed from Pending to Printed. Forms with a Status of Printed (or higher) cannot be
deleted or changed. If your forms have a status of printed then you can only print out an entire print run or
an individual form. To revert the status back to 'Pending' you can click on the "Print Tax Forms" icon and
change the status back to Pending by clicking on the "Reset" button each print log.
Filed 1096
A paper 1096 / Annual Summary and Transmittal can only be prepared for forms that have a status of
“Printed”
To revert the status back to 'Printed' you can click on the "File via 1096 (paper)" icon and change the
status back to Printed by clicking on the "Reset" button each 1096 log.
E-Filed
This indicates that a file for the IRS was created and uploaded to the IRS.
To revert the status back to 'Pending' or 'Printed' you can click on the “File via eFile or disk” icon and
change the status back by clicking on the "Reset" button each eFile log.
SB Print + Mail
This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and marked with a request for the Service
Bureau to print and mail your forms to your recipients.
SB Filing
This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and you have elected the Service Bureau to
file your forms to the IRS
SB Print + File
This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and you have elected for the Service Bureau
to Print & Mail to your recipients, then File your forms to the IRS.
Corrections
Corrections can only be done on a form that has a status of Filed, SB Print + File, SB Filing or E-Filed.
The status of these new forms will include "Correction".
Form Counts
The Form Counts Report is a great way to see the status of all forms.
Note 1: an * in front of the status means that there may be an error with the form e.g. it is missing a SSN
or address value …
Note 2: for exact Status values see the Query Wizard.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Important Dates
22
Important Dates
22.1
Filing Deadlines
191
Filing Deadlines
Please note, 1099 Pro, Inc. strongly recommends verifying all filing deadlines and addresses. 1099 Pro,
Inc. assumes no liability for inaccuracies or changes contained herein.
Recipient Copy "B" Mailing Deadlines:
Deadline to mail recipient Copy B paper returns is February 2, 2015 for the 2014 tax year.
Except for Form 5498-ESA which is April 30, 2015 and forms 5498** and 5498-SA Recipient Copies
by June 1, 2015.
Form 1099-B, 1099-S, and 1099-MISC reporting payments in Boxes 8 or 14 must be mailed by
February 17, 2015.
Form 5498 containing FMV/RMD must be mailed by January 31, 2015
Under some circumstances it is acceptable to issue Copy B earlier. Please review the IRS Instructions
for specific details.
IRS Filing Deadline via Mail:
Deadline to mail IRS Copy A's is March 2, 2015 except for Form , 5498, 5498-ESA, and 5498-SA which
is June 1, 2015.
Electronic Filing Deadline via the FIRE System:
Deadline to file all 1099, 1098, and W-2G IRS Copy A's electronically is March 31, 2015 for the 2014 tax
year. File all Form 5498, Form 5498-ESA, and 5498-SA IRS Copy A's electronically byJune 1, 2015.
Federal Extension:
See Form 8809, Application for Extension of Time to File Information Returns
State Filing Deadlines:
Deadline to file state returns for most states is March 2, 2015. Some states/locals may have different
filing deadlines - please check with your state to verify dates.
Where to file:
File Copy A and 1096 Transmittal returns at the IRS Center Address corresponding to the state your
business, office or agency is located using the list below.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
192
1099 Pro® 2014
If your business is located in:
Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia,
Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Mississippi, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Texas, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia
Alaska, California, Colorado, District of Columbia, Hawaii, Idaho,
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota,
Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, North Dakota, Oklahoma,
Oregon, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Utah, Washington,
Wisconsin, Wyoming
If your legal residence or principal place of business or principal office
or agency is outside the United States
File to:
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service Center
Austin, TX 73301
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service Center
Kansas City, MO 64999
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service Center
Austin, TX 73301
For more information on filing Forms 1099 please review the IRS Instructions.
23
Imports Overview
Imports Overview
1099 Pro features a powerful yet intuitive Import Wizard to make importing your data a breeze. The
general rule is that if you can see your data in a product like Excel then you can import your data!
Importing data that is delimited, that is that each field is separated by a delimiter is easiest. You can
also import Fixed Length files such as files created for the IRS. Microsoft applications such as Excel,
Access and SQL allow for you to save a copy of your data as a .txt file (see converting from Excel
formats) whereas older applications will allow you to save your data as comma separated values (CSV)
which can easily be imported. Importing can allow for File Headers where the first line of your file is a
header as opposed to real data. If you are doing multiple imports consider using our "Map by Name"
headers. The allowable number of characters for each field is discussed under Import File Conventions.
See the Import Wizard to begin the process of importing your data.
Error Checking and Validation of your data is performed on each import allowing you to reject or flag
questionable records. Sample import files are included with the software. Note that only the fields/boxes
that you need are required and the order of your fields does not matter. Technical support would be
happy to import a sample file with you and then reset/void your import.
See Finding & Fixing Problem Records for more information
23.1
Import Data
Import Data
1099 Pro features an easy to use Import Wizard to simplify the import routine. Many database and
spreadsheet applications such as Microsoft Excel, Access and Lotus 1-2-3 provide for the exporting of
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
193
data to an ASCII file. These files can be imported into 1099 Pro, thus relieving the burden of manually
entering the information onto the tax form.
s for a Delimited or Excel File Type
Import Maps for Fixed Length Files
23.1.1 Import Wizard
Import Wizard
An import consists of a simple set of individual steps. They can all be done at once or at different times.
Nothing is actually imported into your files until you have completed all three steps.
Initial Step - Defining a Custom Map
Step 1 - Importing Filers and Data (The Import Wizard)
Step 2 - Data Validation You will have the opportunity to test your data for errors.
Step 3 - Posting the results of your import. Post results of your import into the main Enter, Update &
View Screen.
Database and Spreadsheet applications files can be imported into 1099 Pro thus relieving the burden of
manually entering the information onto the tax form.
To see more information on importing for Delimited File Types, or Excel See Import Maps for a Delimited
File Type, or Excel
To see more information on importing for Fixed Length File Types, See Import Maps for Fixed Length
Files
23.1.1.1 Manage Import Maps
Manage Import Maps
The Browse Screen for Import Map files lists the type of mapping and the file format used for those
maps. Additional details are available such as Map Notes and Formatting Details for each map and
Notes created during the time you created the map will be displayed in the Map Notes section.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
194
1099 Pro® 2014
To Add a New Map
1. From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the "Import New Tax Forms" then click on
"Begin a new Delimited Import Process". read the instructions, then click "Next".
2. Click on "Add/update Import Maps".
3. To add a new map, click the Add button on this screen and follow the steps in the wizard after
choosing your map type of Delimited or Fixed Length.
Change an existing map
You can highlight an existing map on this screen and click "Change". Follow the steps on the screen
and the wizard will guide you through the process of changing an existing map. Any change made will
overwrite the current mapping.
To Delete an existing Map
1. Highlight the existing map you want to delete and when asked to confirm your ok to delete a file,
choose ok.
2. If you have any exisiting mapping tied to a current import/in process import session it cannot be
deleted. You must first complete or abandon all imports in process and then you will be able to
archive the map, however, you cannot use it again.
View/Print Map Reports
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
195
23.1.1.1.1 Import or Export an Import Map
Importing or Exporting Maps
Using this screen you may import or export maps for use on other 1099 Pro installations.
Import Maps for a Delimited or Excel File Type
Import Maps for Fixed Length Files
Export Maps
23.1.1.2 Customize a Fixed Field
Customize a Fixed Field
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
In 1099 Pro, during the Import of Fixed Length files, you also have the ability to customize the "field size"
of a mapped field.
To customize a field during Fixed Width Import.
1. Select specific fields to be included in the import process and add them to your layout. You can do
this by clicking and highlighting a field from the available fields on the left and then click the "Add
this field" button which carries the "Database Field" from the left column over to the "Field Value"
screen on the right.
2.
In the Field/Header list to the right, double click on the field name until you see the "Customize a
mapped field" screen pop up. The following chart explains the title of the field and its contents.
Field Number: Field or Record Number (Equivalent to a column in an excel spreadsheet.
Position From - Through: Location of the field value expressed in numeric positions from the first
location to the last location.
Field Size: Total Number of characters form the first position to the last position of the field value.
Mapped To: Tax Form field that the Field Value is mapped or linked to.
Field Value: Title of the specific field.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
196
1099 Pro® 2014
Process: Allows you to enable specialized processing rules for the imported field.
If the field is empty, fill it with this: Allows you to specify what should be entered into a field
that is empty.
Removing leading/trailing characters: Allows you to trim both leading or trailing characters
from the imported field by a specified amount.
Changing the case of the imported value: Allows you to force all characters to be either all
upper or lower case for the imported field.
Adding fixed characters to the imported value: Allows you to add characters to both the
beginning or end of an imported field.
23.1.1.3 Customize Fixed Filler
Add/Customize Fixed Filler
There may be occurences where your fixed length file contains blank spaces or contains information that
cannot be used in this program. With the Add Filler button, the software allows you to add or "fill in"
unused space. Perameters that can be set for adding space are
The size of the unused space
The start and ending position for this space.
This option is available upon creating a new fixed length map in 1099 Pro.
For more information, see Fixed Length Import Map Wizard
23.1.1.4 Delimited or Excel Import Map Wizard
Delimited or Excel Import Map
The 1099 Pro Import Wizard simplifies the process of creating Import Maps so you can then import your
data into the 1099 Pro software. The first step in creating an Import Map is to specify how the records to
import will be selected and where the records will be inserted into the tax form. Import files can be
imported in a variety of formats, including delimited .CSV, Tab-Delimited, Pipe-Delimited, Fixed Length,
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
197
and Excel (XLS or XLSX). Follow the steps below to create and/or define an Import map.
Defining a Delimited or Excel Map Type
1. From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the "Import Forms" link in the navigation bar to
the left, or as an alternative, click on Utilities tab on the main menu then click "Run the Import
Wizard"
2.
Click on "Add/update Mapped Imports".
3.
Next, Click "Add" to add a new *Import map to the list, when prompted with "Which type of import
would you like to create?", click "Delimited" or "Excel" depending on the map type you wish to
create. To delete and import map, highlight it and then click the "Delete" button. Note: There are
three columns which define an Import Map: Map Type, File Format and Description. The description
column gives details about the currently selected import map and the Notes windows to the right
give additional details.
4.
When clicking "Add" or "Change" you are prompted to go through the wizard for creating and/or
modifying Import maps, click "Next".
5.
Select a File Format, either Tab Delimited, Comma or Pipe. Next set your Field Delimiter and End of
Record Options. Click "Next".
6.
Specify whether you want to:
"Use a sample file to provide the column header information" or
Select the file you wish to import by clicking on the "Browse" button and then locating the file
you wish to import. Once you have selected your file click on the "Open" button to continue.
You should now see a sample of your data, click on the "Next" button to continue.
Match each field from the input file on the left to the corresponding tax form field on the right
by dragging and dropping. To cancel a match, drag from right to left or double-click on it.
Alternatively, you can use the "Map by Name" button which will automatically map all fields
with matching names. When you have mapped all of your fields, click on the "Next" button to
continue.
"Map by Name using your own Column Entered Header List"
If you placed a check in the Has a Header Record check box, you will be prompted to enter
your header values one header per line. All header field values must be unique and fields that
will not be mapped do not need to be added to the list.
Match each field on the left to the corresponding tax form field on the right by dragging and
dropping. To cancel a match, drag from right to left or double-click on it. Alternatively, you can
use the Map by Name button which will automatically map all fields with matching names.
When you have mapped all of your fields, click on the "Next" button to continue.
7.
Set the Default Formatting and Processing Options for the Import Fields
a. Next, specify your dollar amount format options for and using implied "decimals", then set your
date field format options and the order in which your date components will be displayed. Click
"Next".
b. Enter a title and description which will be displayed for users when they need to select an
import map to use. You may also enter some optional notes which describe your custom map.
8.
Set options for locating your import files.
a. Specify the default folder where this type of import file will be located. If left blank, you will
always be prompted to locate the import file.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
198
1099 Pro® 2014
b.
9.
Next, you may optionally specify a default file name for the files that will be imported using this
map. Click "Next" to continue.
Processing Options for Tax Form Imports (Note: This is a Corporate Suite/ASP Feature
ONLY).
a. Select the type of data processing that will be applied when your import is performed.
i.
Standard: All forms are added as individual records regardless of whether other forms may
exist in the system for the same recipient.
ii. Transactional: If existing forms are found for a recipient that match the form matching
rules configured at the time of import, the new information will update the existing record
and be added as a transaction for that record. Non-matching forms are added as new.
iii. Year To Date: Transactions are added to existing tax forms to reflect the new Year to
Date (YTD) amounts and information. Existing forms that are not included in the YTD
import will be flagged as zero-drop candidates if the zero-drop option is enabled.
iv. Replacement: This feature is currently unavailable.
10. Finally, *confirm the settings on the summary screen before you click "Finish".
* Confirm the settings on the summary screen and click "finished" then close the Custom Import Maps
screen. You will then be taken back to the main Browse the Import Maps screen. If you created a new
Custom Map Field, you can now select it from the list. If you make changes to your header name
changes to your import file then you will need to modify your existing map or if you chose create a new
map which matches those changes.
23.1.1.5 Fixed Length Import Map Wizard (CS version only)
Fixed Length Import Map Wizard
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
199
The 1099 Pro Import Wizard simplifies the process of creating Import Maps so you can then import your
data into the 1099 Pro software. The first step in creating an Import Map is to specify how the records to
import will be selected and where the records will be inserted into the tax form. Import files can be
imported in a variety of formats, including delimited .CSV, Fixed Length, Excel (XLS or XLSX) and XML.
Follow the steps below to create and/or define an Import map.
1. Defining a Fixed Length Map Type (also See Defining a Tab Delimited File Map)
From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the "Import Forms" link in the navigation bar
to the left, or as an alternative, click on Utilities on the main menu then click "Run the Import
Wizard"
Click on the "Manage/Create Import Maps"button.
Next, Click "Add" to add a new *Import map to the list, when prompted with "Which type of
import would you like to create?", click "Fixed Length".
To delete and import map, highlight it and then click the "Delete" button.
When clicking "Add" or "Change" you are prompted to go through the wizard for creating and/or
modifying Import maps, click "Next".
Select your Import Data Type; either a Tax Form, Recipients or Filers. Next set your Field
Delimiter and End of Record Options then choose your whether or not your import file contains
one or more header records. Click "Next" to continue.
2. Set the Field/Column Order or Fixed Position of your Tax Form
Next, specify your dollar amount format options for and using implied "decimals", then set your
date field format options and the order in which your date components will be displayed. Click
"Next". The following list shows which formatting and processing options are available for
applying to a Fixed Length File Type:
o Tax Forms: Amount (dollar) format and size, TIN (EIN/SSN) format options, Date Field
Format Options, Check Box Size
o Recipients: TIN (EIN/SSN) format options, Date Field Format Options, Check Box Size
o Filers: TIN (EIN/SSN) format options, Date Field Format Options, Check Box Size
Select specific fields to be included in the import process and add them to your layout. You can
do this by clicking and highlighting a field from the available fields on the left and then click the
"Add this field" button which carries the "Database Field" from the left column over to the "Field
Value" screen on the right. The screen on the right also shows the positions of the information
in the file as well as the character size of that field. Optionally you may use the "Add Filler"
button to add blank columns in between columns which have data.
Repeat this procedure until all of the necessary fields have been added to your layout. If the
wrong field is accidentally assigned, click and highlight the incorrect field and then click the
"Remove" button, Begin again by highlighting the correct field from left, then click "Add this
field" until you are finished. You may also click the up and down arrows to change the order of a
specific field up or down in the list. You also have the ability to customize the parameters of a
mapped field. See Customizing a Mapped Field Click "Next" to continue.
Enter a title and description which will be displayed for users when they need to select an
import map to use. You may also enter some optional notes which describe your custom map.
3. Set options for locating your import files.
Specify the default folder where this type of import file will be located. If left blank, you will
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
200
1099 Pro® 2014
always be prompted to locate the import file.
Next, you may optionally specify a default file name for the files that will be imported using this
map.
4. Processing Options for Tax Form Imports
Select the type of data processing that will be applied when your import is performed.
o Standard: All forms are added as individual records regardless of whether other forms may
exist in the system for the same recipient.
o Transactional: If existing forms are found for a recipient that match the form matching rules
configured at the time of import, the new information will update the existing record and be
added as a transaction for that record. Non-matching forms are added as new.
o Year To Date: Transactions are added to existing tax forms to reflect the new YTD amounts
and information. Existing forms that are not included in the YTD import will be flagged as
zero-drop candidates if the zero-drop option is enabled.
o Replacement: This feature is currently unavailable.
5. Finally, confirm the settings on the summary screen before you click "Finish".
23.1.1.5.1 Custom Record Filter
Custom Record Filter
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
From the define import maps wizards, users can enter a value that will be used to filter records in
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
201
in the event that the user is importing a file containing multiple form types. Any form that does
not have the matching value entered on this window will be skipped/ignored.
For example, a file might have rec types ‘9I’ for 1099-INT and ‘9M’ for 1099-MISC records. Adding
the ‘Filter: RecType’ field to a map triggers filtering. Entering ‘9M’ in the window will cause the
map to ignore the ‘9I’ records, etc. Also, if you add the filter trigger field, you will not be able to
save the map without entering a filter value.
23.1.1.6 Optional Database Fields (CS version only)
Optional Database Fields
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
The following is a list of optional database fields that may be assigned for a fixed width import.
AuxStr1/Rcp Life of Line: An informational field used to describe additional recipient information such
as "Life of" etc...
Alternate Account/PACE Key: This field can be used as an alternate account field which requires a
custom print process by 1099 Pro, Inc.
Name Line 3 and Name Line 4: This field can be used to store additional name and addressing
information.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
202
1099 Pro® 2014
23.1.1.7 Step 1 - Import Filers, Recipients, or Data
Step 1 - Import Filers, Recipients, or Data
Importing of Filers/Recipients is available exclusively to users of the Corporate
Suite edition of our software.
To import filers, recipients, or data.
1. On the task panel, in the General Options tab, click "Import Forms".
a. Multi-User Installations see comment (*) below.
2. (Corporate Suite step) select which form series you are importing. For filer or recipient imports, make
any selection.
3. At the Importing Information screen click on the on the "Begin a new Delimited Import Process"
button.
4. At the Import Wizard screen click "Next" to proceed. Use the "Back" button at any time to go back
a step.
5. Select the type of import you wish to process by selecting it from the drop down menu labeled
"Select the type of tax form to import". If importing filers or recipients, select "FILERS" or
"RECIPIENTS" .
6. Highlight the map which corresponds to your import file and then click "Next". Should you need to
create your own map, please use the following links for more information regarding the Delimited
Import Map Wizard and the Fixed Length Import Map Wizard.
7. Select your import file via the "Browse" button. Your data should display in the bottom window and
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
203
may appear out of alignment. Your data should not contain any strange characters; if it does see
Import File Conventions. You can also verify the Data Type, File Format, and Process Type before
proceeding. Click "Next" to proceed.
a. Sample import files are located at ... C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Import\Samples\.
8. If 1099 Pro detects that your import file contains non matching filer information then it will ask you to
verify the currently selected filer and click "Next". If you need to change to a different filer then click
the "Select Filer" button.
9. Use the list in the "View the mapped (tax form) Import Records" screen to verify that your import
source file is being correctly mapped by the import utility. Use the View Previous and View Next
button to scroll up and down in the list of records in your import file.
10. Next you should specify your import status. Most of the time you will import into a Pending status.
See Import Statuses for more information. Click the "Next" button to continue.
Proceed to Step 2 of the import process, Validating your data.
Trouble Shooting Import Issues
Note: When importing a text file from (i.e. Microsoft Excel): During the import, you may run into a
problem where during the process of assigning fields in the "Specify Form Field Mapping Screen", the
software generates "0" records on the left hand side in the Available Input Fields column. Typically this
can be caused by the import file being "locked" in memory by the application Microsoft Excel or similar
application across a network LAN or WAN. The idea is to have Microsoft Excel or similar application to
release control over the text file to be imported. To solve this problem, follow the steps below:
If working locally (An individual computer not on a network) First, close all instances of (i.e. Microsoft
Excel) or another program used to generate your text file for import. Rename the file to a different
filename. (i.e. "import.tab" >>> import2.tab.) Begin the Import Data process again starting with Step 1
above.
If working on a network (Your import file resides on another computer such as a workstation or a
server) Again, close all instances of (i.e. Microsoft Excel) or another program used to generate your text
file for import. Copy the file from the server to a folder on your local hard drive. (For Example: C:\Imports)
Rename the file to a different filename. (i.e. "import.tab" >>> import2.tab.) Begin the Import Data process
again starting with Step 1 above. Be sure and check with your Administrator to ensure you have the
proper rights to
carry out this task.
23.1.1.8 Step 2 - Validate your Data
Step 2 - Validate your Data
Validating and Check your data for potential errors
1.
Click the "Test My Import Now" button to perform a test import on up to 250 records. The Test
Import Result window displays any errors and warnings. Select any record and click "Change" to
view data, however changes are not saved in test mode. This is an excellent opportunity to verify
your data and go back and make any necessary changes to mappings, delimiters, etc. Click
"Close" to exit this screen.
2.
Decide how to proceed with the import:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
204
1099 Pro® 2014
3.
If records need to be corrected or deleted click "Finish" and then "Report" to run a summary report
detailing any errors or warnings. This report is not available once the import session is posted. Then
proceed to the Edit, Post or Abandon Imported Records screen.
4.
If NO records need to be corrected or deleted AND you want to proceed directly to the final step of
the import routine, click "Finish" and then "Continue". At the Edit, Post or Abandon Imported
Records screen click "Post Session". You immediately enter the Post Import Records wizard.
5.
If NO records need to be corrected or deleted BUT you don't want to proceed to the final step of the
import routine at this time, click "Finish" and then "Stop". Remember to return at some point to
modify, delete or post this import session!
6.
A standard installation of 1099 Pro allows up to 5,000 transactions. If the combined total of existing
records in the database and imported records exceeds 5,000, the import may abort.
Note: To handle more than 5,000 transactions contact Sales at (888) 776-1099.
Proceed to Step 3 of the import process, Posting Results.
23.1.1.9 Step 3 - Final Import - Post Results
Step 3 - Final Import - Post Results
1099 Pro features a Import Wizard to simplify the import routine. Steps include Import Data, Review
Import Session and Post Import Session.
Posting your import session
1. Consider optimizing the post process for very large imports.
2. On the task panel select General Options and the "Importing Forms" icon to access the Importing
Information screen.
3. Access the Post Import Records Wizard by:
Referring to the Completed and In-Process Import Sessions window and selecting any import
session with a Loaded or Partial status. Click "Continue with
Session" and then "Post This Session". OR
Continuing directly from the second step of the import routine, Review Import Session, and
clicking "Post This Session".
4. At the Post Import Session Wizard click "Next" to continue. At any time click "Back" to go back a
step.
5. If any records in the session contain errors or warnings you must decide how to handle them.
Options include:
Do not post records with errors: (Recommended!) Records without errors are posted and
problem records are placed on "hold" so you can fix them at a later time.
Post records with Warnings/Errors: Post all records now. You'll need to review individual
records and manually update these fields at a later time.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
205
6. Specify how to deal with existing recipients in the 1099 Pro system. Options include:
Match forms with existing Recipients, but do not update addresses
Ignore existing TINs, add every Recipient as new
Update the incoming tax form with my current Recipient information
Update my Recipient information with new information from the tax forms
7. Review settings and click "Finish" to post your import session.
23.1.1.10 Modifying an Existing Import Map
Modifying an Existing Import Map
Adding a header after import map creation for a custom import map with headers
1. Click on “Import Forms” from the left hand navigation menu.
2. Click on "Begin a new XXXX Import Process".
3. Click "Next".
4. Click on “Add/Update XXXX Import Maps”.
5. Select the import map that you would like to add the new header to.
6. Click on “Change”.
7. Click “Next”.
8. Click “Next”.
9. Click “Add”.
10.You will see two fields, one labeled “Mapped to Field” and one labeled “Field Name/Column".
11.Enter the name of the header into "Field Name/Column".
12.Drag the new header (Input Field Name/Column) to the "Mapped Import Field/Column Value"
corresponding to the "Map to Field/Destination". See the Map by Name section for more detail.
13.Once you are done, click "Next".
14.Please review all subsequent screens and click "Next" if they meet with your approval.
15.Click on "Finish".
Your import map will now be modified and the next time that you use this import map to bring in tax
forms, it will also bring in the information located underneath the newly designated header.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
206
1099 Pro® 2014
Adding an import field after import map creation for a custom import map without headers.
(Fixed Position)
1. Click on “Import Forms” from the left hand navigation menu.
2. Click on "Begin a new XXXX Import Process".
3. Click "Next".
4. Click on “Add/Update XXXX Import Maps".
5. Select the import map that you would like to add the new import field to.
6. Click on "Change".
7. Click "Next".
8. Click "Next".
9. Select the Database(Form) Field on the left hand side that you wish to add. (Highlighted in yellow
below)
10. Click "Add this Field" to move the Database Field over to your import map.
11. Use the Up and Down Arrows to move the Database(Form) field to match the column in your import
file. Note: The column on the import map must match the column's location on the spreadsheet. In
the "Col", you will see which column on the spreadsheet the import map will be referencing when it
imports.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
207
12. When you are done making changes/adding columns, click "Next".
13. Please review all subsequent screens and click "Next" if they meet with your approval.
14.You will see your new entry in the "Drag (map) Fields from here...", on the left side under the "Col"
entry will be the column where the import map will be looking for the information to import on your
spreadsheet.
15.It is very important that the column number that is listed in there matches the column number over
from the left on your spreadsheet. For example, if it indicated that it will be the 6th column over on
your new import map area, it must be the 6th column over on your spreadsheet.
16.Please review the information located in the right window that contains the "Map to Field/
Destination","Mapped Import Field/Column/Value" and "Col" columns.
17.if your information is correct, click on "Next".
18.Please review all subsequent screens and click "Next" if they meet with your approval.
19.Click on "Finish".
23.1.1.11 Running a SQL Script on Your Imported Data (CS version only)
Running a SQL Script on your Imported Data
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Corporate Suite allows you to call up to 3 SQL Stored Procedures on the imported records utilizing
custom SQL scripting at the end of an import post. You must have at least one custom script in the
database for the form type you are importing, otherwise you will not see the changes in the import
wizards.
Please note, these scripts are created and maintained by 1099 Pro only.
Uses of this procedure might be to populate or override various data fields using complex logic involving
conditions and multiple data fields.
The screen below will be visible once the Stored Procedure is added via a script into the CS Database.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
208
1099 Pro® 2014
23.1.2 Quickbooks Import Wizard
Quickbooks Import Wizard
To begin the Quickbooks import click on:
Click on "Import New Tax Forms"
Click on "Import Records Directly From Quickbooks"
This will being the Quickbooks import process.
Click "Next"
Note: Before proceeding please being the Quickbooks software and log in with a user account that has
Administrative credentials.
Click on "Connect to Quickbooks",
Note: If this is your first time importing information from Quickbooks please switch over to the
Quickbooks software, you should be asked what options to choose when allowing the 1099 Pro software
to connect to Quickbooks.
Please choose the options, “Yes, always; allow access even if Quickbooks is not running”.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
209
Check the box that indicates, “Allow this application to access personal data such as Social
Security Numbers and customer credit card information”.
23.1.3 Country Codes Table
Country Codes Table
When you are adding or changing information in a tax form you have the option of setting the address
type for the recipient address.
Your options are as follows:
USA
Canada
Other
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
210
1099 Pro® 2014
If you select "Other", the Select Country Code screen appears. The list of country codes are consistent
with the list of codes on the IRS's website at http://www.irs.gov/instructions/i1042s/ar02.html. Select the
appropriate code from the list then click the "select" button or click "cancel" to go back to the tax form
screen.
23.1.4 Country Alias
Country Alias and Validation Options
1099 Pro supports custom country name and validation options during the import process. This is useful
in situations where the code you use for a particular country does not match the one used by the IRS.
Such an example would be if you used "JPN" to represent Japan; this country code would not be
recognized during import since the IRS country code for Japan is "JP". In order to correct this error, 1099
Pro allows you to create alias for any country in the IRS database.
Example:
Lets take the example above:
1. On the initial import attempt, 1099 Pro generates an "Invalid Country" warning.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
2. On closer inspection we find that the country code "JPN" in invalid.
3. To correct this we can use the "County Alias/Validation Options".
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
211
212
1099 Pro® 2014
4. Click on the "Update Country Alias File" button to add "JPN" as an alias country code for Japan.
5. At the "Browse Country Alias/Translations" window you will see a list of all of the current country
alias, if any exist. To create a new alias, click on the "Add" button.
6. At the "Adding a Country Alias Record" window, type the alias that you are currently using (in this
case JPN) in the first box (top). On the second box (bottom) enter the name of the country or click on
the "..." (ellipsis) for a complete list of IRS country names and codes. With your alias and corresponding
IRS country code selected, click on the "OK" button.
7. Now that you have your alias configured, click on the "Close" button on the Browse Country Alias/
Translation window to return to the import wizard.
8. You can now click on the "Reapply Alias/Validation" button to allow 1099 Pro to use your new country
code alias.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
213
9. After clicking on the "Reapply Alias/Validation" button, 1099 Pro will ask how you would like to apply
your alias/translations. You can apply them to all records or records with problems only.
10. Once your aliases/validations have been applied, 1099 Pro will be able to properly translate "JPN" to
Japan or "JP" and the "Invalid Country" warning will be removed.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
214
1099 Pro® 2014
23.1.5 Transactional Imports (CS version only)
Transactional Imports
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
A transactional import is an import which will allow you to aggregate (combine) data for a given recipient.
Aggregation is the process where a recipient with multiple forms of the same type can have the total(s) of
certain tax form fields added together to create one overall form which will continually display the total of
the specified tax form fields. This is useful in situations where you would like to combine, print and report
on a single form the totaled amounts from multiple forms for a given recipient.
An important aspect of aggregation to understand is the criteria in which data is aggregated by.
Transactional imports are unique in that they require two steps. The first step involves creating a recipient
to import data in to and the second step is the actual importing of data to be associated with the
previously created recipient record.
Recipient data can be added in 1 of 2 ways:
Manually add a recipient record: Enter the Master Employees List under the menu option General
Options and manually create a new recipient record by pressing the Add button.
Import recipient data: Enter the Import module by clicking on the "Utilities" tab on the main menu and
then clicking on the "Run Import Wizard" option. Create a new map for importing recipient data and
then use the map to import you recipient data.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
215
Once you have created your recipient data, you can proceed to import the transactional data:
Create a new map for your transactional data using the Import Wizard.
Make sure that the correct TIN, Account Numbers and other associated data match the recipient
information that you would like to import this data for.
Import your transactional data using the map you created.
Important notes: Please see the following link s to learn more about creating and using Delimited Import
Maps and Fixed Width Import Maps. If you attempt to import transactional data without having added an
associated recipient, the software will save the transactional data import until the recipient is added and
the import can be posted. If you have the recipients list disabled during an import, the records that were
imported will not be combined with future transactional imports. This is because there is no record k ept
of transaction being link ed to a specific recipient when the recipient list has been disabled. To view a list
of the current optional transactional items(criteria) to be used during aggregation, view transactional
items. For help combining transactions with other versions of our program please see the Roll Up
procedure
23.1.6 Transactional Items (CS version only)
Transactional Items
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Configurable criteria for combining forms
Form combining can be configured to use any single or combination of the following criteria to aggregate
forms by:
TIN
Control Number
Account
Box 15 State
Tax State
Distribution Code
Form Category
Form Source
Department
Box 13 Retirement
Box 13 Statutory
Box 13 Sick Pay
These options can be reached by:
clicking on "File" from the main menu, then "Security and Administration", "Combining Tax Forms"
then "Set/Change Matching Criteria".
Once in the Aggregation Options window, you will see two columns. The column on the left is a list of
available matching criteria and the right side represents the items you have chosen to match by.
Drag the items from the left side to the right side in order to select your aggregation fields.
You can adjust the order by which the criteria are matched by using the Up and Down buttons to
arrange them. The order reads from top to bottom, with the top coming first.
Once finished, press the Save/Apply Rule NOW to save your settings or the Cancel button to remove
and changes.
The software will now aggregate (combine) forms based on the fields you have selected.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
216
1099 Pro® 2014
23.1.7 Import File Conventions
Import File Conventions
For a smooth import please thoroughly review these conventions PRIOR to creating your import file. The
order of data fields is not important and it's OK to have extra fields that won't be included in your import
file (e.g., phone number, date of birth, etc.).
Rcp TIN: Enter dashes in TINs to differentiate SSNs and EINs. This is a required field.
Last Name/Company: Enter Company if Recipient TIN is an EIN. Enter Last Name if Recipient TIN
is an SSN. This is a required field.
First Name: Enter First Name only if Recipient TIN is an SSN. If Recipient TIN is an EIN then we
recommend you leave this field blank.
Address Type: Leave blank for US addresses, Optionally, enter "C" for Canada to validate the
Canadian Postal Code format and or "O" (not 0) for foreign addresses to turn on country address
formatting. See Country Codes Table for more information
Address Deliv /Street: This field is imported separately during import .
Address Apt/Suite: This field is imported separately during import .
City: US and Canadian addresses enter city. Foreign addresses only enter city, country and postal
codes.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
217
State: US and Canadian states enter 2 letter abbreviation.
Zip: US and Canadian addresses enter postal codes. Foreign addresses enter postal codes in City
field.
Canadian Postal Codes: Required format is letter-number-letter, a space, then number-letternumber. For example, "C3H 4W9" is a valid Canadian postal code.
Country: 1099 Pro contains a map-by-name column called "Country" that can contain the following:
A country name: This is matched against the country file, and if a match is found, it
assigns the proper country code to the form. (e.g. Japan)
An alias for a country name: If a match is found for an alias, it will convert it to the proper
country name. (e.g. You may setup "FR" as an alias for France)
A country code: and, optionally, one of the internal country key values for cases where
there are multiple names associated with one code (ex., 'UK' can be 'United Kingdom',
'England', 'Scotland', 'Wales', etc.). The format is a two character country code, a slash and
then the country key (if any). The country file is arranged so that if there is no key being
imported, it will use the most inclusive/generic country name. Examples: 'UK' translates to
'United Kingdom', as would 'UK/0' or 'UK/1' 'UK/2' = 'Great Britain' 'UK/3' = 'Northern Ireland'
... and so on. The country name may also be spelled out however the spelling must match
what is displayed in the list of acceptable country names in the 1042-S Instructions listed on
the IRS's website. For more information, refer to the Instructions for 1042-S from the IRS
Website at http://www.irs.gov . The last few pages of the 1042-S form instructions have both
the country name & country codes in the section entitled "Country Codes"
Check boxes: Enter "Y", "1", "X" or "T" to mark the checkbox. Enter "N", "0" (zero), "F" or leave the
field blank to not mark the checkbox. Values are not case sensitive. Applies to all check boxes
including the 2nd TIN Notice checkbox.
Form 1099-A: A blank in box 5 automatically results in the "No" box being checked.
Dates: Required format is MM/DD/YYYY. Unacceptable formats include: (Jan 3, 2014 and January
3, 2014.)
Dollar Amounts: Do not use commas or dollar signs (i.e., use 1250.00, not $1,250). Decimals are
not assumed if none are contained in the amounts (e.g., 1250 imports as $1,250). An import of
1250.0000 (Access or double precision databases) imports as $1,250. While error checking is
performed on dollar signs and commas, it is NOT performed on the actual dollar amounts.
Multiple Import Fields: Boxes on some form types allow for multiple import fields. For example,
Form 5498 has five check boxes in box 7.
Note: You may receive an error during import or while manually entering a form if you've indicated an
incorrect Address Type of: For Example: "C" for Canada and Country Code of "JA" for Japan. To fix this,
during an import of data abandon the import at the "Edit, Post or Abandon Import Records" screen, then
go back and edit your data file to reflect the proper Address Type for the Country. Test by re-importing
your file. You may also manually correct the error upon importing and posting your data by highlighting
the problem record and click ing on the "Change/Fix selected record" button. If you are manually entering
a form then highlight that form in the Enter, Update & View screen, click the "change" button, then
modify the Country code and/or Address Type to reflect the proper combination then save the record by
click ing on the "Save" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
218
1099 Pro® 2014
23.1.8 Drag and drop methods
Drag and Drop Methods
Drag & Drop Import Method
Use if your import file contains your own unique headers or no headers at all. Click on a field from the
Available Input Fields and drag it across to the matching field in the Input Field list. Repeat this
procedure until all of the necessary fields have been assigned. If the wrong field is accidentally assigned,
double left click the mouse on the incorrect field on the Input Field and the information is removed. Then
drag the correct field from the Available Input Field to the Input Field.
For more information see the Import Wizard and Map By Name topics.
23.1.9 Map by Name
Map by Name
To perform manual Map By Name
1. At the "Map the import Fields/Columns to your..." area of the Delimited Import Map Wizard use the
Drag & Drop method to map fields.
Drag the Combined City/St/Zip Available Input Field to the Combined City/St/Zip Input Field.
Do not drag it to the individual City, State and Zip fields. Performed correctly, (Combined City/
St/Zip) appears at each of the individual City, State and Zip fields. The parentheses indicate a
successful mapping.
Drag the Address Delivery/St available Input Field to the Address Delivery/St Input Field. Then
drag the Address Apt/Suite available Input Field to the Address Apt/Suite Input Field.
Performed correctly, Address Delivery/St+ appears at the Address Delivery/St Input Field only.
The plus sign indicates Address Lines 1 & 2 have merged for a successful mapping.
Drag all other fields as normal.
Header Records
Sample import files utilize header records for an easy Map By Name import. Header records describe a
field of data. For example, row 1 of the 1099MISC.TAB sample import file is composed entirely of header
records (i.e., Recipient TIN, Last name/Company, First name and so on). Header records are not case
sensitive.
Users are encouraged to incorporate header records from the sample import file into their own import file.
This ensures an easy Map By Name import. If using your own header records or none use the Drag &
Drop method.
23.1.10 Sample Import Files
Sample Import Files
Instructions for trouble free creation of your Forms Import File:
We strongly recommend all 1099 Pro users to Check out the sample Excel sheets called XLS Data
Shells provided in the Import folder of your 1099 Pro software folder. What you need to do is copy your
data under the respective field names provided in the Excel sheet. The following example should give you
a brief idea of the procedure you need to follow:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
219
1. Access your 1099 Pro software folder (Default C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14).In this folder you need
to access another folder called Imports.
2. In the Imports folder, double-click on XLS Data Shells and in XLS Data Shells Double-Click on
the Excel sheet called 1099-Misc.
3. Copy the first row containing all the field names onto a brand new Excel sheet. Then copy
your relevant data under the respective field names.
4. Go through Import File Conventions* completely before you go to the Next step.
5. Save this excel sheet as a Text Tab Delimited file. This file is now ready to be imported into
the software.
23.1.11 States Code Table
States Code Table
When you add or change information in a tax form, the Employees' master list, or Employers' master
list, you have the option of setting the State code via a list of state names and abbreviations. You can
right-click on an existing State field in a tax form or an entry screen and select from the list of states.
The list that appears on the screen is determined by the Address Type you have selected. For Example:
If you choose an address type of USA, the list of states will appear. Selecting Canada will allow you to
select a province, and other will allow you to select a country from the Country Codes Table.
23.1.12 Import Status Overview
Import Status
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
220
1099 Pro® 2014
Users must select an import status for their data in the first step of the import routine, Import Data.
Selecting the correct status is important because aside from Pending, the status of the session can only
be reset by voiding (deleting) the entire session. Use the Import Session Report to review the status of
records in an import session.
Import Status Overview
Loaded: Nothing has been done to the entire import other than the initial load.
In Process: Something has happened to logs (edit, posted, abandon, etc.), but there are still more
records left.
Completed: All logs either posted, abandoned or reset. Nothing left to do.
Discarded: All logs abandoned or reset.
All Reset: All logs were posted, then reset.
Individual Logs (one per Filer) can have the following values:
Loaded: Nothing has been done to the records other than the initial load.
Updated: At least one of the records in import hold has been opened and saved, e.g., changes were
possibly made. Re-applying validation, etc., will also trigger this status.
Partial: Some records were posted, some are still left.
Imported: All records were posted, processing completed.
Imp/Disc: Some records were posted, the rest were abandoned, so processing still completed.
Abandoned: All records for the log were abandoned, none imported.
Reset/Void: A completed import was reset, removing the posted records from the database. Records
only removed if their status has not changed since they were posted. Records that have had their status
upgraded (e.g., Pending to Printed or Filed) are NOT removed.
23.2
Converting From Excel Formats
Converting From Excel Formats
Excel Spreadsheet Files
When saving data in Excel, use the 'Save As' method to save your file in .TXT (TAB delimited) format, not
.XLS format. Sample import files in this format are included in your 1099 Pro installation and are very
helpful. These files appear out of alignment when viewed from a text editor such as Notepad but look
great when viewed from Excel. To import .TXT (TAB delimited) files select [TAB], [CR LF] and Double
Quotes as your delimiters in the Import Wizard. .TAB files will not display at the "Open" screen in Excel
unless "All Files (*.*)" is selected at the "Files of Type" field.
Comma Quote Delimited Files
In a database program such as Microsoft Access save your file in .CSV (Comma Separated Values)
format. To import .CSV files select Double Quotes and Comma as your delimiters in the Import Wizard
or the import will fail. Examples of acceptable .CSV file formats (note formatting of dollar amounts):
"Charlie","Tuna","100.00","555-55-5555","1525 Bruin Ave","Westwood","CA","90024"
"Charlie","Tuna",100.00,"555-55-5555","1525 Bruin Ave","Westwood","CA","90024"
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
221
Other Spreadsheet Files
In your program determine if files can be saved in .TXT (text) format. If difficulty is encountered, columns
may be inserted between the existing columns and a "|" (pipe) may be entered as a delimiter. To import
.TXT files select Pipe as your delimiter in the Import Wizard.
No Obvious Way to Create an Import File
If nothing else works, try printing your data to a file. A generic text driver that only prints text characters
may be required. Import that file into a spreadsheet, parse the various columns and then import into 1099
Pro.
23.3
Microsoft Access 2007 Rollup Procedure
Microsoft Access Roll up Procedure for Microsoft
Office 2007
This procedure will walk you through the process of aggregating information for multiple tax forms located
on one spreadsheet and combining them all into one sheet. This walk though can be useful if you are
exporting information from multiple databases, and several of them have information for the same
recipient. 1099 Pro does not supply customers with Microsoft Office 2007, or Microsoft Access 2007.
Microsoft Access Rollup Procedure for Microsoft Office 2007. You will need tax form information in an
existing Excel spreadsheet prior to beginning this tutorial.
1. Start Microsoft access 2007.
2. Click on “Blank Database” and name it something appropriate. If necessary select an alternate
location to save your database file to.
3. Click on the “External Data” tab.
4. Click on “Excel” over the “Import” area.
5. Click on “Browse” and you will be given the option to locate the excel file that you would like to import.
Make sure the option “Import the source data into a new table in the current database” is selected.
6. You will then be presented with a screen showing you everything in your spreadsheet divided by
columns. It is HIGHLY recommended that you use headers for your columns in excel, and you select
the option “First Row Contains Column Headings”.
7. Once you have verified that the information appears correct, click on the “Next” button to proceed.
8. Now you will be presented with a screen that will allow you to choose what type of information each
column contains, go through the list, and then click on “Next” to continue.
9. On the next screen, you will be prompted to choose which field will be used as a primary key; we
recommend letting access choose the primary key. Once you are done, click “Next” to continue.
10.You will then be asked to name the table that you have created, and then click on “Finish”.
11.You will be prompted to save the import steps that you used to create this table. If you would like to,
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
222
1099 Pro® 2014
click the “Save Import steps” checkbox. Otherwise click “Close”.
12.You will then be brought back to your MS access screen; right click on the “Tab” labeled “Table 1”
and click close.
13.Now double click on the table name for the table you created in order to open the table.
14.With you table open, right click on the table name under the “All Tables” drop down menu on the left
hand side, and click on “Design View”.
15.You will then be shown 3 columns: Field Name, Data Type and Description.
16.Under the “Field Name” column, you will find each of the boxes from your imported spreadsheet.
17.Under “Data Type” you will see how MS Access sees the information in the boxes to the left.
18.Here you will have to see if any of the boxes that you have imported have been imported as the
incorrect data type. It is necessary that all boxes that you would like to be aggregated be marked as
“Number”. The program will generate errors when aggregating the forms if you have the incorrect data
type associated for a box type.
19.Under “Description” you can put any notes that you would like to associate with that box; this will not
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
223
impact your forms in any way.
20.Now click on the “Create” tab, and then click on “Query Design”.
21.You will see a list containing your table on it. With your table highlighted, click on “Add”.
22.You will then see a window with your table information open in it. You may now click on “Close” to
close the “Show Table” screen.
23.You must now drag and drop the header names from within the query window into the “Field” area on
the bottom of the screen. You must drag and drop each header that you want to appear in the export
into the field area on the bottom of the screen.
24.Once this is done, for each box area where you would like the amounts to be aggregated, click on the
“Totals” area underneath the desired box and select “Sum”.
25.For all areas that should have their information combined, leave the “Totals” area at “Group by”. This
will combine their fields, and this is what should be used for things like TIN, Address types, etc.
26.Once you are done, click on the “Run” icon.
27. If everything was entered correctly, you will be presented with a combination of all your matching
forms as well as the totals for all the boxes where the prior information matched identically. If “Sum”
was chosen for an area that could not be “Summed” (I.E. Form Category), you will receive the
following error message:
28.Once that is done, you will be presented with a new object that contains all the information that you
chose to aggregate.
29.You can now click on the “External Data” tab, and over the “Export” area, click on “Text File”.
30.It is not recommended that you select any of the options on this page. You will be given further
options once you have clicked “Ok”.
31.You will now see all your information in the “Sample Export Format” window. In addition to this, you
will be given the option to save your text file as a “Delimited” or “Fixed Width”. It is recommended that
you choose “Delimited” file. Click “Next” to continue.
32.You will now be given the choice of what delimiter will be used. It is recommended that you use the
“Tab” delimiter. Also select “Include Field Names on First Row” and change the “Text Quantifier” to
“None”, and click “Next” to continue.
33.You will now be given the chance to name your file; it is suggested that you name the file that will
easily identify it, and click “Finish”. If you plan on creating many of these types of files, it is
recommended that you select the option to “Save Export Steps” and choose a name that will easily
identify the delimited text file creation process.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
224
23.4
1099 Pro® 2014
Delimiters
Delimiters
A Delimiter is defined as a character used to indicate the beginning and end of a data string. Delimters
can be commas, periods, tabs, spaces, and even quotes. You will need to specify delimiters for your
import file. Upon correctly setting delimiters, each field of your header record should appear on a different
line at the Import Data Delimiter screen. If your data displays in one long row or contains strange
characters the wrong delimiter was used. Select the appropriate delimiter to correct this problem.
File Format Choices
Standard Tab Delimited: Works with all .TAB sample import files and standard .TAB files.
Standard Comma Delimited (CSV): Works with comma separated value (CSV) files.
Pipe: Works with pipe delimited "|" values.
23.5
Import Session Report
Import Session Report
The Import Session report details all records in the selected import session.
To generate this report
1. On the task panel select General Options and the Importing Forms icon.
2. At the Completed & In-Process Import Sessions screen highlight an import session and click the
"View/Print Session Report" button. Click "Yes" to preview the report.
Reset Import Session
Resetting an import session voids (deletes) all records. The only exception is if some records from a
pending import session have been upgraded to filed status. Those records would not be voided. Voiding
an import session does not delete recipient information from the master recipient database.
To reset session
1. On the task panel select General Options and then the Import Forms icon.
2. At the Completed & In-Process Import Sessions screen highlight an import session and click the
"Reset (Void) Session" button.
Only sessions with an Imported or Partial status are available for void.
3. The Administrator prompts to confirm the void. Click "Proceed with Reset/Void" to continue or
"Cancel" to abort. Session status immediately updates to Voided.
23.6
Reject Imports
Reject Imports
Records that contain certain errors are automatically rejected for import. Reject errors include:
Missing Last Name and TIN
Field contains non-allowed negative amounts
If the correct information is available, users should exit the Import Post Wizard and fix the record at the Edit,
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
225
Post or Abandon Records screen. If the correct information is not available, users may proceed with their
import. The rejected record is held at the Completed & In-Process Import Sessions screen and may be fixed at
a later time.
For more information on Warnings, Errors and Reject Errors see Error & Validation Checking.
23.7
Review Import Session
Review Import Session
The second step of the import routine, Review Import Session, allows you to correct errors, delete
records or abandon an import session.
To review import session
1. Verify you are at the Edit, Post or Abandon Imported Records screen. If you are not at this screen,
access it by selecting your import session at the Completed and In-Process Import Session window
and clicking the "Continue with Session" button.*"
2. At the Edit, Post or Abandon Imported Records screen the Error Messages column lists any errors
or warnings. To correct an error highlight the record and click "Change". Make changes and click
"OK". You are prompted to save changes to the record, click "OK". The error message should be
removed.
Errors and/or warnings should be corrected, if possible, to ensure success in the final step of the
import session.
If the Error Messages column is blank no errors are associated with the record.
3. If errors cannot be corrected (because the correct information is not available) you may either:
Click "Abandon This Session" to permanently delete all records. This deletes only these records
from the import session; it does not delete other records in this session that have already been
posted.
Click "Delete" to delete a single record.
Ignore errors and fix them later.
4. After making necessary edits and/or deletions click "Post This Session" to proceed to the final step
of the import routine, Post Import Session.
Remember, any record not posted in this session may be modified and/or posted at a later date;
simply repeat the above steps!
23.8
Independent Contractor Reporting Overview
Independent Contractor Reporting Overview
The Independent Contractor Reporting (ICR) Service, offered by 1099 Pro Inc., provides a simple way for
you to stay compliant with states that require that you inform them of payments that you make to
contractors that your business hires. Many states have implemented such laws for the purpose of
tracking and collecting child support & alimony from non-custodial parents. Because state laws change
from year to year and because more states are adopting tracking and collection laws, compliance for
businesses that do not have large legal staffs can be difficult. 1099 Pro's software solutions and webbased solutions such as ICR, help businesses stay compliant.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
226
1099 Pro® 2014
For a minimal fee, you can submit a single filing, hundreds of filings or thousands of filings to a state.
Currently, our service supports filings with the state of California. However, we are diligently working to
add support for more states within the coming months.
Using our service is very simple:
Setup a FREE account online.
Enter or upload your recipient information.
Enter or upload your provider information.
Add your filings to your shopping cart and pay for the submission of them.
We take care of the rest.
As an added bonus, if you already use 1099 Pro software to file your 1099's, then taking advantage of our
ICR Service is even easier as we can get the information for your ICR filings right from your 1099 Pro
export files! For customers that want to use our ICR Service but that do not use 1099 Pro software for
filing 1099's, you can manually enter information or you can upload comma/tab delimited files.
Visit our website at http://www.1099icr.com for more information. Existing 1099 Pro customers receive a
discount and/or free filing when using this service.
23.9
Voiding an Import Session
Review Import Session
This section will allows you to void previously imported records. In order for records to be voided they
must match their original status.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Imports Overview
227
23.10 Importing from QuickBooks™
Importing from QuickBooks™
1099 Pro software can now import information directly from QuickBooks software. To do so, please follow
the instructions below. Note: We recommend that you always import information from the most up-todate version of the Quick Book s software available.
1. Launch QuickBooks. and your 1099 Pro software.
2. Click on “Import new Tax Forms”.
3. Click on “Begin a new QuickBooks Import Process”.
4. Click on “Next”.
5. Click on “Connect to QuickBooks”.
6. Open the QuickBooks software.
7. Choose the options, “Yes, always; allow access even if QuickBooks is not running”.
8. Check the box that indicates, “Allow this application to access personal data such as Social Security
Numbers and customer credit card information”.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
228
1099 Pro® 2014
9. Click on “Continue…”.
10. Click on “Done”.1099 Pro will now open and inform you that the connection was successful. Click on
“Ok”.
11. Click on “Next”.
12. Click on “Select Filer” and choose the Filer where the 1099-Misc information from QuickBooks will be
imported.
13. Make sure the Filer you want is selected and click “Select”.
14. Click “Next”.
15. Click “Load QuickBooks Data Now”.
16. You should receive a message that indicates that “QuickBooks data successfully loaded”. Click
“Ok”.
17. Click “Next”.
18. You will now see a preview of all the information that will be imported from QuickBooks into the 1099
Pro software. Options Include:
a. Skip forms with errors?: Select this option to skip any records with errors (Note: There is a errors
column where records with errors are noted.)
b. Skip forms with Warnings?: Select this option to skip any records with errors (Note: There is a
warnings column where records with errors are noted.)
c. Combine forms by TaxID: Select this option to combine multiple tax forms with the same TaxId into
one form.
d. Use Company Name? : Select this option to import the companies’ vendor name when creating the
form. If this is not selected, the vendor’s first name and last name will be used.
19. As long as this information looks acceptable to you click on “Finish”.
20. You can now view a report of all the forms imported by clicking on “Report” or simply click “Exit” from
the administration warning screen.
21. Once you are done reviewing your information or have exited you can click on “Work with my Tax
Forms” to review the information that you’ve just imported.
Troubleshooting
If you receive an error stating that the 1099 Pro software could not establish a connection to Quickbooks,
take the following steps:
1. Click on the start button.
2. Right click on “Computer”
3. Click on “Manage”
4. Expand “Services and Applications”
5. Click on “Services”
6. Scroll down to QuickbooksDB21 and right click on it.
7. Click “Properties”
8. On the startup type drop down change it to “Automatic” and click ok.
9. Try connecting via the 1099 Pro software again.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Name/Address Reconcile by TIN (CS Version only)
24
229
Name/Address Reconcile by TIN (CS Version only)
Name/Address Reconcile by TIN Tool
This tool is located under Utilities. Name and address reconciliation by TIN is a process that will allow
you to view tax forms with matching TINs. You can then select a preferred name/address combination.
This can be useful for clients who will be applying aggregation after import so they make sure the
documents are sent to the proper address. You can also use this tool to Export matching results to help
you identify potential duplicate records.
25
Printed
Printed
All records are assigned a print status that determines their position in the filing cycle. A printed record
is available for inclusion in a 1096 transmittal. To edit a printed record you must first reset its print status
to pending.
See Print Status topic.
25.1
Print sessions
Print Sessions
A print session is any batch of records with a Printed or Filed 1096 print status.
See Print Status topic.
26
Printing Overview
Printing Overview
Print Tax Forms
The 1099 Pro Print Wizard simplifies the printing routine; print to preprinted laser forms or blank stock.
See Print Tax Forms Wizard for more information.
Quick Print
1099 Pro makes it easy to quickly print a tax form using the Quick Print feature within the Enter, Update
and View Screen.
See Quick Print for more information.
Print Status
1099 Pro assigns a print status to all records. To determine a record's status go to the "Work with My
Tax Forms" screen and refer to the Status column.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
230
1099 Pro® 2014
See Print Status for more information.
Margin Alignments
Alignment Adjustments when printing to Blank Stock
Alignment adjustments can be made when printing to blank stock. After choosing blank stock you can
select Advanced Print Options at the "Ready to Print" summary screen.
Pre-Printed Forms Address Alignment
The Print Wizard offers the opportunity to print a test alignment, and adjust margins accordingly, prior to
printing your forms. A test alignment to a blank sheet of paper is a smart way to minimize form waste.
See Troubleshooting Margin Alignments
PCL Printing
Please contact Technical Support for more information about this feature.
See High-speed PCL printing is designed for printing thousands of forms.
Reprint Records
1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint an individual record from a print session.
See Reprinting Records for more information.
Reprint Print Sessions
1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint a print session.
See Reprinting Print Sessions for more information
Reset Print Sessions
Only print sessions with a printed* status may be reset. Resetting a session will reset ALL records to
pending status. To reset an individual record see Print Status.
See Reset Print Sessions for more information.
Printing IRS Instructions Sheets
Your 1099 Pro installation includes many useful IRS/SSA forms and instructions. Additionally, users with
an active internet connection can access current versions of these and other files directly from the IRS/
SSA websites.
See Printing Blank Forms for more information
Troubleshooting Printer Issues
1099 Pro prints to most Windows compatible printers, subject to the printer's margin limitations. If your
bottom margin is greater than 1/3-inch you may not be able to print data at the bottom of the page or you
may have to print 2 forms to a page. Check your printer's manual and/or Maximum Printable Area for
your BubbleJet, Deskjet, Inkjet or Laserjet if you have questions.
See Trouble-Shooting Printer Issues for more information
Form Limits
1099 Pro now contains a feature called Form Session Limits which provides extra filtering options when
printing forms.
See Form Limits for more information
PDF File Generation
Creating PDF files is fast and easy. For Example: You want to E-Mail or electronically transfer your PDF
file via the Internet. This is now the preferred method of generating a PDF file instead of printing through a
PDF printer selection or driver through the print menu. In addition you are given the option to password
protect your PDF file and save it to a location on your hard disk or on a network as well as view it in
Adobe Acrobat.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
231
See Initial PDF Options for more information.
Advanced Print Options
1099 Pro offers an Advanced Print Option to allow you to shift the position of the Filer and Recipient
Addresses either vertically or horizontally on a printed recipient copy and also force an "X" into the
"Corrected" and VOID boxes on the form. These options are only available on copies for Recipients, not
Federal or Local State copies or copies for your own records.
See Advanced Print Options for more information.
26.1
Advanced Print Options
Advanced Print Options
1099 Pro offers an Advanced Print Option to allow you to shift the position of the Filer and Recipient
Addresses either vertically or horizontally on a pre-printed recipient copy and also force an "X" into the
"Corrected" and VOID boxes on the form. These options are only available on copies for Recipients, not
Federal or Local State copies or copies for your own records.
Normally, a Filer will issue a form in January, and the information on that form will not change again -- it
will simply be filed with the IRS later in February or March. Sometimes, though, the Recipient may have
been sent erroneous information or simply need to have an address changed. If the form has not been
filed with the IRS yet, the Filer will only need to correct the information in 1099 Pro and issue a new,
revised form to the Recipient.
26.1.1 Inserting a Custom Print Message
Inserting a Custom Print Message
Why would I want to do this?
This is an optional task that allows you to notify your recipients with a custom message such as
"Revised & Re-Issued" or "Corrected and Re-Issued" on the form. This way they have some indication of
what was done whether it was a correction to a SSN number for example or a confirmation of an address
change.
To select or enter a message, or force an "X" to be printed:
1. "The Special Options for this run only" tab allows you to specify an optional message to be printed on
all Recipient copies for the print run. For your convenience, 1099 pro provides a number of built-in
messages, such as:
* Re-issued Form *
* Revised and Re-Issued *
* Corrected and Re-issued *
* Replacement Copy *
* Duplicate copy per request *
2. You may also force an "X" to be printed in the corrected box for the forms by placing a check mark in
this option. For the few recipient copies that have a VOID box on them (most forms don't), you can
force an "X" to be printed in that box as well.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
232
1099 Pro® 2014
26.1.2 Forcing an X
Forcing an X
Why would I want an 'X' in the Corrected box?
Many people regard these revised, re-issued forms as a correction, and want to have that box checked to
help indicate to the Recipient that the new form has the correct information on it. The Advanced Options
will let you do that. What's important to understand is that the IRS does NOT regard this a correction.
Since the information has not been filed with them yet, they neither know nor care how many versions of
a form have been issued and/or reissued before they get the final information. Regarding formal IRS
corrections (i.e., a correction to information AFTER it has been submitted to the IRS) The IRS has very
strict rules about which forms should have the Corrected and/or Void boxes checked. That's why the
Advanced Options are only available for forms that go to the Recipient -- send the IRS an original form
with the Corrected box checked and it will probably be rejected.
To enter a message, or force an "X" to be printed:
1. "The Special Options for this run only" tab allows you to specify an optional message to be printed on
all Recipient copies for the print run. For your convenience, 1099 Pro provides a number of built-in
messages, such as:
* Re-issued Form *
* Revised and Re-Issued *
* Corrected and Re-issued *
* Replacement Copy *
* Duplicate copy per request *
2. You may also force an "X" to be printed in the corrected box for the forms by placing a check mark in
this option. For the few recipient copies that have a VOID box on them (most forms don't), you can
force an "X" to be printed in that box as well.
Reminder: Printing an "X" in the Corrected or Void boxes is purely visual. Check ing these boxes does
NOT create a valid correction or VOID a form. These special options apply to the current print run only. If
you need to use them for more than one print run, you must set them again each time.
26.1.3 Making Address Adjustments
Making Address Adjustments
Address adjustments are measured in hundredths of an inch from the default placement. For example, a
change of ".25" would result in the address shifting down or to the right 1/4 of an inch.
To modify the position of the address vertically or horizontally:
1. Choose the form type in the Current Form drop down menu (above the Forms & Printing section)
2. Choose the method to be used for selecting the 1099 form to be printed.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
233
3. Click on the "Begin Print Process button" in the Print Forms for Recipients and the IRS screen.
4. Select the print stock you will be printing on, whether pre-printed, or blank stock forms. Click "Next"
5. Choose a sort order. Click "Next" to continue
6. Choose whether to preview the forms for printing. Click "Next" to continue
7. On the summary screen you are then presented with a summary of your current printer, print
options, paper type, total recipients, selected form, sort order and other information.
a. The Advanced Print Options button appears in the middle of the summary screen. Click on
"Advanced Print Options" button.
8. On the Address/Envelope Offsets tab, begin by modifying the values for vertical and horizontal
adjustments using the arrows. As you make your adjustments, the adjustment title will turn RED
indicating that your adjustments may be too large. When finished click "OK."
9. To close this window, validate all of your settings and click "OK" or to abandon your settings click
"Cancel". If you have made Advanced Printer Option modifications then click "Print" to preview your
changes and/or click "Print" to print the form.
26.2
Form Limits Overview
Form Limits Overview
1099 Pro now contains a feature called Form Session Limits which provides extra filtering options when
printing forms.
Why would I want to use a Form Session Limits Filter?
Let's say you have a group of 1,000 forms that need to be printed. You have already set the print process
to generate, "ALL Pending forms for the current filer", however, you want to go the extra step and filter
"ALL Pending forms..." with a Zip code range of 90001 thru 90650 because your intention is to filter these
forms and narrow them down to a specific county geographically within a large town or county. The Form
Session Limits Filter will make this possible.
26.2.1 Enabling Form Limits Filter
Enabling Form Limits Filter
To enable the Form Session Limits Filter:
1. At the Enter, Update and View Screen where you can browse forms, click the Forms & Printing
section on the task panel to the left side of the screen.
2. Click the "Print Tax Forms" icon. The software displays the Printing Tax Forms Screen where you
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
234
1099 Pro® 2014
can choose a printing method based on the criteria of your current selected form. Your criteria
selections are listed as "Begin printing IRS approved tax forms:
ALL Pending Forms for the current filer
ALL Pending Forms for all filers
Manually select forms for the current filers
ALL Pending forms for Selected filers
3. Put a check mark in the box next to the description: Show me the optional extra filters for limiting
the number of records that will be selected.
4. Click the "Begin Print Process" button to execute the command.
26.3
PDF File Generation Overview
PDF File Generation Overview
What is a PDF file?
PDF stands for Portable Document Format. It's a distribution format developed by the Adobe Corporation
to allow electronic information to be transferred between various types of computers. The software which
allows this transfer is called Acrobat. In order to view and print a PDF file you will first need to download
and install a copy of the Adobe Acrobat Reader.
To download and install Acrobat Reader, please visit Adobe.
Adobe Acrobat Reader may be installed in two different ways.
As a plug-in to your browser, your PDF documents can be viewed directly in the browser window.
As a stand-alone program, PDF files can be downloaded and viewed separately.
Why would I want to generate a PDF file?
Creating PDF files is fast and easy. For Example: You want to E-Mail or electronically transfer your PDF
file via the Internet. This is now the preferred method of generating a PDF file instead of printing through a
PDF printer selection or driver through the print menu. In addition, you are given the option to password
protect your PDF file and save it to a location on your hard disk or on a network as well as view it in
Adobe Acrobat.
I plan on E-Mailing my information over the Internet and I'm concerned about security. Does
1099 Pro generate PDF's that are secure?
1099 Pro offers the option to encrypt and password the PDF for security. This feature enables 1099 Pro
to create and process encrypted PDF documents according to the Acrobat 5.0 standard. Encryption is
commonly used to prevent unauthorized viewing, printing, editing, copying text from the document and
doing annotations. You can then control how they are used. The "Standard Security" encryption feature
of the PDF Library has been enhanced to provide 128-bit encryption support.
Click here to see the options available for PDF printing
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
235
26.3.1 Initial PDF Options
Initial PDF Options Window
Generate PDF Options
Generating PDF documents enables your organization to optimize the delivery of professional-looking,
compliant documents. This feature, now available in 1099 Pro allows you print your reports to an
encrypted PDF file which can also be password protected. Follow the steps below to generate a PDF
file.
To generate a PDF from a tax form or a report:
1. On the task panel select the Forms & Printing section and the Print Tax Forms icon. Use the
Current Form drop menu to select the form type to process.
2. At the Printing Tax Forms screen choose the method to select pending forms for print:
3. Click the "Begin Print Process" button to access the Print Wizard.
4. Select processing options for any records with errors or warnings at the Confirm Processing screen.
5. Select Printer and Paper Type:
a. Review the selected printer and change if necessary
b. Choose your paper type; Preprinted laser forms or Blank stock forms.
6. Select the copies you want to print.
a. The Combined Print option, available when printing to Blank stock, prints all recipient copies and
instructions on one sheet of paper
7. Select a sort order to print forms:
8. Select "Yes to preview each selected copy type without asking me
9. Review print summary and if satisfied, click "Print" to begin printing.
10. As the Print Preview screen loads you will see icons in the upper right corner of the screen. (See
image #1 below)
a. Make a PDF - converts the print job to a PDF document and prompts you to save this file to a
location on your hard drive. The default location (C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\PDF) You may also view
a PDF which converts the print job to a PDF document and then starts Adobe Acrobat to view
the file and finally, you can Password Protect a PDF which prompts you to password protect the
file before generating it and then allows you to save to a location on your hard drive.
Click this button to begin the PDF generation process. The print screen will be displayed and then click
ok to be tak en directly to the PDF options screen.
(Image #1)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
236
1099 Pro® 2014
11. In addition you may use the "Search" feature to search for characters on any of the pages to be
printed or use the "Toggle Stay after Printing" feature to keep the tax form or report preview on the
screen.
12. When you are finished generating a PDF, indicate if forms are ready to send to the IRS:
a. Select "I haven't printed my red Copy A yet..." if you are still printing copies of these records.
These records have a pending status and are available for edits and further printing.
b. Select "I have printed and verified my red Copy A forms..." after printing/approving all copies of
these records. These records are assigned a printed status and are now ready to generate a
1096 transmittal.
13. Click "Finish" to exit the Print Wizard.
26.4
Printing Blank Forms Overview
Printing Blank Forms Overview
Your 1099 Pro installation includes many useful IRS/SSA forms and instructions. Additionally, users with
an active internet connection can access current versions of these and other files directly from the IRS/
SSA websites. All documents are in PDF format and require Acrobat Reader to be viewed or printed.
Download Acrobat Reader for free at www.adobe.com.
See View & Print IRS Tax Forms & Instructions
26.4.1 Print IRS Form & Instructions
Print IRS Form & Instructions
To view local files
1. On the task panel click "Forms & Printing" section and the More IRS Forms & Info icon.
2. At the Printing Blank Forms & Instructions screen set the Current View to "Local files installed on
my machine".
3. Highlight a PDF document and click "View the Selected Form". The selected file opens
automatically in Acrobat Reader.
To view files on internet
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
1.
2.
3.
4.
237
Verify you have an active internet connection.
On the task panel click Forms & Printing and the More IRS Forms & Info icon.
At the Printing Blank Forms & Instructions screen set the Current View to "Web Files on IRS/SSA
sites".
Highlight a PDF document and click "View the Selected Form". The selected file opens
automatically in Acrobat Reader.
The 1096 Annual Summary & Transmittal of U.S. Informational Returns is provided for informational
purposes only. Do not send a black and white printout of Form 1096 to the IRS; they require it be preprinted with a special red ink .
26.5
Email: Emailing tax forms
Email:Emailing Tax Forms
The 1099 Pro software allows you to email a password protected, PDF version of a "Combined for
Recipient" or "Pressure Seal/Alternate Combined Layout" version of the tax form; please see below for
additional explanations on the options available to you.
Note: The 1099 Pro software will use the default mailing client for your computer; if you do not have a
default mailing client setup then you will be unable to send PDF documents to your recipients through
the 1099 Pro software.
Send the tax form to: enter the email address of the individual that you would like to send the PDF to.
(Note: Only one recipient can be designated in the email address entry field.)
Set the email as High Priority: This option will flag the email as high priority in the recipients inbox
when it is received.
Encryption Password: When the email is received by your recipient they will have to enter a password
to open it.
Note: By default that password is the first five numbers of their social security number, a
hyphen, and then the first five numbers of their zip code.
Type of encryption: The encryption is how complex a file is transformed using an algorithm (called a
cipher) to make it unreadable to anyone except those possessing special knowledge, usually referred to
as a key. the higher the level of encryption you choose the more difficult it will be for wrong person to
open should they attain the document, but high levels of encryption also require more sophisticated
software to open, if you choose too high a level of encryption your recipient may not be able to open the
software.
Choose the format for the PDF Tax Form: Clicking on "Standard Combined" will utilize the "Standard
Combined Layout" that's commonly associated with printing to blank stock, clicking the "Select a PS/
ACL Layout" button will then prompt you to choose one of the Alternate Combined Layout or Pressure
Seal formats to print in.
Set Advanced Print Options: Clicking this button will allow you to toggle the following options.
Forcing an X in the "Corrected" checkbox.
Forcing an X in the "Void" box (Not visible on all forms.
Putting 0.00 instead of leaving amount boxes with no dollar amounts blank.
Entering optional message information that will print along the top of the form.
Print Driver: This is for advanced users only, if you would like to print the PDF as defined by a different
printers driver please click this button and choose the alternate printer.
File Folder: By default the PDF generated by this process will be placed in the PDF directory in the
installation folder for the software, if you would like to chose an alternate location please click this button
and navigate to that location.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
238
1099 Pro® 2014
Preview PDF (requires the password!): This will allow you to preview the PDF before it is sent, to
make sure that it looks appropriate before the recipient sees it.
Create PDF and email message: Clicking this button will generate the PDF and attach it to an email
with the recipient's email address already entered using your default email client.
26.6
Email: No email client
Email: No email client detected
If you do not have a default email client setup (Examples: Microsoft Outlook, Mozilla Thunderbird, gmail.)
you will see the below image letting you know where a PDF version of the tax form you were going to
send will be saevd, the email address it was going to, the subject line for the aforementioned email and
the text.
26.7
Assigning a Printed Status
Assigning a Printed Status
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
239
Select this option after printing and approving all copies of these records (including Copy A). These
records are assigned a printed status and are now ready to generate a 1096 transmittal or electronic file.
Print Status Overview
26.8
Batch Reprint
Adding Reprint Scheduler Job
1.
Choose “Reprint Tax Forms”
2.
Enter the name of Job, Initial Start date and Time as well as any dependencies (jobs that must
be completed prior to this one).
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
240
1099 Pro® 2014
3.
Select Job Frequency. Here you will be able to select how often the jobs are run. Please see
Job Frequency Detail for more in-depth information.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
4.
Add input/output location for processing.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
241
242
1099 Pro® 2014
5.
After defining Parameters, your job is now ready to run!
File Format
1.
The following naming convention is required for each tab delimited text file:
Reprint_MMDDYYYY_Seq#.txt
Eg: Reprint_03072012_Seq123456
Optional – even if you have no records to be reprinted, you may submit a text file with the
wording “NO DUPLICATE [Form Type] TAX FORM REQUESTS”, which will return a failed file containing
“No Duplicate Tax Form Requests.”
2.
Text File Format is TAB delimited with the following columns: (Header row optional)
o
o
o
o
o
o
Col 1 - Tax Year {e.g. 2010, or 2011, or 2012, etc.}
Col 2 - Form type {e.g. 1099-R, or 1099-DIV, or W-2, etc.}
Col 3 - Filer PCode {e.g. ABC123}
Col 4 - Recipient TIN {e.g. 324-23-2354 or 324232354}
Col 5 - Recipient Account Number {e.g. A323DAD23}
Col 6 - TIN Masking {e.g. 1 or 0} [Default = 0, No Mask]
0 = No Mask
1 = Mask
2 = pCode Filer Preference
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
26.9
243
Field Sizes
Field Sizes
Listed below are the maximum number of characters that will print in the respective field. In some fields,
1099 Pro may allow the entry of more characters than will actually print.
The maximum printable characters is assumed numeric unless otherwise stated. Some field sizes are
dependent on the selected address type; USA, Canada or Other (foreign, not Canada).
Filer Data
Location Code/Establishment No. = 4
Filer Name = 36
Filer Name 2 = 36
Address 1 = 36
Address 2 = 36
City = 21
State = 2
ZIP = 9
Department = 6
Contact Name = 24
Phone Number = 10
Extension = 5
RTN = 9
Fax Number = 10
E-Mail = 40
Recipient Data
If using an SSN:
First Name = 40
Last Name = 40
Name Line 2 = 40
If using an EIN:
Company = 40
Name Line 2 = 40
State ID Numbers
State Abbreviation = 2
State ID Number = 14
Recipient Data
If using an SSN:
First Name = 40*
Last Name = 40*
Name Line 2 = 40*
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
244
1099 Pro® 2014
If using an EIN:
First name = 40
Company = 40
Name Line 2 = 40
USA Address Type
Address = 40
Address 2 = 40
City = 21
State = 2
ZIP = 9
Canadian Address Type
Address = 40
Address 2 = 40
City = 21**
Province = 2
Postal = 6 (plus 1 space)
Other Address Type
Delivery/St. = 40
Other/loc. = 40
City/Postal = 40
E-Mail = 40
Account Number = 20
Optional Grouping Fields for Querying
Form Source = 12
Category = 6
Note: *The First & Last Name fields print a combined maximum of 37 characters (plus one space)
UNLESS the Last Name field contains 24 or more characters AND the First Name field contains 14 or
more characters; then the First Name field prints only 1 character regardless of actual characters in that
field. If there are 20 or more characters in the City field, "Canada" is automatically truncated to "Cana".
Form Specific Data
All 1099 Forms:
Boxes containing dollar amounts allow a maximum of 12 numeric characters (e.g., 1,234,567,890.12).
Form 1098:
Box 5 = 58 text characters
1099-A:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
Box 6 = 52 text characters
Form 1099-B:
Box 1b = 13 text characters
Box 5 = 26 text characters
1099-C:
Box 5 = 52 text characters
1099-DIV:
Box 7 = 16 text characters
Form 1099-INT:
Box 7 = 16 text characters
Form 1099-LTC:
Insured's Name = 32 text characters
Insured's Street Address = 32 text characters
Insured's City = 18 text characters
Form 1099-MISC:
Box 15a = 12 numeric characters
Box 15b = 12 numeric characters
Form 1099-OID:
Box 5 = 62 text characters
Form 1099-R:
Box 8 = 11
Box 14 = 14 text characters
Form 1099-S:
Box 3 = 104 text characters
Form 5498:
Box X special for U.S. Armed Forces in designated special reporting = 12 text characters
Form W-2G:
Boxes 3, 5, 6, 8, & 10-12 = 14 text characters each
Form 3921:
Box 5 = 7 characters
Box 6 = 52 characters (40 for filing)
Form 3922:
Box 6 = 7 characters
26.10 Margin Alignments
Margin Alignments
Alignment Adjustments when printing to Blank Stock
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
245
246
1099 Pro® 2014
Alignment adjustments can be made when printing to blank stock. After choosing blank stock you can
select Advanced Print Options at the "Ready to Print" summary screen.
Pre-Printed Forms Address Alignment
The Print Wizard offers the opportunity to print a test alignment, and adjust margins accordingly, prior to
printing your forms. A test alignment to a blank sheet of paper is a smart way to minimize form waste.
Test alignments print the characters "X" and "9" instead of your actual data. Your data will print
(assuming the software is registered) at the last step of the Print Wizard.
To test alignment
Initiate the Print Wizard; it automatically prompts to print a test alignment prior to printing your forms*.
If selecting preprinted laser as your paper type, you are prompted to test alignment after selecting
your copies to print. For your first test print do not modify the default Top and Left margin settings.
Print the test to blank paper and then hold it and a preprinted form to the light to determine if data fits
into the appropriate boxes. If data does not align refer to "Alignment Adjustments" below.
Alignment Adjustments
Alignment adjustments are measured in hundredths of an inch from the default margin. For example,
"0.25" would effect an adjustment of ¼-inch. Once a margin is adjusted, it becomes a default setting for
that form type until the margin is adjusted again.
Top Margin
Positive numbers (e.g., "0.25") move the data lower on the page. Negative numbers (e.g., "-0.25") raise
the data higher on the page.
Left Margin
Positive numbers (e.g., "0.25") move the data to the right. Negative numbers (e.g., "-0.25") move the data
to the left.
Review Margin Limitations
26.11 PCL Printing
PCL Printing
Please contact Technical Support for more information about this feature.
High-speed PCL printing is designed for printing thousands of forms. In order to provide an efficient and
effective way to control printer features across many different printing devices, HP created PCL. PCL was
originally conceived and devised for HP's dot matrix and Inkjet printers. The first printer in HP's LaserJet
series, the HP LaserJet was released in 1984 with the PCL 3 version of the language.
PCL commands are compact escape sequence codes that are embedded in the print job before being
sent to the printer. Issuance of the sequence was relatively easy from any high level language or from
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
247
assembler. HP PCL formatters and fonts were designed to quickly translate application output into highquality, device-specific, raster print images. The PCL printer language is common to virtually all HP
printers, but not universal and not always backward compatible. This conceptual thinking enabled HP to
minimize printer support problems and protect HP printer investment in applications and printer driver
software. It is why the HP laser printers quickly became the industry standard.
The PCL printer language is successful because the following points remain consistent across
all levels:
1. All HP LaserJet series printers implement PCL printer language features consistently.
2. HP printers implement the PCL feature in very cost-effective formatters.
3. HP printers have the ability to ignore most unsupported commands without causing the printer or
issuing device to crash.
There are six major levels of PCL. The creation of these levels was driven by the combination of printer
technology developments, changing user needs and application software improvements. The first
versions of PCL (PCL 1 and 2) were used in HP impact and Inkjet printers in the early 1980s. The major
phases of the PCL printer language are as follows:
PCL 1 This version is supported by all HP LaserJet series printers (except the HP LaserJet 3100 and
3150 series products). It provided very basic printing and spacing functionality, but was limited to only
text printing and ASCII characters. PCL 1 is the foundational base set of functions provided for simple,
single-user workstation output. It was created in the late 1970s and introduced in the late 70s and early
80s.
PCL 2 As was PCL 1, this version is supported by all HP LaserJet series printers (except the HP
LaserJet 3100 and 3150 series products). Hence it covered all PCL functionality and provided Electronic
Data Processing/Transaction functionality. Functions were added for general purpose, multi-user system
printing, but still in ASCII printing only. It was Introduced in the early part of 1982.
PCL 3 This was the first of the intelligent series of efforts by HP to incorporate graphics, crude as they
were back then. It was the embedded code for the original HP LaserJet series printer, and the HP
LaserJet Plus series printer. This version provided the commands and features required for simple high
quality word processing and data printing. Allowed for the use of a limited number of bitmapped fonts and
graphics. It quickly rost to the position of industry standard and PCL 3 was widely imitated by other
printer manufacturers, commonly referred to as "LaserJet Plus Emulation" when used by other
companies. It came out in 1984.
PCL 4 This industry standard release was the embedded code for the HP LaserJet Series II, commonly
referred to as the workhorse laser, the HP LaserJet IID, HP LaserJet IIP, and HP LaserJet IIP Plus. It had
a host of new page printing capabilities, including support for macros, larger bitmapped fonts and
graphics. Introduced in 1985, it was the most radical of version improvements and would be more than
sufficient for users for several years.
PCL 5 As the foundation of the HP LaserJet III, HP LaserJet IIID, HP LaserJet IIIP, and HP LaserJet IIISI,
PCL 5 provided ultimate office publishing functionality. It was released to allow compatibility for industry
acceptance for font scaling, outline fonts and HP-GL/2 (vector) graphics. PCL 5 was designed for more
complex desktop publishing, graphic design, and presentation applications. Introduced in mid-1990 with
the HP LaserJet III, this is the most widely used version of PCL compatibility in use by customers.
PCL 5E (Enhanced) Though it was labeled an enhancement to PCL 5, it was the internal code released
with the HP LaserJet 4, HP LaserJet 4M, HP LaserJet 4L, HP LaserJet 4ML, HP LaserJet 4P, HP
LaserJet 4MP, HP LaserJet 4Plus, HP LaserJet 4Mplus, HP LaserJet 5P, HP LaserJet 5MP, HP
LaserJet 5L, HP LaserJet 5L-FS, HP LaserJet 5Lxtra, HP LaserJet 6L, HP LaserJet 6LXI, HP LaserJet
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
248
1099 Pro® 2014
6LSE, HP LaserJet 6P, HP LaserJet 6MP, HP LaserJet 6PXI, HP LaserJet 6PSE and HP LaserJet 5si.
HP LaserJet 8000 series, HP LaserJet 9000 series printers. It had major improvements and changes
including bidirectional communication between the printer and the PC. It featured a wider selection of
fonts for use primarily with the Microsoft Windows environment and applications.
PCL 5C (Color) This was also an enhancement to PCL 5 to add functional color support for HP Color
LaserJet, HP Color LaserJet 5, HP Color LaserJet 5M, HP Color LaserJet 2500 series, HP Color LaserJet
4500 series, HP Color LaserJet 4550 series, HP Color LaserJet 4600 series, HP Color LaserJet 5500
series, HP Color LaserJet 8500 series and HP Color LaserJet 8550 series printers. It offered no other
changes except the commands needed to support color printing.
PCL 6 This version offered significan changes in the backward compatibility issue for HP. PCL6 is very
different from PCL5 and previous PCL versions. One significant difference is the manner in which the
commands are sent to the printer. The target was performance and reliability; the jury is still out on the
question of better. Prior to PCL 6, each new version of the language included commands not found in
older versions as well as the older PCL commands. As a result, printers with more recent versions of
PCL are backwards compatible with software that supports older versions of the language. PCL 6 was
released with the HP LaserJet 4000 series, HP LaserJet 4100 series, HP LaserJet 2100 series, HP
LaserJet 2200 series, HP LaserJet 1200, HP LaserJet 3200, HP LaserJet 3300, HP LaserJet 4200
series, HP LaserJet 4300 series, HP LaserJet 5000 series, HP LaserJet 5100 series, HP LaserJet 8000
series and HP LaserJet 9000 series printers. PCL 6 features new modular architecture that can be easily
modified for future HP printers. The efforts for faster, post printing return to application have made
somewhat of a problem with older operating systems. Other performance efforts are faster printing of
complex graphics, more efficient data streams for reduced network traffic, better WYSIWYG printing,
improved print quality, truer document fidelity, and complete backward compatibility. The compatibility
issues have caused many users to select PCL 5 as the language version.
The PCL printer commands activate the printer features. Be design, HP provided four general types of HP
printer language commands. Control codes, PCL commands, HP-GL/2 commands and PJL commands.
A control code is a character that initiates a printer function (for example, Carriage Return (CR), Line
Feed (LF), Form Feed (FF), etc.).
PCL commands provide access to the printer's PCL control structure. The PCL structure controls all of
the printer's features except those used for vector graphics, which are controlled by the HP-GL/2
commands. PCL commands (other than single-character control codes) are also referred to as "escape
sequences." That design provided very easy use from high level programming languages and in reality,
made the PCL the industry standard. The terms are used interchangeably. Once a PCL command sets a
feature of the printer that feature remains set until that PCL command is repeated with a new value, or
the printer is reset to default. In other words you turn on the feature and then turn it off.
HP-GL/2 (vector graphic) commands are two letter codes that represent the function of the command
(such as IN for initialize). After the two-letter mnemonic, there may be one or more parameters that
identify details of how to process the command.
HP made great efforts to yield an ease on selecting feature and capabilities in the PCL designs and
procedures. That ease rewarded HP with the popularity that is second to none in the industry for laser
printers. They have been active in creating other printer languages and utilities as well, such as PJL, a
JCL type language and utility.
26.12 Print Session Report
Print Session Report
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
249
The Print Session report summarizes all records in a selected print session. Details include recipient
name, TIN, address, account number, individual box amounts and the record's print status.
To generate this report
1. On the task panel select the Forms & Printing section and the Print Tax Forms icon. Use the
Current Form drop down menu to select the form type to process.
2. At the Completed Print Session List highlight a print session and click the "View/Print Session
Report" button. Click "Yes" to preview the report.
26.13 Printed Status
Printed Status
1099 Pro assigns a print status to all records. To determine a record's status go to the "Work with My
Tax Forms" screen and refer to the Status column.
Print Status Overview
Printed: Records receive a printed status after selecting "I have printed and verified my red Copy A
forms..." at the last step of the Print Wizard. These records are available for inclusion in a 1096
transmittal. To modify a printed record you must first reset its print status to pending.
To reset this status for an individual record to make a revision, go to the Enter, Update & View
screen, highlight the record and click the "Delete" button. At the Protected Form Update Options
Screen select "Reset to Pending".
To reset this status for a print session go to "Reports", "Print Sessions", highlight the print session
and click the "Reset Session" button.
Shortcut
1099 Pro includes a shortcut to assign "pending" records a "printed" status without actually printing the
records.
To update records to a printed status without physically printing any paper (Generate a false
printing session)
1. Follow the Print Wizard instructions through steps 1-4.
2. At step 5 select Preprinted forms as your paper type and do NOT select any copies to print.
3. Use the "Next" button to continue through the Print Wizard.
4. At the Print Summary screen, the Print Wizard will warn you that no copies have been selected to
print. Click "OK" to proceed and click the "Print" button.
5. At the Are these forms ready to send to the IRS? screen select "I have printed and verified my red
Copy A forms...". These records are assigned a printed status.
26.14 Printing Tax Forms Wizard
Printing Tax Forms Wizard
To print forms
1. On the task panel select the Forms & Printing section and the Print Tax Forms icon. Use the Current Form
drop menu to select the form type to process.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
250
1099 Pro® 2014
2.
At the Printing Tax Forms screen choose the method to select pending forms for print:
All pending forms for the current filer (default selection)
All pending forms for all filers
Manually select forms for the current filer (this option allows you to tag individual records)
All pending forms for selected filer (this option allows you to tag individual filers for this print session)
Note: 1099 Pro now contains a feature called Form Session Limits which provides with extra filtering
options when printing forms.
3.
To print corrected forms (if any have been created) mark the "Process and Print Corrected Forms Instead of
Originals" checkbox. See About Corrections.
4.
Click the "Begin Print Process" button to access the Print Wizard.
5.
Select processing options for any records with errors or warnings at the Confirm Processing screen.
Please note that filing records with missing or invalid data may result in the record being rejected by the
IRS. If your data contains no errors or warnings this screen will not appear.
6.
The Print Wizard displays the number of recipients selected for printing. To verify these recipients,
amounts, or other information you are encouraged to first run a Control Totals report. To proceed with the
Print Wizard click "Next". Use the "Back" button at any time to go back a step.
7.
Select Printer and Paper Type:
Review the selected printer and change if necessary
Choose your paper type; Preprinted laser forms or Blank stock forms.
8.
Select the copies you want to print.
The Combined Print option, available when printing to Blank stock, prints all recipient copies and
instructions on one sheet of paper
Did you know that 1099 Pro offers a special 3-up recipient version of Form 1099-MISC? Select
Blank stock and Combined Print to preview!
Review various ways to safeguard TINs.
9.
Select a sort order to print forms:
By Last Name/Company Name (default)
By TIN
By Zip Code (use to pre sort mailings for the post office)
By State Abbreviation
10.
Indicate your preview preference.
Ask me before processing each copy (default)
Yes, preview each selected copy type without asking me
No, send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them
11. Review print summary and if satisfied, click "Print" to begin printing. The Print Wizard pauses before
printing each copy to prompt you to load the appropriate form into the printer.
12. Indicate if forms are ready to send to the IRS:
Select "I haven't printed my red Copy A yet..." if you are still printing copies of these records. These
records have a pending status and are available for edits and further printing.
Select "I have printed and verified my red Copy A forms..." after printing/approving all copies of these
records. These records are assigned a printed status and are now ready to generate a 1096
transmittal.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
251
13. Click "Finish" to exit the Print Wizard.
26.15 Puerto Rico compliant tax forms (CS version only)
Puerto Rico compliant tax forms
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
1099 Pro Corporate Suite (CS) software supports enhanced Puerto Rico form Printing from the
desktop as well as ASP web interface.
This section of the help file will assist you with printing tax forms that are acceptable in Puerto Rico. This
feature is accessible in either the "Quick Print" or "Print tax forms" sections of the software. Additionally,
Puerto Rico compliant tax forms can also be printed from our ASP interface, specifically via the quick
print function in the software. Please see the section of the help file called, “For Puerto Rico Printing via
the ASP web interface” for more information.
The following information is for the Corporate Suite software. Please see below for instructions
on printing Puerto Rico forms.
These steps are to be used when you are asked to select what type of paper to use in either the "Quick
Print" or "Print tax forms screen". To Print 1099-R’s on approved Puerto Rico forms in the CS software:
1. From either the "Quick Print" screen or the "Print Tax Forms" screen, select “Pressure Seal/ACL”
when asked to "Select the type of paper you want to print on".
2. Click on "Puerto Rico 480.7C".
3. Click the "Select" button.
4. Click the "Print Now" button.
Since there are multiple pages required for a Puerto Rico 1099-R compatible printout (6 pages per
recipient), it is recommended that you put the printer in duplex mode before printing. Currently address
information is spaced to fit into an 8888-1 envelope. If needed 1099 Pro can create a template for the
address information to be displayed properly with other envelopes.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
252
1099 Pro® 2014
To Print 1099-Int’s on approved Puerto Rico forms:
1. Select “Pressure Seal/ACL” when asked to "Select the type of paper you want to print on".
2. Click “Puerto Rico 480.7A No PR Tax W/H” to print 1099-Int Puerto Rico forms without Tax withheld
for Puerto Rico, or Select “Puerto Rico 480.7A PR Tax W/H” to print 1099-Int Puerto Rico forms with
Tax withheld for Puerto Rico.
3. Click the "Print Now" button.
Since there are multiple pages required for a Puerto Rico printout (4 pages per recipient), it is
recommended that you put the printer in duplex mode before printing. Currently address information is
spaced to fit into an 8888-1 envelope. If needed 1099 Pro can create a template for the address
information to be displayed properly with other envelopes.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
253
To Print 1099-Misc’s on approved Puerto Rico forms:
1. From either the "Quick Print" screen or the "Print Tax Forms" screen, select “Pressure Seal/ACL”
when asked to "Select the type of paper you want to print on".
a. Select “Puerto Rico 480.6A Corp/Partners” to print 1099-Misc Copy A Puerto Rico forms for
Corporations or Partnerships.
b. Select “Puerto Rico 480.6B Corp/Partners” to print 1099-Misc Copy B Puerto Rico forms for
Corporations or Partnerships .
c. Select “Puerto Rico 480.6A Individuals” to print 1099-Misc Copy A Puerto Rico forms for Individuals.
d. Select “Puerto Rico 480.6B Individuals” to print 1099-Misc Copy B Puerto Rico forms for Individuals.
2. Click "Select".
3. When you are done selecting the type of form you want to print, click "Print Now".
Note: Since there are multiple pages required for a Puerto Rico printout (4 pages per recipient), it is
recommended that you put the printer in duplex mode before printing. Currently address information is
spaced to fit into an 8888-1 envelope. If needed 1099 Pro can create a template for the address
information to be displayed properly with other envelopes.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
254
1099 Pro® 2014
To Print 5498’s on approved Puerto Rico forms:
1. From either the "Quick Print" screen or the "Print Tax Forms" screen, select “Pressure Seal/ACL”
when asked to "Select the type of paper you want to print on".
2. Click "Puerto Rico 480.7".
3. Click "Print Now".
Since there are multiple pages required for a Puerto Rico printout (6 pages per recipient), it is
recommended that you put the printer in duplex mode before printing. Currently address information is
spaced to fit into an 8888-1 envelope. If needed 1099 Pro can setup a template for the address
information to be displayed properly with other envelopes.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
255
For Puerto Rico Printing via the ASP web interface.
The 1099-R, 1099-Misc, 1099-INT or 5498 Puerto Rico tax form can be printed using the "Quick Print"
option in the ASP interface.
1. Click on the record that needs to be printed.
2. Click on the "Quick Print" button on the bottom left corner of your screen.
3. Make sure the box to the left of the "Use Puerto Rico 480.x format instead of US format" is checked.
The filing state on the record being printed must be Puerto Rico otherwise the following option will not
appear:
Click the printed form type that you would like and click "Print Now" button to begin the print process.
26.16 Quick Print
Quick Print
1099 Pro makes it easy to quickly print a tax form using the Quick Print feature within the Enter, Update
and View Screen.
To quick print a session from 1099 Pro Software
1. On the task panel select the Work With My Tax forms icon. Use the Current Form drop down menu
to select the form type to print.
2. Highlight an existing record and click the "Quick-Print Form" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
256
1099 Pro® 2014
3. At the Print Options screen select the paper type; Preprinted forms, or Blank stock.
If selecting pre-printed forms, adjust margin alignment as necessary.
4. Indicate your preview preference:
Ask me before processing each copy (default)
Yes, preview each selected copy type without asking me
No, send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them
5. Select the sort order to print forms (this field is ghosted if the print session contains only one
record):
By Last Name/Company Name (default)
By TIN
By Zip Code (use to pre sort mailings for the post office)
By State Abbreviation
6. When satisfied with all entries click the "Print Now" button. Click "Close" to exit this screen.
To quick print a session from Corporate Suite
1. On the task panel select the Work With My Tax Forms Tax Forms or icon. Use the Current Form
drop down menu to select the form type to print.
2. Highlight an existing record and click the "Quick-Print Form" button.
3. At the Print Options screen select the paper type; Preprinted forms, or Blank stock.
If selecting pre-printed forms, adjust margin alignment as necessary.
4. Indicate your preview preference:
Ask me before processing each copy (default)
Yes, preview each selected copy type without asking me
No, send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them
5. Select the sort order to print forms (this field is ghosted if the print session contains only one
record):
By Last Name/Company Name (default)
By TIN
By Zip Code (use to pre sort mailings for the post office)
By State Abbreviation
6. When satisfied with all entries click the "Print Now" button. Click "Close" to exit this screen.
Also see Recipient Lookup Feature
26.17 Reprint Print Sessions
Reprint Print Sessions
1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint a print session.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
257
To reprint a print session
1.
On the task panel select the Forms & Printing section and the Print Tax Forms icon. Use the Current Form
drop menu to select the form type to process.
2.
At the Completed Print Session List highlight a print session and click the "Reprint Session" button.
3.
At the Print Options screen select the paper type; Preprinted forms, or Blank stock .
If selecting pre-printed forms, adjust margin alignment as necessary.
4.
Indicate your preview preference:
Ask me before processing each copy (default)
Yes, preview each selected copy type without asking me
No, send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them
5.
Select the sort order to print forms (this field is ghosted if the print session contains only one record):
By Last Name/Company Name (default)
By TIN
By Zip Code (use to pre sort mailings for the post office)
By State Abbreviation
6.
Enter an optional message to print in the upper right corner of the form(s).
7.
When satisfied with all entries click the "Print Now" button. Click "Close" to exit this screen.
To reprint an individual record, as opposed to an entire print session, see Reprint a Record.
26.18 Reprint Records
Reprint Records
1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint an individual record from a print session.
To reprint a single record
1. At the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen highlight any record with a Printed or 1096 Filed print
status. Click the "Change" button.
2. At the Protected Form Update Options screen click the "Reprint this Form" button.
3. At the Print Options screen select the paper type; preprinted laser, or blank stock
If selecting preprinted laser forms adjust margin alignment as necessary.
4. Indicate your preview preference:
Ask me before processing each copy (default)
Yes, preview each selected copy type without asking me
No, send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
258
1099 Pro® 2014
5. The "Select the Sort Order to Print Forms" field is ghosted because only one record is selected for
print.
6. Enter an optional message to print in the upper right corner of the form.
7. When satisfied with all entries click the "Print Now" button. Click "Close" to exit this screen.
To reprint a group of forms, see Group Actions
To reprint an entire print session, as opposed to an individual record, see Reprint Print Session.
See Advanced Print Options.
26.19 Reset Print Session
Reset Print Session to Pending
Only print sessions with a printed* status may be reset. Resetting a session will reset ALL records to
pending status. This is usually for making a revision to a tax form. For Example: an incorrect address, a
dollar amount, or a TIN number...etc.To reset an individual record see Print Status.
To reset session
1. On the task panel select the Forms & Printing section and click the "Print Tax Forms" icon. Use the
Current Form drop down menu to select the form type to process.
2. At the Completed Print Session List highlight a print session and click the "Reset Session" button.
3. 1099 Pro prompts, "Are you sure you want to reset these records to pending status?" Click "Yes" to
proceed or "No" to cancel.
* After a print session is filed, you must first void the 1096 transmittal and then you may reset the print
session.
26.20 Troubleshoot Printer Issues
Troubleshoot Printer Issues
Margin Limitations
1099 Pro prints to most Windows compatible printers, subject to the printer's margin limitations. If your
bottom margin is greater than 1/3-inch you may not be able to print data at the bottom of the page or you
may have to print 2 forms to a page. Check your printer's manual and/or Maximum Printable Area for
your BubbleJet, Deskjet, Inkjet or Laserjet if you have questions.
Preprinted forms accepting up to a 1/2-inch bottom margin: 1099-MISC, 1099-R
Preprinted forms requiring 1/3-inch or less bottom margin: 1098, 1098-T, 1099-DIV, 1099-INT, 1099PATR, 1099-S, 5498, 1099-B (Needs 1/36-inch additional room at the bottom margin.)
Data Truncation
1099 Pro recommends a 1/5-inch (0.20) bottom margin when printing to blank paper. Data truncation
occurs if bottom margin is greater than 1/3-inch. Suggested work around is to print 2 forms to a page
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Printing Overview
259
instead of 3 forms per page.
Postscript Drivers
1099 Pro prints to almost all printers. When opting to print to blank paper, the forms and/or fonts may
print too large or otherwise print strangely. This is typically due to printing with a postscript driver. To
resolve this situation try printing to a PCL 5, PCL 6, EMF or any other non-postscript driver.
Help File Print Problems
Some print drivers may have difficulty printing hot spot or jump items. For example, instead of printing a
dotted or solid line underneath the hot spot/jump item, only a blank line prints. To resolve this issue
install an HP 4L print driver and set it as the default printer.
Default Printer
1099 Pro may default to a specific printer. Always review the selected printer while choosing your paper
type in the Print Wizard. To switch printers use the "Select a Different Printer or Port" button to access
the "Print Setup" screen.
Random Errors
Occasionally a virus checker (e.g., Norton, McAfee) can corrupt the 1099 Pro installation and cause
random, inexplicable errors. If this is happens, backup your data files, perform a custom uninstall and
then reinstall the software with the virus checker disabled.
12 CPI (characters per inch)
1099 Pro prints at 12 CPI to allow the maximum number of characters per field (e.g., 36 characters in a
name field). Accordingly, your printer must be set at 12 CPI. To set your printer either:
Adjust the front panel of the printer manually by setting the CPI to 12 and selecting a font like
Courier. Do not select a proportional font or the IRS may fine you $50 for each form!, or
On your Windows desktop click "Start", "Settings", "Printers" and highlight the printer. Right click
your mouse, select "Properties" and click the "Device Options" tab if available (may not be
available). You must know what control code(s) will set your printer to 12 CPI. For example, in the
case of many Epson printers hit the <ESC> key, type an uppercase M, and <ESC>M then displays
in the box. This may differ for your printer.
Generic Print Driver
If 1099 Pro indicates your driver is obsolete then consider installing an additional print driver.
Go to the Windows Machine connected to the printer. Click "Start", "Settings", "Printers" and "Add
Printer". In the left window select "Generic" and then "Next". Keep your existing driver, select LPT1 (if
appropriate) and name the printer "Generic12CPI". Indicate this is NOT the default printer and if
prompted, provide the computer with your Windows CD. After installing this new print driver verify paper
size is 8½-inch x 11-inch and dip switches are off.
If you are on a Windows Network you must install this "Generic12CPI" driver on the computer connected
to the printer and allow sharing. To allow sharing click "Start", "Settings", "Printers", right click on
"Generic12CPI" and select "Sharing".
26.21 View Selected Records
View the Records Selected for this Process
This screen will give you a preview of the records selected for this print process. This information is also
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
260
1099 Pro® 2014
available via log reports.
27
Pressure Seal Forms
Pressure Seal Forms
Support
To meet the needs of customers who are printing out high volumes of 1099 and W2 forms 1099 Pro, Inc.
has added the ability to print to pressure seal forms in our 1099 Pro & W2 Pro Professional and
Enterprise products. Several different formats of pressure seal forms are available from 1099 Pro, Inc. Our
W2 Pro, 1099 Professional and Enterprise software will be able to print on any of those forms and if there
is a pressure seal form which you would prefer to use that is not already a listed printing option in the
software, contact our Service Bureau and we'll customize the software to accommodate you and your
choice of form(s).
Trouble Shooting
Customers may experience issues when attempting to print on the large 8.5" x 14" pressure seal forms.
If the printer software is not configured correctly during the print process after selecting pressure seal
forms (any 8.5 x 14" form either preprinted or blank) you will find that it appears that the printer is
squashing the graphics and text. The reason: The default setting for most printers is 8.5" x 11" letter
paper. In order for the text and graphics to appear properly on the 8.5 x 14" paper you should select legal
for the paper format. If you are unsure about how to select legal paper during the print process you will
want to contact your printer manufacturer.
27.1
Pressure Seal and Alternate Printing Formats
Currently Supported Pressure Seal and Alternate
Printing Formats
These are the various format and printing methods that are currently supported by by 1099 Pro
Form Type
1098
1098
Company
Moore
Wallace
TFP Data
System
Relyco
1098
Relyco
1098
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
1098
1098
5498
5498
Print Style
Format
MW356
8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z fold
Pressure Seal
5116 Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z fold
Seal
PSB11Z
8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z fold
Pressure Seal
PS356 Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z fold
Seal
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on
Form Desc
Instructions, Copy B
Instructions, Copy B
Instructions, Copy B
Instructions, Copy B
Copy B, Instructions
Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
on Back
Copy B, Instructions
Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Pressure Seal Forms
1042-S
1042-S
1098-C
1098-E
1098-E
1098-T
1098-T
1098-T
1099-A
1099-A
1099-B
1099-B
1099-C
1099-C
1099-CAP
1099-CAP
1099-DIV
1099-DIV
1099-DIV
1099-DIV
1099-G
1099-G
1099-H
1099-H
1099-INT
1099-INT
1099-INT
1099-INT
1099-MISC
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Payer
Combined
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb.
Moore
Wallace
Alternate
Comb
MooreWallace
Relyco
MooreWallace
261
Stock
MW1242
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, Eccentric Copies B, C, D with Preprinted
Z Fold
Instructions
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, C, D. Print Instructions
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
Separately
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 2 Panels Per Copy C, B. Instructions, Address
Stock
Side
on Back
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
N11Z Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z fold Copy B, Instructions - Maximum
Seal
4 Filer Lines
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Seal
MW352
8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z Fold Instructions, Copy B
Pressure Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
Blank Stock
8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided
Copy C Payer, Instructions
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold
Seal
5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
MW 351
8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z Fold
Pressure Seal
PSB11Z
8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z Fold
Pressure Seal
N11C Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, C Fold
Seal
Copy B, Instructions
Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
on Back
Copy B, Instructions
Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
on Back
Copy B, Instructions
Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
on Back
Instructions, Copy B
Instructions, Copy B
Copies.2, B, Instructions
262
1099 Pro® 2014
1099-MISC
1099-MISC
1099-MISC
1099-OID
1099-OID
1099-PATR
1099-PATR
1099-Q
1099-Q
1099-R
1099-R
1099-S
1099-S
1099-SA
1099-SA
5498-ESA
5498-ESA
5498-SA
5498-SA
MISC
MISC
MISC
MISC
MISC
W-2
W-2
W-2
W-2
W-2
Alternate 5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy 2, B Instructions, Address
Comb.
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
Moore
N11Z Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z Fold Copy B, Instructions
Wallace
Seal
Std Register 775 Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Max 4 Copy 2, B, Instructions on Back
Seal
Filer Lines
Preprinted
Moore
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Wallace
Seal
Alternate 5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Comb.
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
Moore
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Wallace
Seal
Alternate 5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Comb.
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
Moore
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Wallace
Seal
Alternate 5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Comb.
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
Moore
MW1304
8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, 2, C
Wallace
Pressure Seal
Alternate 5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, C, 2 - Print Instructions
Comb.
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
Separately
Moore
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Wallace
Seal
Alternate 5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Comb.
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
Moore
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Wallace
Seal
Alternate 5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Comb.
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
Moore
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Wallace
Seal
Alternate 5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Comb.
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
Moore
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Wallace
Seal
Alternate 5145 Blank
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy B, Instructions, B, Address
Comb.
Stock
side 1, addresses on side 2
on Back
TFP Data 5113 Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z fold Copies 2, B with Preprinted
System
Seal
Instructions
Moore
MW 353
8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z fold Copies 2, B with Preprinted
Wallace
Pressure Seal
Instructions
Nelco
LMISCPSB Press 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z fold Copies 2, B with Preprinted
Seal
Instructions
Relyco
PS353 Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, Z fold Copies 2, B with Preprinted
Seal
Instructions
Moore
N11EZ Pressure 8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided, EZ Fold Copy B, Instructions
Wallace
Seal
Relyco
PS1287 (TX814/ 8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, Eccentric Box Quad, Copies B, C, 2, 2, w/
W4)
Z Fold
Instructions
Relyco
PS1289 (TX814/ 8 1/2"x 14", Single Sided, Eccentric Box Quad, Copies B, C, 2, 2, w/
W4B)
Z Fold
Instructions
TFP
5224
8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, Eccentric Box Quad, Copies B, C, 2, 2, w/
Z Fold
Instructions
TFP
5225
8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, Eccentric Box Quad, Copies B, C, 2, 2, w/
Z Fold
Instructions
Moore
MW1288
8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, Eccentic Horizontal Quad, Copies B, C, 2,
Wallace
Z Fold
2 w/Instr
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Pressure Seal Forms
W-2
MW1286
W-2
Moore
Wallace
TFP
W-2
TFP
5227
W-2
Moore
Wallace
Alt Recip
Comb
Alt Payer
Comb
Alt Recip
Comb
MW1301
W-2G
W-2G
W-2G
27.2
263
5145 Blank
Stock
Blank Paper
8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, Eccentic Horizontal Quad, Copies B, C, 2,
Z Fold
2
8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, Eccentric Horizontal Quad, Copies B, C, 2,
Z Fold
2
8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, Eccenric Horizontal Quad, Copies B, C, 2,
Z Fold
2 w/Instr
8 1/2" x 14", Single Sided, Eccentric Horizontal 3-Up, Copies B, 2, C
Z Fold
w/Instr
8 1/2" x 11", Duplex, 3 panels on Copy C, B, 2. Instructions,
side 1, addresses on side 2
Address on Back
8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided
Copy D, Page 1 of W-9
Blank Paper
8 1/2" x 11", Single Sided
5228
Copies C, B, 2, No Instructions
Pressure Seal and Alternate Printing Tutorial
Pressure Seal and Alternate Printing Tutorial
This tutorial assumes that you have completed entering tax forms into the software and are ready to
print. If your Forms & Printing box has been minimized simply click the drop down icon on the right hand
of the box and proceed with the tutorial.
1. To begin, select "Print Tax Forms" from the Forms & Printing box.
2. You have several options to choose from at this point.
"ALL Pending forms for the CURRENT filer": This option will include pending forms for the
current filer.
"Manually select forms for the CURRENT filer": This option will allow you to select forms for
the filer that you currently have selected.
"ALL Pending forms for ALL Filers": This option will automatically select ALL pending forms
for ALL Filers.
"ALL Pending forms for SELECTED Filers": This option will select all pending forms for the
Filers that you select.
3. Once you have chosen the method that suits your needs click the "Begin print Process" button. If you
chose "Manually select forms for the CURRENT filer" you will be presented with this screen. From
here you can "Tag" which forms you would like to print, once you are done choosing forms click
"Proceed to next step". If you selected "ALL Pending forms for SELECTED Filers" you will be
presented with this screen where you must tag all Filers that you would like to print pending forms for.
Once you are done, click "Proceed to next step" to continue.
4. Now you will be shown how many recipients will have forms printed for them, once you have confirmed
this is the correct amount click on the "Next" button to continue.
5. Now, select "Pressure Seal/Alternate Combined Layouts for recipient combined copies" and click
"Next" to continue.
6. Now you will be given a list of forms you can print to, once you have chosen your appropriate form
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
264
1099 Pro® 2014
press the "Select" button to continue.
7. Now you will see the brief overview of the form type that you have selected. If this is correct click the
"Next" button to proceed. If this is not the form type that you will be printing on click on "Select the
pressure Seal Format to use" and you will be taken you back to the the prior step. If you have chosen
to print to Pre-printed forms you will be given the option to adjust the alignment on the printouts, you
may want to print a test alignment page if you have a high volume of forms to print out. To do so press
the "Print a Test Alignment Page now" button, once you are satisfied with your adjustments press the
"Next" button to continue. Now you can choose what methods your forms will be sorted by:
By Last Name/ Company Name
Sorts the recipient by their Last Name, of their Company name if not an individual.
By TIN (EIN or SSN), then Last Name/First Name and account
Sorts the recipients by their Tax identification Number (EIN or SSN)
By Zip Code (U.S., then Canada, then foreign)
Groups the forms by the recipients Zip Code. Use this option if you need to pre-sort
mailings for the Post Office
By State Abbreviation (U.S., then Canada, then foreign)
By Account Number, then Last Name
Recipients with missing account information will print before actual account numbers.
8. Once you have chosen your preferred method click on the "Next" button to continue
9. Here you will be given the option to preview the forms prior to them being printed. Choose "Yes,
preview each selected copy type without asking me" if you would like to see the forms before being
printed and click the "Next" button to proceed.
10.Here you will be see the summary for all the options before you are done printing. If everything looks
correct click "Print" to begin your printing process. Below are the advanced options that may be
accessed by clicking on the "Advanced Options" button.
11.Here you will be given the option to have a customized message print along with every form, you have
the option of typing in your own message, or clicking on the drop down tab to select a pre-prepared
message.
The options are:
Revised and Reissued
Corrected and Reissued
Replacement copy
Duplicate Copy per request
You may also Force an "X' in the Corrected box on all forms."
You can "force an "X" in the Void box. The void box is not on all forms.
As well as "Print "0.00" instead of blanks for all zero amounts."
12.Note: Checking these boxes does NOT create a correction OR void form. Please see the sections on
creating a correction or a void. Below are advanced options for the fine tuning of where the Filers and
Recipients address will print, if you are using non-standard windowed envelopes this will help you
adjust the printout so that it is readable on the outside of the form.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Queries
28
265
Queries
Queries
1099 Pro offers predefined queries to filter your data. The Current Query drop down menu is available at
the "Work with My Tax Forms", Browse the Filers File and Browse the Recipients File screens.
Pre-defined Queries include:
Corrections (Filed)
Corrections (Not Filed)
Errors and Warnings
Filed Original Forms
Forms with Notes
Pending Original Forms
Printed Original Forms
Voided Original Forms
Recipient
Has notes
Only SSN
Only EIN
TIN non standard
Foreign, Canada, US for various addresses.
Open W-9s
Any W-9s
Filer:
Has notes
SSN
EIN
Combined Fed/State filing program
28.1
Custom Query using Manual Override
Custom Query using Manual Override
To define a custom query using the manual override feature follow the steps below. To allow for even
more customization in defining a custom query, sophisticated users can quickly build expressions from
scratch using the Expression Builder which has additional Date and Function Categories.
1. At the Query Wizard Field Selection window, click the "Manual" button in the lower left of the
window.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
266
1099 Pro® 2014
2. In the Query Wizard Manual Override screen you may choose pre-selected fields from the "field
list.". To open the Expression Builder click [...] to the right of the Field List.
Data and function categories: Select the category of the function to be applied in this column.
Data and function names: Contains a list of logical expressions to be applied to the query. A
logical expression consists of a field, operator and value.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Queries
267
Validate: This button will compile and determine if the current expression has been constructed
properly.
Clear: Removes the contents of the current expression from the expression builder main screen.
Insert: Inserts the currently highlighted "Data and function name" into the Expression Builder
Window.
Ok: Executes the "Validate" feature to check the validity of the expression and saves your
expression.
Cancel: Closes the expression builder and returns you to the Query Wizard "Field Selection screen.
Once you have saved your expression, you can select it form the "Current Query" drop-down menu at
any time.
28.2
Custom Query Wizard
Custom Query Wizard
The Query Wizard allows custom access to your data via an intuitive wizard driven interface. All users
can quickly create and save customized queries and then re-use those queries.
1. Select the drop down menu for "Current Query" and select "Custom Query" from the list.
2. At the Query wizard screen select a field from the list below. (i.e. Recipient State or Province) and
click "next".
Note: please view the linked popup for additional information on the values for the fields Form Status,
Voided, Correction Type & Error Status values.
3. At the Operation Selection screen, select the operator (i.e. is Equal To) and click "Next".
4. At the value entry screen determine the value which will be used to complete the expression. (i.e.
Select "Constant Value" and in the "Recipient State or Province is Equal To" field type in the letters
CA for the state of California)
As an option you may process the query using "Compare Using Case Sensitive Matching" by
placing a check in the box below.
Click "Next".
5. Click Finish to save your changes and run the query.
At this finish screen you may add any additional selection criteria as needed.
You can select the "Change" button to change your current query or you can select the Delete
button to delete the current query and begin a new query.
After clicking "finish" you are prompted to save the query you created. Click "Yes" to save and
type a query name or click "No" to bypass saving a query name and display the results of the
current query.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
268
28.3
1099 Pro® 2014
Select a User
Select a User
The Select a User screen displays all users. Use to select an individual user for querying or reporting
purposes.
28.4
‘Ask For’ Dynamic Expressions (CS Version only)
Using Common ‘Ask For’ Dynamic Expressions
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Basic Use
All ‘AskFor…’ tokens are a single word with no spaces or other punctuation. They are not case
sensitive, but it is highly recommended that they are entered using the capitalization as shown in this
document as it makes the queries much easier to read and understand.
Manual Query: Click on the ‘Manual’ button and just use the “AskFor…” string where desired.
Examples:
o RcpTIN = AskForText
o DateLastEdit > AskForDate
o DateCreated BETWEEN AskForDateRange
TIP: Date and Time ranges must be entered manually as shown above.
Using the Query Wizard, there is really only one thing that must be done! On the 3rd step (“Value
Entry”), you must use the ‘Expression’ option as shown below, or else the ‘AskFor…’ token will be
treated as if it is the actual value to use. The bottom line is that your query will never find anything or
even trigger an invalid query response/error from the database (see below for tips on fixing invalid
queries.) If the ‘Expression’ option is disabled, then you must create the query manually.
Once the query is create/saved, every time it is run it will ask the end user for the value to use
(substitute) where the ‘AskFor…’ expression was in the query. To resubmit the query with a different
value, just click on the ‘Redo’ button under the “Current Query:” prompt and it will ask for a new value (or
set of values) to use before resubmitting the query. You can also press F5 (refresh) to redo a query.
This makes it very simple to repeat a query with new values to browse, update or report.
Removing a Query
To view all records again, you can either select ‘All records’ on the query list or click on the ‘Undo’ button
to the left of the ‘Redo’ button.
Restrictions
Currently, you can have multiple different ‘AskFor…’ expressions in the same query, but not the same
one multiple times. For example, you can have a query like this:
DatePrinted = AskForDate AND RcpLName = AskForText
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Queries
269
But not one like this:
RcpLName = AskForText AND RcpFName = AskForText
At some point in the future, these restrictions will probably be lifted.
Workaround: For text and numbers you can use the from/thru variants of the same type as additional
tokens. For example:
RcpLName = AskForText OR RcpLName = AskForFromText OR RcpLName = AskForThruText
TIP: Each ‘AskFor…’ token will cause its own window to pop up, so multiple tokens can result in a
succession of prompt windows before the query is completed and applied.
Available “AskFor…” Tokens
AskForText
Requests any type of text/string value. For example, anything dealing with
names, addresses, TIN, account numbers or alphanumeric codes. Basically,
anything that is not explicitly a number or date. Prompt is “Text to use”.
AskForFromText
Same as “AskForText” except the prompt is “1st/From value”
AskForThruText
Same as “AskForText” except the prompt is “2nd/Thru value”
AskForDate
Requests a single date, with the popup calendar option. Defaults to current
date. Offers a number of presets such as
AskForFromDate
Same as “AskForDate” except the prompt is “1st/From date”
AskForThruDate
Same as “AskForDate” except the prompt is “2nd/Thru date”
AskForDateRange
Pops up the full date range query window, with calendars and quick-select
options for all of the common ranges (this year, this month, a particular month,
a quarter, etc.) or you can select any random range.
AskForNumber
Requests a single number and provides for decimals. Prompt is “Number/
Amount”.
AskForLowNumber
Same as “AskForNumber” except the prompt is “1st/Low number”
AskForHighNumber
Same as “AskForNumber” except the prompt is “2nd/High number”. These two
tokens can be combined to create a numeric range.
AskForTimeRange
Asks for starting and ending times within a single day. Offers a number of
quick-select options such as ‘Last 30 minutes’, ‘Midnight to 6AM’, ‘Before
Noon’ and so on.
NOTE: We are still enhancing the token process the make it even more intuitive. More tokens are
planned, as well. Check the online help or ask Pro for an updated list when you receive program
updates.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
270
29
1099 Pro® 2014
Reports
Reports
Troubleshooting
If while printing from the Report Filter and Forms Selection Options section you come across: (Example
Reports won't print.)
See Trouble-shooting Control Total Reports for more information
See Control Totals Reports for more information
Also See Form Counts and Forms Issued by Filers
29.1
Form Control Totals
Form Control Totals
The Control Totals report is an invaluable tool for reviewing recipient records. Information contained in this
report includes:
Form type
Filer's Name and TIN
Recipient's First Name, Last Name, TIN, Account Number and optionally, their Address
Individual record print status and date of last update
Box by box totals
Number of missing TINs and more....
To generate report
1. On the task panel click the Forms & Printing section. Select the form type to process and then click
the "Form Totals Reports" icon.
2. Report Filter and Form Selection Options - Choose a method for selecting records:
All pending forms for this filer
All forms for this filer (regardless of print status)
Use Query Wizard
Manually select records (tagging)
3. Error and Warning Messages - Choose how to print warnings and/or errors. (This option is ghosted if
the Summary Version report format is selected.)
4. Report Record Ordering Options - Choose how to sort the records:
By Last Name
By TIN
By Account Number, then Last Name
5. Report Format Options - Choose a report format:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Reports
271
Summary Version (lists recipient address and all dollar amounts but no text information and
limited checkbox data)
Extended Version (lists all information including recipient address and includes errors and
warnings)
6. Additional options include:
Custom notes (make comments, notes, etc. - prints on last page of report)
Print totals only (summary information only - displays no individual record information)
Print Preview (select Ask Me or Yes, otherwise report prints automatically)
7. When satisfied with your selections click "Print Now".
8. At the preview screen go to the last page to view the box by box totals.
29.1.1 Troubleshooting Control Totals
Troubleshooting Control Totals
If while printing from the Report Filter and Forms Selection Options section you come across: (Example
Reports won't print.)
Solution:
Verify that you have selected the correct form type (i.e. 1099-MISC) from the drop down arrow to the
left of the report.
Verify that you have specified the right status. (i.e. "All Original Forms" [Except Corrections]). This
means that every form regardless of the current form status will be displayed.
The "All Pending Forms" option will display forms that truly are in Pending Status. "The Pending
Corrections for this Filer" option does not appear in the View/Print Control Total Reports screen
unless you have a minimum of at least one form with a Corr/Pending status.
29.2
1099Pro State Quarterly E-File Wizard (CS version only)
1099 Pro State Quarterly eFile Wizard
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
This wizard will guide you through the simple process of generating State Quarterly eFile(s).
1. In order to begin this process first you must click on the "File via eFile or d..." under the "Filing &
Corrections" box.
2. Next, click on the "Quarterly State Reporting button"
Welcome to the State Quarterly eFile Wizard
3. This will begin the State Quarterly eFile Wizard. When you are done reading the welcome click on
"Next" to proceed.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
272
1099 Pro® 2014
Do you have the latest version of 1099 Pro?
4. You will then be prompted to check for updates before proceeding, if you have never checked for
updates it is HIGHLY recommended that you do so at this point, if you do not wish to check for
updates you may click on "Next" to continue.
Choose how forms will be selected for the State Quarterly eFile
5. You will now be given 3 options as to how you would like to generate your report. It is recommended
that you choose which forms you will be generating a report for, as not all forms are necessary in
every State. And selecting all forms can generate quite a few results.
ALL Forms for ALL Filers: This option will process ALL forms for EVERY filer that you have.
Selected Form types for ALL Filers:This option will process form for every Filer that you have
in your database, there will be no exceptions.
Selected Form types for selected Filers: Choosing this option will allow you to tag which
forms you wish to generate a report on and from which filer
6. Once you have chosen the option that applies best to you click on "Next" to continue.
Select Specific filers for the State Quarterly eFile process.
(This option will only appear if you Chose "Selected Form types for selected Filers" on the previous
screen.)
7. You will now be presented with all Filers in your database, at this point you may tag every filer that
you wish to process forms for. Once you are done click "next" to continue.
Select Specific tax form types for the State Quarterly eFile process.
(You will only be given this option if you chose either "Selected Form types for selected Filers" or
"Selected Form types for ALL Filers" from the "Choose how forms will be selected for the State Quarterly
eFile" screen.)
8. Here you will be able to "Tag" which forms you wish to generate a report for.
Select the States to generate files for...
9. Here you will need to "tag" the States you wish to generate reports for, once that is complete click
"next" to continue. It is recommended that only one state be selected at a time.
Specify the file type and transmission medium
10. On this screen you will be asked what quarter you wish to generate a report for.
Quarter 1 – Jan. 1st to Mar. 31st
Quarter 2 – Apr. 1st to Jun. 30th
Quarter 3 – Jul. 1st to Sep 30th
Quarter 4 – Oct. 1st to Dec. 31st
Yearly - Jan. 1st to Dec 31st (This applies to New York only)
11. You will also be given the option to select which form types to process.
Only Filed/Uploaded forms: This option is useful if you only wish to generate a report showing
completed reports, so that work is not duplicated.
Only Pending/Printed forms: This option is useful if you only wish to generate a report on forms
that are pending and need to be completed.
ALL forms: This option will allow will generate a report on all forms, regardless of their status.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Reports
273
Select destination folder for your State Quarterly eFile files...
12. This screen allows you to choose where the report you are generating will be saved, keep in mind
that the file name will be automatically be generated depending on what options you chose
beforehand, E.G. "CA Q3TAX 7-30-08 4-43PM.TXT".
Also you will be given the option to have a column depicting the State Withholding Summary
Report for the selected states.
Finally, there are 2 more options on the page.
Detail Report (lists all TIN plus totals): This option will place a column on the report showing the
Filers TIN as well as the totals.
Summary Report (totals only): This option will place a column on the report showing only the total.
13. Once you have selected which options you would like to display on your report click on "next" to
continue.
Verify Transmitter information for your State Quarterly eFile file
14. At this point the transmitter information for your State Quarterly eFile file will be displayed, this is the
last chance that you will have to alter the information that will be placed on the report prior to it being
generated. Once you are satisfied that the transmitter information is correct you may click on "next"
to continue.
Verify your Contact and Company information
15. This screen will allow you to review the Contact and Company information that will be displayed on
your report.
If you wish, you may alter this information, once you are done click on "next" to proceed.
Ready to generate State Quarterly eFile(s)
16. This screen will summarize some information for you, this will be the last point in which you may go
back and alter information prior to the generation of the report. You will see.
Transmitter name: This is the name of the transmitter that will be displayed on the report.
o TCC
o Selected Filers: This is how many filers will be placed on the report.
The form types that will be displayed on the report.
Selected states: This will show you all the States that will be displayed on your report.
Forms to process: This will show you which form you chose to process.
Only Filed/Uploaded forms: This option is useful if you only wish to generate a report showing
completed reports, so that work is not duplicated.
Only Pending/Printed forms: This option is useful if you only wish to generate a report on forms
that are pending and need to be completed.
ALL forms: This option will allow will generate a report on all forms, regardless of their status.
Type of File
File will be placed in: This will show you the directory on your computer where the report will be
placed once it has been generated.
17. Once you are done you may click "Finish" and a report will be generated and placed in the specified
directory.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
274
1099 Pro® 2014
18. If there are multiple files in that directory your report can be easily identified by the time and date
stamp in the file name.
29.3
945 Federal and State Balancing Report (CS version only)
945 Federal and State Balancing Report
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
The 945 Federal and State Balancing Report allows you to create a report or Excel spreadsheet showing
the Federal and/or State Withholding Tax for forms 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-R & W2-G. The report
will always give you the current amount of FIT or SIT to-date and the Cutoff date will allow you to adjust
the breakdown between Originals and Late Originals.
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
run a 945 Balancing Report, use the following steps:
From the menu bar, select the "Reports" option.
From the Reports list, select "945 Federal and State Balancing Report".
Please read the introduction to the report wizard and click "Next".
Select a Cutoff Date for the records that will be included in the report.
Select if you would like a Federal, State or Federal and State balancing report by placing a check in
the appropriate check box(es).
6. Select if you would like to process the report for "All Fliers" or "Select Filers".
7. Select if you would like to start a new page whenever the EIN changes by placing a check in the
appropriate check box.
8. Select your Report Type:
Default: The default report returns the FWT and/or SWT on all INT, MISC, R & W2-G forms created
prior to the cutoff date. The cutoff date defaults to the current date unless you override the date.
Comprehensive: This report can break up FWT and SWT on all INT, MISC, R & W2-G forms in the
following manner:
On or Prior to the cutoff date regardless if those forms are filed or not.
Late Originals created after the cutoff date.
Originals entered on or before the cutoff date.
Originals filed on or before the cutoff date.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Reports
275
9. Click on the "Next" button once you have made your selections.
10. At the "Generate a worksheet export file?" screen, decide whether or not you want to create an
export file where you want to save it. The spreadsheet is designed so that a user can work with
detailed totals by Department or with Filer totals by FEIN.
11. When you are finished, click on the "Finish" button to generate your report. This will create a file
that contains 2 dates and a time, the first date is the cutoff date, the second date is the date and
time when the report was created. (Example: "945 1099 Federal Balancing Report CD 12-21201412-21-2014 14-14-29.XLS") Cutoff Date Date that the report was created.
To access the form via the internet please click here.
29.4
Form Counts
Form Counts
This report generates a listing of all forms sorted by filer, detailed by print status. This report is very
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
276
1099 Pro® 2014
useful for tracking the status of your forms and determining if records contain any errors or warnings.
To generate report
1. At the menu bar click "Reports" and "Form Counts".
2. Click "Yes" to preview the report.
29.5
Forms Issued By Filer
Forms Issued by Filer
The Summary of Forms Issued by Filer provides detailed recipient information for all forms issued by the
selected filer(s).
To run a report
1. From the menu bar click "Reports and Forms Issued by Filer".
2. Click "Yes" to preview the report.
3. At the Browse the Filers File screen click the "Tag" button to select filers. A red checkmark appears
beside each tagged filer. To sort filers prior to tagging, use the View drop menu.
Review Tag Key Shortcuts
4. After tagging appropriate filers click "Proceed" to run the summary.
29.6
Import Map Reports
Import Map Reports
The Import Map report is an invaluable tool for reviewing import maps.
To View a Map Report
1. From the main screen in 1099 Pro, click on the "Import Forms" link in the navigation bar to the left,
or as an alternative, click on Utilities at the top, then click "Run the Import Wizard"
2. Click on "Use Standard/Custom Mapped Imports" ,on the Browse the Import Map List screen,
highlight the Import Map you created then click on the "View and/or Print Map" button. When asked
to preview, click "Yes".
Information contained in this report includes:
Form type
Creation Date and Time of the Import Map
Recipient's First Name, Last Name, TIN, Account Number and optionally, their Address
Individual record print status and date of last update
Creation Date and Time of the Report including the Network Station ID
Field Name, Field Type and Field Description...
To generate an Import Map report
1. From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the "Import Forms" link in the navigation bar to
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Reports
2.
3.
4.
5.
29.7
277
the left, or as an alternative, click on Utilities on the main menu, then click "Run the Import Wizard"
Click on "Use Standard/Custom Mapped Imports" ,on the Browse the Import Map List screen,
highlight the Import Map you created and then click on the "View and/or Print Map" button.
When prompted to Preview the Report click yes or you may click "NO" to send the report directly to
your default printer.
If you elected to Preview the Report, you can view the report on screen.
When satisfied with your selections click the printer icon to "Print Now".
Late Add/Corrections Report
Late Add/Corrections Report
The Late Add/Corrections report allows you to generate a report that reflects which Late Adds and
Corrections need to be filed or have been filed since a specified date. To generate a Late Add/Corrections
report, select the "Reports" option from the top menu.
29.8
Daily Totals Report by UserID
Daily Totals Report by UserID
The Daily Totals Report by UserID will display the total's for changes made via manual entry by UserID.
You will need to specify the date you want to check, and which filer's and/or specific forms you want to
be included in the report. This report is useful for verifying changes made to records by an individual user.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
278
30
1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
Scheduler Utility
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
The scheduler allows users to schedule unattended import, printing, posting of records, and reporting.
This will allow you to set long imports etc to run during off hours thereby increasing productivity and
decreasing load on your server during business hours.
Please review the help sections Administrative Configuration to set up the Scheduler prior to use and
Using the Scheduler for detail on creating and editing jobs.
30.1
Administrative Configuration
Scheduler Administrative Configuration
This section will walk you through configuring the scheduler's notification settings for the end users. To
access these options click "File", select "Security and Administration" then choose the "User Fields and
Email" option in the bottom left hand corner.
Once you are in the User Fields and Email screens you can configure the following areas:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
279
Set Email Server And Account
Manage Email Recipient Lists
Manage Automated Email Messages/Text
30.1.1 Set Email Server And Account
Setting Up the Scheduler Email Server and
Account
In order to have the scheduler e-mail notifications to you must configure these settings. If your e-mail
server is set up for anonymous relay then all options with the exception of "Server" are optional.
Server: Specify the location of your server using the domain name or IP address.
User Name: Supply the user name set up for the scheduler on your e-mail server.
User Password: Supply the password for the account set up for the scheduler on your e-mail server.
Send Account: Specify the e-mail address you would like the e-mail to appear as coming from. If this
address is not configured on your e-mail server any replies will be returned to the person replying.
30.1.2 Manage Email Recipient Lists
Managing Email Recipients
This screen displays the the e-mail addresses you can select for notification when a scheduled job is
complete. Here you may add, change, or delete recipients available for notification.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
280
1099 Pro® 2014
Please see the section titled Add or Update Scheduler Email Recipients for more information on adding
or changing an e-mail address.
30.1.2.1 Add or Update Scheduler Email Recipients
Adding or Updating an Email Recipient
After clicking "Add or "Change" on the Manage Email Recipient Lists you can enter or update a user's
Email Address and Display Name.
30.1.3 Manage Automated Email Messages/Text
Managing Automated Email Messages and Text
This option allows you to create, change and delete Email templates for scheduled jobs. By choosing
options under "Status of Request" and "Process Type" you can select which type of Email template you
wish to display. In addition to adding templates from this screen you can also do this during job creation.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
281
Please see the section Add or Update Email Templates for further detail on adding or changing an Email
template.
30.1.3.1 Add or Update Email Templates
Add or Update Email Templates
After clicking "Add or "Change" on the Manage Automated Email Messages/Text screen you can select
the criteria for the Email as well as enter a custom text to be sent to the Email Recipient Upon job
Completion, Failure, or Cancellation. You will need to create templates for every criteria you wish to
notify a recipient of.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
282
1099 Pro® 2014
30.1.3.2 Additional E-mail Contact Options for Import Jobs
Additional E-mail Contact Options
In addition to the notification e-mail set up during scheduled import jobs you can have notification sent to
users based off file name. In order to utilize this feature the import file you select must contain an e-mail
address(es) in the following formats.
[[email protected] Pro.com]
[[email protected] Pro.com; [email protected] Pro.com; [email protected] Pro.com] etc etc.
'[email protected] Pro.com'
'[email protected] Pro.com; [email protected] Pro.com; [email protected] Pro.com' etc etc.
Example file names:
"1099-Misc Import 2014 [[email protected] Pro.com].tab"
"1099-Misc Import 2014 '[email protected] Pro.com'.tab"
When using this option users will automatically be notified of the status of their import job regardless of
notification options set up when creating the job. These status e-mails will contain the import file name
and Import Session information.
30.2
Using the Scheduler (Browse Jobs)
Scheduling Jobs (Browse Jobs)
To access the Scheduler click "Utilities" then "Scheduler" from the menu bar. You must have
administrative rights within 1099 Pro to access the scheduler. This opens the "Browse Scheduled Jobs"
screen. Here you will be able to Add, Change, or Delete jobs as well as view any reports associated with
these jobs.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
283
30.2.1 Adding or Changing a Job
Adding or Changing a Job
By clicking "Add" or "Change" from the Browse Jobs screen you will enter into a wizard that will guide
you through the process of creating or editing a job within the scheduler. For more detail on the job types
select an option below:
Import into Database
Reports
30.2.1.1 Import Job
Adding an Import Job
1. Choose "Import into Database".
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
284
1099 Pro® 2014
2. Enter the name of Job, Initial Start date and Time as well as any dependencies (jobs that must be
completed prior to this one).
3. Select Job Frequency. Here you will be able to select how often the jobs are run. Please see Job
Frequency Detail for more in-depth information.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
285
4. Import Load and Post Parameters: Here you will define Import Load Parameters and Post Parameters
this will allow you define the criteria for loading and posting a record. Please see the Import section if
you need assistance creating an import map.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
286
1099 Pro® 2014
5. After defining your Load and Post Parameters your job is now ready to run!
30.2.1.2 Export Job
Adding an Export Job
1. Choose “Export out of Database”
2. Choose the type of Export to Schedule
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
287
3. Enter the name of the Job, Initial Start date and Time as well as any dependencies (jobs that must be
completed prior to this one.)
4. Select Job Frequency. Here you will be able to select how often the jobs are run. Please see Job
Frequency Detail for more in-depth information.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
288
1099 Pro® 2014
5. Export parameters: Here you will define Export parameters. Please see the Export section if you need
assistance creating an export map.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
289
30.2.1.3 Reprint Job
Adding Reprint Scheduler Job
1.
Choose “Reprint Tax Forms”
2.
Enter the name of Job, Initial Start date and Time as well as any dependencies (jobs that must
be completed prior to this one).
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
290
1099 Pro® 2014
3.
Select Job Frequency. Here you will be able to select how often the jobs are run. Please see
Job Frequency Detail for more in-depth information.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
4.
Add input/output location for processing.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
291
292
1099 Pro® 2014
5.
After defining Parameters, your job is now ready to run!
File Format
1.
The following naming convention is required for each tab delimited text file:
Reprint_MMDDYYYY_Seq#.txt
Eg: Reprint_03072012_Seq123456
Optional – even if you have no records to be reprinted, you may submit a text file with the
wording “NO DUPLICATE [Form Type] TAX FORM REQUESTS”, which will return a failed file containing
“No Duplicate Tax Form Requests.”
2.
Text File Format is TAB delimited with the following columns: (Header row optional)
o
o
o
o
o
o
Col 1 - Tax Year {e.g. 2010, or 2011, or 2012, etc.}
Col 2 - Form type {e.g. 1099-R, or 1099-DIV, or W-2, etc.}
Col 3 - Filer PCode {e.g. ABC123}
Col 4 - Recipient TIN {e.g. 324-23-2354 or 324232354}
Col 5 - Recipient Account Number {e.g. A323DAD23}
Col 6 - TIN Masking {e.g. 1 or 0} [Default = 0, No Mask]
0 = No Mask
1 = Mask
2 = pCode Filer Preference
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
293
30.2.1.4 Report Job
Adding a Report Job
1. Choose "Reports".
2. Select the Type of Report to Schedule
3. Enter the name of Job, Initial Start date and Time as well as any dependencies (jobs that must be
completed prior to this one).
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
294
1099 Pro® 2014
4. Select Job Frequency. Here you will be able to select how often the jobs are run. Please see Job
Frequency Detail for more in-depth information.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Scheduler Overview (CS Version only)
295
5. Define Report Parameters. See Reports for more details on report options.
6. After defining Report Parameters your job is now ready to run!
30.2.1.4.1 W2 Balance Report Wizard
Adding or changing a W2 Balancing Report
The W2 Balance Report wizard has options specific for form W2 to guide you through the process of
generating a state Balance Report for form W2.
30.2.1.5 Job Frequency Detail
Job Frequency Detail
This section will go into detail on the job frequency options available.
Daily
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
296
1099 Pro® 2014
Set start date and time the job will be run then select recurrence options.
Every day - Allows job to be run every day. By selecting this option you may also select options
to have the job repeat at specified intervals throughout the day.
WeekDays - Runs Monday-Friday
Every "X" days - Allows you to set a custom day interval for the job to run.
Weekly
Select how many weeks between each job.
Select the day(s) of the week to run this process on: Choose which days this job should run
on.
Monthly
Select the start Day or Select via the Day of Week
Select the months to run this process- Tag the months this process will be run in.
One Time Only
This job runs on the time and date specified one time only. If you specify a date in the past the job is run
immediately.
Return to Adding or Changing a Job
30.2.2 Browsing Reports
Browsing Reports
By highlighting a job from and clicking the "Browse Reports" button on the "Browse Jobs" screen you will
be able to review documentation related to the highlighted job by clicking "View Selected Report".
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Service Bureau Overview
31
297
Service Bureau Overview
Service Bureau Overview
Why should I use the Service Bureau?
NO customer has EVER incurred an IRS penalty due to an error on the part of 1099 Pro for information
filed late or in an incorrect format to the IRS/SSA! The 1099 Pro Service Bureau is proud to offer a wide
variety of services to registered users of 1099 Pro, all performed in our secure SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II
environment. We provide Printing & Mailing, Electronic Delivery, Web Presentment, Bulk TIN Matching,
and IRS Filing services to thousands of our users.
Our customers utilize the Service Bureau to save money, minimize administrative headaches, safeguard
their sensitive data, and benefit from our extensive experience. Whether you have a large or small job,
consider the cost savings and the value of a “job done right” during your busiest months of the year.
We've made the process simple:
1. Purchase the appropriate 1099 Pro software package for the type of form you wish to file.
2. Call or E-Mail our Service Bureau to schedule an appointment date. We must have your data by the
agreed upon appointment date to ensure that it is posted online, mailed or filed by the IRS deadline.
3. Manually enter or import your data into your 1099 Pro software.
4. Create an upload file within your 1099 Pro software.
5. E-Mail or FTP your encrypted upload file to us on or before your appointment date.
Customers are encouraged to schedule their upload appointments now! Rates and availability are not
guaranteed until your appointment is booked.
Contact the SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II Service Bureau
Contact the 1099 Pro Service Bureau team, to book your printing, mailing and/or electronic filing
appointment and for all Service Bureau related inquiries.
Phone: (866) 444-3559 (toll-free) or (818) 876-0200
E-Mail: [email protected] Pro.com
Internet: http://www.1099 Pro.com
Instant price estimates are available online at http://www.1099 Pro.com/servPricing.asp
Learn more about the Service Bureau Upload Process
31.1
Service Bureau Packages
1099 Pro Service Bureau Packages
These services are only available to 1099 Pro registered users.
The following standard options below are available.
Contact the 1099 Pro SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II Service Bureau – 866-444-3559, direct 818-876-0200, or
via email [email protected]
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
298
1099 Pro® 2014
Print and Mail Only: The 1099 Pro Service Bureau (SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II certified) will print
and mail recipient copies by the IRS due date. (Our pricing includes first-class US postage).
Electronic Filing Only: The 1099 Pro Service Bureau will file your data electronically with the
IRS on your behalf.
The Complete Package: The 1099 Pro Service Bureau will print and mail recipient copies and
file your data electronically with the IRS. (Our pricing includes first-class US postage).
Service Bureau Support for the IRS Bulk TIN Matching Program: The SSAE 16 SOC I
TYPE II Service Bureau as an authorized agent can submit TIN/Name combinations to the IRS
on behalf of our users and results are available to our customers within 24 hours! We encourage
our customers to use this service to correct serious errors like invalid TIN numbers that would
likely result in a 972CG, CP2100 or CP2100A notice from the IRS and possible penalties of
$100.00 per mismatch. Call to schedule a Bulk TIN appointment today – 866-444-3559.
TRA97 Compliance (Educational Institutions) 1098-T form: This option is unique to form
1098-T and designed for colleges/universities. The SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II 1099 Pro Service
Bureau prepares and mails the form 1098-T tuition statements and also files the forms
electronically with the IRS. Call for a quote 866-444-3559.
The following services are available to 1099 Pro users for an hourly fee or flat rate.
Contact the Service Bureau for more information toll free 866-444-3559 or email [email protected]
Custom WMF Files: Our team will design a detailed custom layout for your specific printing
needs including logo and/or statement design.
Custom Programming
Custom Reports
File Translation/Data Manipulation
Data Entry
Remote Hosting via the Internet
Full Service Provider
Corporate Suite Installation and Support
Filing to the States: Filing via the CFSF program is included free of charge in our Service
Bureau Package listed above. If additional state filing is required our Compliance Team can
assist you.
Corrections: Upload your corrections to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau via a secure FTP site, to
eliminate the tedious 1096 process. Electronic filing of corrections via the Service Bureau is a
$45 flat fee.
31.2
Service Bureau Overview & Upload Process
Service Bureau Overview
Why should I use the Service Bureau?
The 1099 Pro Service Bureau is proud to offer a wide variety of services to registered users of 1099 Pro,
all performed in our secure SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II environment.
We provide Printing & Mailing, Electronic Delivery, Web Presentment, Bulk TIN Matching, and IRS Filing
services to thousands of our users.
Our customers utilize the Service Bureau to save money, minimize administrative headaches, safeguard
their sensitive data, and benefit from our extensive experience.
Whether you have a large or small job, consider the cost savings and the value of a “job done right”
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Service Bureau Overview
299
during your busiest months of the year.
We've made the process simple:
1. Purchase the appropriate 1099 Pro software package for the type of form you wish to file.
2. Call or E-Mail our Service Bureau to schedule an appointment date. We must have your data by the
agreed upon appointment date to ensure that it is posted online, mailed or filed by the IRS deadline.
3. Manually enter or import your data into your 1099 Pro software.
4. Create an upload file within your 1099 Pro software.
5. E-Mail or FTP your encrypted upload file to us on or before your appointment date.
Contact the SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II Service Bureau
Contact the 1099 Pro Service Bureau team, to book your printing, mailing and/or electronic filing
appointment and for all Service Bureau related inquiries.
Phone: (866) 444-3559 (toll-free) or (818) 876-0200
E-Mail: [email protected] Pro.com
Internet: http://www.1099 Pro.com
Instant price estimates are available online at http://www.1099 Pro.com/servPricing.asp
Click here to learn more about the Service Bureau Upload Process
31.2.1 Step 1 - Creating an Upload File for Print/Mail or E-File
Step 1 - Creating an Upload File
Only records with a printed or pending print status are available for inclusion in an upload file. Refer to
the Form Counts Report for an overview of all forms and their respective statuses. In order for the Service
Bureau to submit your upload file to the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, each filer must have
the Combined Federal/State Filer check box marked PRIOR to creating your upload file. To review Filer
information see the Browse Filer screen.
Create an Upload File
1. If you wish to have the Service Bureau print and mail your forms, select the "via the Service
Bureau" link under the Printing and Mailing section on the left task bar. If you would like the
Service Bureau to electronically file your forms, then click the "via the Service Bureau" link under
the Filing My Forms section.
2. At the Printing, Mailing, Filing and Bulk TIN Matching screen click either the "Printing and
Mailing Upload" or "Filing with the IRS upload" depending on what action you want done.
3. At the Upload Wizard click "Next" to proceed. Use the "Back" button at any time to go back a
step.
4. We highly recommend you check for updates to this program before starting any printing or filing
process. That will ensure that you have the most recent version of the software and the process
will go as smoothly as possible. See Web Updates for more information
5. Choose a method for selecting eligible records.
ALL Forms for ALL Filers: This option automatically selects every eligible form for every
filer. If a particular form type has no eligible forms, that form type will be skipped.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
300
1099 Pro® 2014
Selected Form Types for ALL Filers: This option prompts you to select (tag) the form
types to include in this upload file. All filers will be processed.
Selected Form Types for Selected Filers: This option prompts you to select (tag) the filer
and the form types to include in this upload file.
6. Check for Upload Data Problems.
Click the "Scan Selected Forms for Common Formatting and Validation Problems." This
will scan your files to see if any of the selected forms contain any warnings or errors that
could cause those forms to be rejected.
7. Select the destination folder:
The default location is C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Uploads.
8. For Filing with the IRS Select the overall Upload file type:
Original (first) upload to the Service Bureau.
o Choose this option if this is the first time you have uploaded your files for the selected
task. This is the standard option.
Replacement upload
o This option should only be used if you have been in contact with the Service Bureau
and they have instructed you to upload a set of tax forms again. Normally, this only
happens if your data has problems and the original task could not be performed. Click
"Next" to Select the Printer for Filing your Upload Instructions.
9. Once the upload file has been generated, the wizard will print all of the necessary paperwork
needed for the next step. These will include the following:
A Summary report and Instructions sheet
A one page control totals report for EACH filer and tax form type you select.
See Step 2 Approving Control Totals.
31.2.2 Step 2 - Approve Control Totals
Step 2 - Approve Control Totals
Approve Control Totals:
After successfully generating your file, 1099 Pro displays the 1099 Pro Service Bureau Upload Summary
and Instructions will print. Review this document - it contains important information including the name
and location of your upload file and details on uploading your file to the Service Bureau. If the steps 1-3
are all correct, you need to check EVERY ONE of the following Control Totals Reports to confirm that
the number of records and the control totals (dollar amounts) for each of the boxes are correct. The total
number of Control Totals Reports for you to examine and certify will be listed summarized here.
What to do if the Summary or Control Totals are not correct...
1. Highlight the session upload at the "Begin a new Service Bureau Upload Session Screen."
2. Click on the "Reset (VOID) Upload" button to void the upload. All of the forms associated with any of
the logs that were part of the Upload Session will be reset back to their original, pre-upload status.
3. Correct all problems you discovered while examining your Control Total Reports, then return to the
Service Bureau Upload Session Screen and create a new Upload file.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Service Bureau Overview
301
What to do next after you have examined the Summary and Control Totals Reports...
1. Return to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau Upload Center screen where the Service Bureau Upload
Sessions are listed.
2. On the list, select any "Pending" log item that is part of this upload.
3. Are these Processing Instructions correct?
4. Are all of the Filers and Form Types that you want to upload to 1099 Pro during this session listed
above?
5. For the eligible form types in the above summary, is the CFSFP marked correctly for each filer.
(CFSFP is the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Note: See the CFSFP help topic for more
information
6. At the Printing, Mailing and/or Filing... screen, you can view a summary of Service Bureau Upload
Sessions including:
The Filer TIN
Form Type
Form Count
The Status
Session Date
Session Time
The Upload Filename
See Step 3 "File Upload Transfer" to the Service Bureau.
31.2.3 Step 3 - File Upload Transfer & Completion
Step 3 - File Upload Transfer & Completion
To Upload
1. Highlight the session you wish to upload at the "At the Printing, Mailing, Filing and Bulk TIN Matching
screen..."
2. At the bottom of the screen, click the "Complete Pending Upload" button to proceed and choose the
best option for upload. At this point you now have the opportunity to examine the File Generation
Summary Report and verify that all of the desired Filers and Forms are included. Also check to see if
you have examined each of the control total reports, and sign them to certify that the information is
complete and accurate to the best of your knowledge.
Ready to upload your file via Built-in FTP using the Internet?
This is the preferred method of uploading to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau. The wizard will automatically
upload the file for you, using the standard FTP (File Transfer Protocol). An Internet connection is required
for this option (Dial-up, DSL, Cable Modem...etc.). Select Built in FTP to upload your file via File Transfer
Protocol to the Internet. Click "Next". In the next screen, please confirm your settings in the summary
window before starting the Upload Process:
Upload Type - Upload for filing with the IRS
Upload Method - FTP (Built in)
Total Filer/Form Combinations
Total Tax Forms
File Name - (Example: S9999999-ABC123.zip)
Type
File Location - (i.e. C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Uploads)
Contact Information - Contact First and Last Name, E-mail Address, and Phone Number.
Press "Upload Now" to submit your upload file to the Service Bureau for processing. During the upload
process, the wizard uploads your file to the Service Bureau and provides you with a progress window to
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
302
1099 Pro® 2014
view the progress. If you need to abort the upload process, click the "Cancel/Stop the Upload" button.
Alternatively you may manually transfer the file to the Service Bureau. E-mail** your upload file to
[email protected] You will receive an automatic confirmation of receipt of your e-mail. After the
wizard finishes a set of final instructions will be printed for you on the printer shown below. At this point
you have the option of changing your default printer to another printer selection or accepting the default
printer. Make sure you are connected to the Internet before uploading. Sign and fax your Control Totals
to the Service Bureau at (818) 876-0202.
If unable to upload via built in FTP:
Select to Manually transfer your file to the Service Bureau.
Press "Finish" to create the files for manual transfer. Special instructions will print out advising you
how to proceed next. It is you responsibility to make sure these records are transferred to the
Service Bureau.
Method A: Sending your file via email
1. Create an email, ATTACH the upload file (see printed paperwork for file name and location) and
address the email to: [email protected]
2. SIGN and FAX your upload reports and authorizations to the phone number provided on the paperwork.
Method B: Uploading your file manually via the 1099 Pro uploads web site.
1. Using your web browser, access our secure FTP site at: https://uploads.1099Pro.com
2. Fill in the prompts, using Login ID: 1099upload, Password: 2004
3. Click the LOGIN button, then click UPLOAD at the lower left of the screen.
4. Browse to your upload file (see printed paperwork for file name and location), select it and then click
UPLOAD to send the records to the Service Bureau.
5. SIGN and FAX your upload reports and authorizations to the phone number provided on the paperwork.
Method C: Sending your file on a disk via FedEx, UPS, USPS, etc.
1. Copy the upload file (see printed paperwork for file name and location) to a CD-ROM (preferred) or
floppy disk.
2. Package the disk, SIGNED Fax Cover Sheet and Instructions together using a study disk mailer, not
a plain envelope.
3. Mail the package to the address listed below. Use FedEx or similar to ensure fast, secure package
delivery.
31.3
Bulk TIN Matching via the Service Bureau Overview
Bulk TIN Matching via the Service Bureau Overview
Why should I use the Service Bureau?
The 1099 Pro Service Bureau has provided Print/Mail/E-Filing services to thousands of our users. Our
customers utilize the Service Bureau to save money, minimize administrative headaches, safeguard their
sensitive data, and benefit from our extensive experience. We've made the process simple:
1. Purchase the appropriate 1099 Pro software package for the type of form you wish to file.
2. Call or E-Mail our Service Bureau to set an appointment date. We must have your data by the
agreed upon appointment date to ensure that it is mailed or filed by the IRS deadline.
3. Manually enter or import your data into your 1099 Pro software.
4. Create an upload file within your 1099 Pro software.
5. E-Mail or FTP your upload file to us on or before your appointment date.
The Service Bureau is proud to offer a wide variety of services to registered users of 1099 Pro. Customers
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Service Bureau Overview
303
are encouraged to schedule their Print/Mail/E-Filing/Bulk TIN uploads appointments now! Rates and
availability are not guaranteed until your appointment is booked.
Contact the SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II Service Bureau
Contact the 1099 Pro Service Bureau team, to book your printing, mailing and/or electronic filing
appointment and for all Service Bureau related inquiries.
Phone: (866) 444-3559 (toll-free) or (818) 876-0200
E-Mail: [email protected] Pro.com
Internet: http://www.1099 Pro.com
Instant price estimates are available online at http://www.1099 Pro.com/servPricing.asp
Click here to learn more about the Service Bureau Upload Process
31.3.1 Using Bulk TIN Matching
Using Bulk TIN Matching
Avoid $100/mismatch penalties! Utilize 1099 Pro's Bulk TIN Matching Service!
Offer Details:
$135 for up to 100,000 records
Contact [email protected] if the file is greater than 100,000 records
Approximately 24 hour turn-around time
Access to a FREE trial of our individual TIN Matching service (details below)
Bulk TIN Checking is an essential compliance and risk mitigation service that identifies TIN/Name
mismatches prior to filing with the IRS. Penalties can be assessed at up to $100/record at the IRS’s
discretion.
Simple Upload Instructions:
1. File format and secure upload specifications: Click to download
2. Be sure to include "TIN MATCHING UPLOAD TRANSMITTED" as the subject of your email.
3. You're finished!
Additional Services - TINCheck.com:
Another great option to validate your TIN/Name combinations via individual checks or bulk!
TINCheck.com is a straight-forward and user friendly resource; simply log in and instantly gain access to
multiple verification sources in one place.
Extra Options:
Complete list validation: OFAC, DMF, EPLS, LEIE, TIN/Name
Integrate an API/web service into an existing AP system for seamless verification of new vendors
Prepaid plans or monthly subscription pricing plans are based on volume
Bulk TIN Checks with complete list validations available
FREE trial account - just click on "Register" at www.TINCheck.com
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
304
1099 Pro® 2014
To get started go to Step 1 - Creating an Upload File for Bulk TIN matching
31.3.2 Step 1 - Creating an Upload File for Bulk TIN Matching
Step 1 - Creating an Upload File
To create an upload file
1. On the task panel select the Service Bureau section then click the "Bulk TIN Matching via SB"
icon to elect to have the Service Bureau upload records for Bulk TIN matching.
2. At the Printing, Mailing, Filing and Bulk TIN Matching...screen click either the "Bulk Tin
Matching Upload" button.
3. At the Upload Wizard click "Next" to proceed. Use the "Back" button at any time to go back a
step.
4. You are then prompted with the "Do you have the latest version of 1099 Pro screen?" We highly
recommend you check for updates to this program before starting any printing or filing process.
That will ensure that you have the most recent version of the software and the process will go as
smoothly as possible. See Web Updates for more information
Choose a method for selecting eligible records.
Selected Form Types for ALL Filers:
This option prompts you to select (tag) the form types to include in this upload file. All filers will be
processed.
Selected Form Types for Selected Filers:
This option prompts you to select (tag) the filer and the form types to include in this upload file.
Select the destination folder:
The default location is C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Uploads. It is preferable to create your upload file on a
hard drive rather than floppy diskettes to avoid the possibility of disk error. It is also faster.
Enter your Contact Information and User Password:
This information is used in case the Service Bureau needs to contact you and where your Bulk TIN
results will be sent. The password is used to encrypt the Bulk TIN matching results when they are
returned to you.
Select the Printer for your Bulk TIN Matching summary and instructions:
Here you may change the printer where you summary and instructions are printed.
See Step 2 Approving the Bulk TIN matching upload
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Service Bureau Overview
305
31.3.3 Step 2 - File Upload Transfer & Completion for Bulk TIN
Step 2 - File Upload Transfer & Completion
Welcome to the Upload File transfer Wizard (Pre-Upload Checklist)
To Upload
1. Highlight the session you wish to upload at the "At the Printing, Mailing, Filing and Bulk TIN Matching
screen..."
2. At the bottom of the screen, click the "Complete Pending Upload" button to proceed and choose the
best option for upload. At this point you now have the opportunity to examine the File Generation
Summary Report and verify that all of the desired Filers and Forms are included. Also check to see if
you have examined each of the control total reports, and sign them to certify that the information is
complete and accurate to the best of your knowledge.
Ready to upload your file via HTTPS?
This is the preferred method of uploading to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau. The wizard will automatically
upload the file for you, using the standard HTTPS secure transfer. Select HTTPS to upload your file.
Click "Next". In the next screen, please confirm your settings in the summary window before starting the
Upload Process.
Upload Type - Upload for filing with the IRS
Upload Method - HTTPS
Total Filer/Form Combinations
Total Tax Forms
File Name - (Example: S9999999-ABC123.zip)
Type
File Location - (i.e. C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Uploads)
Contact Information - Contact First and Last Name, E-mail Address, and Phone Number.
Press "Upload Now" to submit your upload file to the Service Bureau for processing. During the upload
process, the wizard uploads your file to the Service Bureau and provides you with a progress window to
view the progress. If you need to abort the upload process, click the "Cancel/Stop the Upload" button.
Alternatively you may manually transfer the file to the Service Bureau. E-mail your upload file to
[email protected] Pro.com. You will receive an automatic confirmation of receipt of your e-mail. After the
wizard finishes a set of final instructions will be printed for you on the printer shown below. At this point
you have the option of changing your default printer to another printer selection or accepting the default
printer. Make sure you are connected to the Internet before uploading. Sign and fax your Control Totals
to the Service Bureau at (818) 876-0202.
If unable to upload via built-in HTTPS:
Select FTP to Manually transfer your file to the Service Bureau.
Press "Finish" to create the files for manual transfer. Special instructions will print out advising you
how to proceed next. It is you responsibility to make sure these records are transferred to the
Service Bureau.
Methods for sending records to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau when manual transfer is selected.
Method A: Sending your file via email
1. Create an email, ATTACH the upload file (see printed paperwork for file name and location) and
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
306
1099 Pro® 2014
address the email to: [email protected] Pro.com
2. SIGN and FAX your cover sheet to the phone number indicated on your printouts.
Method B: Uploading your file manually via the 1099 Pro uploads web site.
1. Using your web browser, access our secure FTP site at: https://uploads.1099 Pro.com
2. Fill in the prompts, using Login ID: 1099upload Password: "2004"
3. Click the LOGIN button, ten click UPLOAD at the lower left of the screen.
4. Browse to your upload file (see printed paperwork for file name and location), select it and then click
UPLOAD to send the records to the Service Bureau.
5. SIGN and FAX your cover sheet to the phone number indicated on your printouts.
Method C: Sending your file on a disk via FedEx, UPS, USPS, etc.
1. Copy the upload file (see printed paperwork for file name and location) to a CD-ROM (preferred) or
floppy disk.
2. Package the disk, SIGNED Fax Cover Sheet and Instructions together using a study disk mailer, not
a plain envelope.
3. Mail the package to the address listed below. Use FedEx or similar to ensure fast, secure package
delivery
31.4
Wizard SB Upload
Create an Upload File
To Upload
1. Highlight the session you wish to upload at the "At the Printing, Mailing, Filing and Bulk TIN Matching
screen..."
2. At the bottom of the screen, click the "Complete Pending Upload" button to proceed and choose the
best option for upload. At this point you now have the opportunity to examine the File Generation
Summary Report and verify that all of the desired Filers and Forms are included. Also check to see if
you have examined each of the control total reports, and sign them to certify that the information is
complete and accurate to the best of your knowledge.
Ready to upload your file via HTTPS using the Internet?
This is the preferred method of uploading to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau. The wizard will automatically
upload the file for you, using the standard HTTPS secure transfer.
Select Built in HTTPS to upload your file. Click "Next". In the next screen, please confirm your settings
in the summary window before starting the Upload Process.
Upload Type - Upload for filing with the IRS
Upload Method - HTTPS secure transfer
Total Filer/Form Combinations
Total Tax Forms
File Name - (Example: S9999999-ABC123.zip)
Type
File Location - (i.e. C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T14\Uploads)
Contact Information - Contact First and Last Name, E-mail Address, and Phone Number.
Press "Upload Now" to submit your upload file to the Service Bureau for processing. During the upload
process, the wizard uploads your file to the Service Bureau and provides you with a progress window to
view the progress. If you need to abort the upload process, click the "Cancel/Stop the Upload" button.
Alternatively you may manually transfer the file to the Service Bureau. E-mail** your upload file to
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Service Bureau Overview
307
[email protected] Pro.com. You will receive an automatic confirmation of receipt of your e-mail. After the
wizard finishes a set of final instructions will be printed for you on the printer shown below. At this point
you have the option of changing your default printer to another printer selection or accepting the default
printer. Make sure you are connected to the Internet before uploading.
Sign and fax your Control Totals to the Service Bureau at (818) 876-0202.
If unable to upload via HTTPS:
Select to Manually transfer your file to the Service Bureau.
Press "Finish" to create the files for manual transfer. Special instructions will print out advising you
how to proceed next. It is you responsibility to make sure these records are transferred to the
Service Bureau.
Methods for sending records to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau when manual transfer is selected.
Method A: Sending your file via email
1. Create an email, ATTACH the upload file (see printed paperwork for file name and location) and
address the email to: [email protected] Pro.com
2. SIGN and FAX your upload reports and authorizations to the phone number provided on the paperwork.
Method B: Uploading your file manually via the 1099 Pro uploads web site.
1. Using your web browser, access our secure FTP site at: https://uploads.1099 Pro.com
2. Fill in the prompts, using Login ID: 1099upload Password: 2004
3. Click the LOGIN button, then click UPLOAD at the lower left of the screen.
4. Browse to your upload file (see printed paperwork for file name and location), select it and then click
UPLOAD to send the records to the Service Bureau.
5. SIGN and FAX your upload reports and authorizations to the phone number provided on the paperwork.
Method C: Sending your file on a disk via FedEx, UPS, USPS, etc.
1. Copy the upload file (see printed paperwork for file name and location) to a CD-ROM (preferred) or
floppy disk.
2. Package the disk, SIGNED Fax Cover Sheet and Instructions together using a study disk mailer, not
a plain envelope.
3. Mail the package to the address listed below. Use FedEx or similar to ensure fast, secure package
delivery.
31.5
Reset Void Service Bureau Upload
Reset (Void) Service Bureau Upload
Resetting an upload session voids (deletes) the entire upload session. All forms automatically revert to
their pre-upload status.
To reset session
1. On the task panel select the Service Bureau section and the Printing & Mailing icon.
2. At the Completed Service Bureau Upload Session List screen highlight an upload session and click
the "Reset (Void) Session" button.
3. The Administrator prompts to confirm the void. Click "Yes" to continue or "No" to abort. Session
status immediately updates to Voided.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
308
32
1099 Pro® 2014
Tax Supplies
Tax Supplies
1099 Pro, Inc. sells all of the tax forms and supplies necessary for use with 1099 Pro* software at
competitive rates.
All forms and supplies offered by 1099 Pro, Inc. are IRS approved.
All orders over $100 automatically receive a 10% discount.
Order in advance; overnight shipping of forms can cost more than the actual forms!
Returns are NOT accepted after November 30, 2014. Customer is responsible for all return shipping
charges.
*All tax forms and supplies are subject to availability. Prices subject to change without notice.
Online Ordering
Customers may place orders online for laser forms and envelopes (current tax year only). In addition to
placing orders, customers may view tax forms and a brief item description. Try it at www.1099pro.com;
click on the "Products" button and the "Tax Forms" hyperlink.
Online Customer Account Access
Customers who've purchased items in the past year may go online to view prior orders and activation
codes. Order tracking is also available to see if your order has been shipped. Try it at www.1099pro.com;
click on the "Login" button and follow the prompts.
Telephone Orders
Customers may place orders for all tax supplies (including laser for current and past tax years) by
telephone with our Sales team at (888) 776-1099.
32.1
Blank Copier Paper
Blank Copier Paper
Blank Copier Paper: Print Copy B &/or C directly onto blank copier paper. Good in case of an
emergency when Blank Laser Perforated paper is unavailable (might require special folding and/or cutting
to fit in standard IRS approved envelopes). 1099 Pro, Inc. offers custom designed IRS regulation
envelopes to fit copier paper.
Blank Laser Perf: Print Copy B &/or C directly onto blank laser perforated stock (1099 Pro prints the
necessary graphics). Easier to fold than blank copy paper because of the perforations and since it is
blank...it won't go out of date! Also prints instructions. When using blank stock you must select the
copies to print. The Print Wizard features a Combined option that prints all required copies for the
recipient on one sheet (e.g., 1099-MISC Combined includes copies B, 2 and instructions). You may
instead select the individual copies for the recipient, but you will need to manually collate the copies.
When printing instructions to blank paper you may:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Tax Supplies
309
Print them as part of the normal print run with one copy per recipient. Remember to collate
instructions with the recipient copies, OR
Print them on one sheet now and photocopy it as many times as needed. Then use the reverse side
of the photocopied sheets to print your forms. If selecting this option do NOT print any copies at this
time, first prepare the instructions and then print the copies, OR
Print "X" pages at this time.
The IRS requires you to send both tax forms and instructions to recipients.
32.2
Preprinted Paper
Preprinted Paper
Preprinted Laser Perf: When using preprinted laser forms you must select the copies to print. The
Print Wizard pauses before printing each copy to prompt you to load the appropriate form into the printer.
For use with Copy A, B, C &/or 1096. Forms are perforated, with each required copy preprinted with the
necessary information (Copy A in red drop-out ink, Copy B in black, etc.). Saves toner and time!
32.3
Pressure Seal Forms
Pressure Seal Forms Support
To meet the needs of customers who are printing out high volumes of 1099 and W2 forms 1099 Pro, Inc.
has added the ability to print to pressure seal forms in our 1099 Pro & W2 Pro Professional and
Enterprise products. Several different formats of pressure seal forms are available from 1099 Pro, Inc. Our
W2 Pro, 1099 Professional and Enterprise software will be able to print on any of those forms and if there
is a pressure seal form which you would prefer to use that is not already a listed printing option in the
software, contact our Service Bureau and we'll customize the software to accommodate you and your
choice of form(s).
Trouble Shooting
Customers may experience issues when attempting to print on the large 8.5" x 14" pressure seal forms.
If the printer software is not configured correctly during the print process after selecting pressure seal
forms (any 8.5 x 14" form either preprinted or blank) you will find that it appears that the printer is
squashing the graphics and text. The reason: The default setting for most printers is 8.5" x 11" letter
paper. In order for the text and graphics to appear properly on the 8.5 x 14" paper you should select legal
for the paper format. If you are unsure about how to select legal paper during the print process you will
want to contact your printer manufacturer.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
310
33
1099 Pro® 2014
Transmitter Information
Transmitter Information
A Transmitter Control Code number or (TCC) is required when filing electronically. A TCC is composed of
five alpha-numeric characters. If filing electronically via the Service Bureau, a TCC is not required and this
information need not be completed.
Request a TCC
To obtain a TCC file Form 4419 to request authorization to file forms electronically. Form 4419 must be
mailed at least 30 days prior to the filing deadline for the electronic file. Form 4419 may be printed at the
Print Blank Forms screen. For more information on TCC's, contact the IRS-MCC at (304) 263-8700. A
single TCC may be used to file on behalf of multiple filers.
See How to Create a Transmitter.
33.1
Create a Transmitter
Create a Transmitter
To create a transmitter
1. At the menu bar click "File" and "Transmitter Information".
2. At the Update eFile Transmitter Information screen:
Enter the IRS assigned TCC (five alpha-numeric characters).
Enter the IRS assigned TIN (dashes MUST be inserted!).
Enter the name of the company (or individual) owning the TCC.
Enter a contact name and phone number.
Enter the TCC owner's address.
3. Click "OK" to save changes or "Cancel" to abort.
The transmitter information is incorporated into the electronic file. The TCC displays on the "Computer
Generated Substitute Form 4804/Form 4802" report which prints automatically after creating your
Electronic File. If after creating electronic files you discover that your TCC was entered incorrectly, the
Electronic File session must be voided. Changes made at the Update Electronic File Transmitter
Information screen will NOT flow through to already created electronic files.
34
Year-to-Date Imports and Zero Drops
34.1
Year-to-Date Import Zero Drop Overview
Year-to-Date Import Zero Drop Overview
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Year-to-Date Imports and Zero Drops
311
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
This utility allows you to update and remove any records which were not included in the most current
import. A Year-to-Date import differs from a non-transactional or transactional import in the following
manner:
When a transactional or non-transactional import is completed, all records are stored separately in the
database. After a Year-to-Date Import Zero Drop process is completed, all records not included in the
most recent import are removed and all included records are updated with the most recent dollar
amounts. This process insures that your records contain the most current recipient records and dollar
amounts.
34.2
Year-to-Date Import and Zero Drop Process
Year-to-Date Import and Zero Drop Process
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of the Corporate
Suite edition of our software.
To start the Year-to-Date Import Zero Drop Process use the following steps:
1. From the Utilities menu, click on "Year-to-Date Import Zero Drops".
2.
At the Beginning and Processing Zero Drops screen you will have two options:
Begin a Drop by Import Session Process: This option will allow you to apply the Zero Drop
process to records based on an import Session ID.
After clicking on the "Begin a Drop by Import Session Process" button, you will be prompted
to select an Import Session ID.
Once you have highlighted your Session ID, click on the "Select" button.
You will now be prompted to select the filers you wish to apply the zero drop process to.
Select a Filer by highlighting it and then clicking the "Tag" button. Once you have made your
selections, click on the "Proceed to the next step" button.
The program will prompt you to confirm the "Zero Drop" process. Click on the "OK" button to
continue or the "cancel" button abort the "Zero Drop".
Begin a Drop by Date Range Process: This option will allow you to apply the Zero Drop
process based on a date range which you specify.
Click on the "Begin a Drop by Date Range Process" button to start.
At the Select a Form Type window, choose the form type you wish to apply the Zero Drop
process to by clicking on it and then pressing the "Select" button.
You will now need to select the Filers you wish to apply the Zero Drop process to. Click on
the desired Filers and press the "Tag" button to select them. Once you have made your
selections, you can save them for later usage by clicking on the "Save" button (saved
selections sets can be loaded by clicking on the "Load" button).
With your Filers selected, click on the "Select Date Range to use" button.
Select your date range by either entering a dates into the "Set Range From" and "Through"
(Note: clicking on the calendar icon to the right of the date range boxes will bring up a
calendar for easy date selection) or you can choose from any of the predefined options in
the "Default Ranges" box. Simply click in any one of the radio boxes to the left of the date
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
312
1099 Pro® 2014
range and your dates will automatically fill the boxes "Set Range From" and "Through".
Click on the "OK" button to save your date ranges and continue.
You can now click on the "Proceed to the next step" button load the Zero Drop.
The program will prompt you to confirm the "Zero Drop" process. Click on the "OK" button to
continue or the "Cancel" button abort the "Zero Drop".
3. Your Zero Drop Process is now complete!
34.3
Drop by Date Range
Drop by Date Range
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
To start the Year-to-Date Import Zero Drop Process use the following steps:
1.
From the "Utilities" menu, select "Year-to-Date Import Zero Drops".
2.
At the "Beginning and Processing Zero Drops" screen you will have two options:
Begin a Drop by Date Range Process: This option will allow you to apply the Zero Drop
process based on a date range which you specify.
Click on the "Begin a Drop by Date Range Process" button to start.
At the Select a Form Type window, choose the form type you wish to apply the Zero Drop
process to by clicking on it and then pressing the
"Select" button.
You will now need to select the Filers you wish to apply the Zero Drop process to. Click on
the desired Filers and press the "Tag" button to select them. Once you have made your
selections, you can save them for later useage by clicking on the "Save" button (saved
selections sets can be loaded by clicking on the "Load" button).
With your Filers selected, click on the "Select Date Range to use" button.
Select your date range by either entering a dates into the "Set Range From" and "Through"
(Note: clicking on the calendar icon to the right of the date range boxes will bring up a
calendar for easy date selection) or you can choose from any of the predefined options in
the "Default Ranges" box. Simply click in any one of the radio boxes to the left of the date
range and your dates will automatically fill the boxes "Set Range From" and "Through".
Click on the "OK" button to save your date ranges and continue.
You can now click on the "Proceed to the next step" button load the Zero Drop.
The program will prompt you to confirm the "Zero Drop" process. Click on the "OK" button to
continue or the "cancel" button abort the "Zero Drop".
3. Your Zero Drop Process is now complete!
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Year-to-Date Imports and Zero Drops
34.4
313
Drop by Import Session
Drop by Import Session
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Year-to-Date Import and Zero Drop Process Drop by Import Session
1.
From the Utilities menu, click on "Year-to-Date Import Zero Drops".
2.
At the Beginning and Processing Zero Drops screen you will have two options:
Begin a Drop by Import Session Process: This option will allow you to apply the Zero Drop
process to records based on an import Session ID.
After clicking on the "Begin a Drop by Import Session Process" button, you will be prompted
to select an Import Session ID.
Once you have highlighted your Session ID, click on the "Select" button.
You will now be prompted to select the filers you wish to apply the zero drop process to.
Select a Filer by highlighting it and then clicking the "Tag" button. Once you have made your
selections, click on the "Proceed to the next step" button.
The program will prompt you to confirm the "Zero Drop" process. Click on the "OK" button to
continue or the "cancel" button abort the "Zero Drop".
3. Your Zero Drop Process is now complete!
34.4.1 Select Import Session
Zero Drop: Selecting an Import session
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
This screen will show you a list of all Year-to-date Import sessions for the current tax year. Select the
session you wish to use to use for the zero drop process.
Please see Year-to-Date Import Zero Drop Overview for more information on this process.
34.5
Zero Drop Process Confirmation
Confirming your Zero Drop Process selections
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
314
1099 Pro® 2014
When you have completed making your selections for either your Date Range or Import Session Zero
Drop Process, you will be prompted by a confirmation window. This confirmation window displays an
overview of your Zero Drop selections and allows you to check them before continuing with the process.
The confirmation window will display different data depending on the type of Zero Drop Process you are
running (i.e. by Date Range or by Import Session). The image below is an example of the Zero Drop
Process by Date Range confirmation screen.
If all settings are correct, click on the "OK" button to begin your Zero Drop Process, if something is
wrong with your selections or you wish to cancel the process, simply click on the "Cancel" button.
34.6
Voiding a Zero Drop Session
Voiding a Zero Drop Session
The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of
the Corporate Suite edition of our software.
To void an Import Zero Drop Process use the following steps:
If you wish to reset (void) your Zero Drop process, return to the "Completed and In-process Zero Drop
Sessions" screen by clicking on "Utilities" and then "Year-to-Date Zero Drops". Select the session you
wish to reset by clicking on it. The session will be highlighted when it has been selected. You can now
click on the "Rest (Void) Session" button to remove any changes made by the Zero Drop process! (Note:
You can only reset a session if the status of the forms associated with the Zero Drop session have not
changed).
35
W-9
35.1
W-9 Overview
Form W-9 Overview
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
W-9
315
To comply with the following IRS guidelines for W-9s & B-Notices see the W-9 Request Wizard
A person who is required to file an information return with the IRS, must obtain your correct taxpayer
identification number (TIN) to report, for example, income paid to you, real estate transactions, mortgage
interest you paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions
you made to an IRA. *Use Form W-9 Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification to
request a recipient's TIN if the recipient is a U.S. person or U.S. resident alien. If the recipient is a foreign
person use the appropriate Form W-8.
What is a backup withholding CP2100/CP2100A "B" Notice?
CP2100/CP2100A "B" Notice "Backup withholding explained" is used for the purpose of soliciting correct
name/TIN combinations. There are actually two "B" notices—the First "B" Notice and the Second "B"
Notice. The text of the Second "B" Notice is different from that of the First "B" Notice. It instructs the
payee to contact IRS or the Social Security Administration (SSA) to obtain the correct name/TIN
combination as shown in their records.
First "B" Notice
1. Send the First "B" Notice, Form W-9, and an optional reply envelope to the payee within 15
business days from the date of the CP2100 Notice or the date you received it (whichever is later).
Date the "B" Notice no later than 30 business days after the date of the CP2100/CP2100A Notice
or the date you received it (whichever is later). The outer envelope must be clearly marked
"IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION ENCLOSED" or "IMPORTANT TAX RETURN DOCUMENT
ENCLOSED."
2.
Make sure that necessary information such as the date, account number, and BWH rate are on the
"B" Notice before mailing it to the payee. If you do not include the optional reply envelope be sure to
provide return address information in your mailing.
3.
Update your records with the corrected information received from the payee and include it on any
future information returns you file. Do not send the
signed Form W-9 to the IRS.
4.
Begin backup withholding on payments made to payees who do not return a signed Form W-9,
response to the First "B" Notice no later than 30 business days after the date of the CP2100/
CP2100A Notice or the date you received it (whichever is later). However, you may begin backup
withholding the day after the date you receive the CP2100 Notice. Stop backup withholding no later
than 30 calendar days after you receive the signed Form W-9 from the payee. You may stop any
time within that 30 calendar day period.
NOTE: Do not file a correction unless you are also mak ing a change to the dollar amount reported. It is
your responsibility to send the appropriate "B" Notice to the payee, when required, to obtain the correct
Name/TIN. This information may not be solicited by telephone. You need a TIN that the payee certifies
as correct on Form W-9 in order to stop current back up withholding or prevent back up withholding from
starting.
Second "B" Notice
1. Send the Second "B" Notice and an optional reply envelope to the payee within 15 business days
after the date of the CP2100 Notice or the date you received it whichever is later). Date the "B"
notice no later than 30 business days after the date of the CP2100 Notice or the date you received it
(whichever is later). Do not send a Form W-9. The outer envelope must be clearly marked
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
316
1099 Pro® 2014
"IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION ENCLOSED" or "IMPORTANT TAX RETURN DOCUMENT
ENCLOSED."
2.
The payee must contact the SSA to have his or her social security number validated (on Form SSA7028, Notice to Third Party of Social Security Number Assignment) or the IRS to get his or her
employer identification number validated (on IRS Letter 147C).
3.
Allow 30 business days after the date of the Second "B" Notice to receive
SSA Form 7028 from the SSA or Letter 147C from the payee. Begin backup withholding on
payments made to the payee if you don't receive Form SSA-7028 or Letter 147C by the 30th
business day. You may at your option begin backup withholding during the 30 business day period.
You must continue to backup withhold until you receive the validation. Stop backup withholding no
later than 30 days after you receive the required verification. You may stop backup withholding
anytime within that 30 calendar day period after receiving verification.
NOTE: You are not required to file a correction unless you are also mak ing a change to the dollar
amount reported. It is your responsibility to send the appropriate "B" notice to the payee, when required,
to obtain the correct Name/TIN. This information may not be solicited by telephone. You need a TIN
validation (IRS Letter 147C or Form SSA-7028 as appropriate) in order to stop current back up
withholding or prevent back up withholding from starting.
Third and Subsequent Notices
Is a Third B-Notice Required?
Generally, you may ignore a third or subsequent notice of missing or incorrect TIN(s) if you completed
the actions for the First and Second "B" Notices and the incorrect payee name and TIN combination and
account number remain the same. However, if the CP2100/CP2100A Notice and listing(s) relate to the
same payee, but with a different Name/TIN combination than on the "first" and "second" notice, you must
treat the notice as a "first" notice.
35.2
W-9 Main Screen
W-9 Request Main Screen
From the W-9 Request main screen you can track, update, print & view/reprint all previously issued
information requests.
Current View/Sort
Allows you to sort the list of Names or Businesses by Last Name or by Tax Identification Number
Search for Name/TIN
This feature is used for searching by Name or TIN only.
Filters
By placing check marks in the following boxes, the software then filters the list based on the criteria you
select.
Request Types to show:
W-9 - Show all W-9 requests only
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
W-9
317
W-9S - Show all W-9S Requests Only
1st B-Notice - Show only a list of first B-Notice requests
2nd B-Notice - Show only a list of second B-Notice Requests
Show All - By clicking this button you can place a check mark in all boxes automatically
Request Status Types to show:
Open/Pending - Shows all currently open/pending requests
Close/Resolved - Shows all closed or resolved requests when corrected info has been received
back from the recipient.
Voided - Shows all VOIDED requests
Escalated - If you choose Escalate, when you save the Recipient form, the existing form is closed
and you are taken directly to the Info Request wizard to create a new form.
View/Print Report
Allows you to run a report based on the current list of requests then print it out.
Issue New Requests
Takes you to the Print Information Requests Screen
View/Reprint Selected
You can reprint a request by highlighting it in the list and clicking this button. You have the option to
preview the request before sending it to the printer.
W-9/B-Notices Request Tab
(Only Applicable if an open request exists for a recipient)
Your options for status requests are as follows:
Leave the Request Open as Pending - Any open requests will be untouched and left in a Pending
status.
Close the Request - This option is used when corrected info has been received back from the
recipient, etc.
Voided - VOID the request, it should not have been issued. (After you VOID a request and save your
changes, that request can no longer be modified since it is now considered updated/closed)
Escalated - If you choose Escalate, when you save the Recipient form, the existing form is closed
and you are taken directly to the Info Request wizard to create a new form. Your options to escalate
are Escalate to the 1st B-Notice or Escalate to a 2nd B-Notice. When escalating, selecting either
one of these options determines the proper screen you will be taken to.
35.3
W-9 Report
W-9 Report
Information Request Report Options available are as follows:
Select the Printer - Selects the current printer to use to print the request.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
318
1099 Pro® 2014
Select the Sort Order
By Last Name
By TIN
Report Preview - Enables you to preview the report before it is printed.
Request Types - W-9, W-9S, 1st B-Notice, & 2nd B-Notice.
Request Status - Opened/Pending, Closed/Resolved, Voided, Escalated.
Date Issued Range - From [Begin Date] to [End Date]
Filer to Include - Option available for selection is "All Filers"
35.4
W-9 Single/Batch Requests
Browse W-9 Single/Batch Requests
You can issue Information Requests (i.e., W-9, W-9S, 1st B Notice and 2nd B Notice forms) either by
single form or in batches.
Batches: To issue forms in batches there are two options: Use the "Issue W-9 and B-Notice Forms"
option under Utilities to access directly. The second option is to Click on "W-9/B Notices" on the
task panel then "Issue New Requests" from the "Manage Information Requests" window.
Single Form: Navigate to the recipient browse screen, click on the "Issue W-9/B-Notice" button' to
issue a form for the selected recipient. Or, on the W-9 tab on the Recipient update form, click on
"Issue an Information Request Form" button there as well.
See Begin W-9 Request Wizard for more information
Current Query
The Current Query field on this screen allows you to view "All Batches for all filers" or "All batches for the
current filer."
View/Print Batch Report
You can generate a report based on the current active W-9 requests containing the following information:
"Current TIN/Name/Address", "TIN/Name/Address when issued", "Requester/Form Type/Status/Date
Created".
35.5
W-9 Wizard
W-9 Wizard
The W-9 Request wizard will help you to issue a group of new information request forms. The status of
these forms can then be tracked and updated as needed.
W-9 Request Wizard
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
W-9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
319
At the "Print Information Requests" screen for W-9s and B-Notices, click the "Print a new batch of
information request forms" button. Click "Next".
Choose the type of form you need to print. Your options are:
W-9 Request for Tax Payer ID number and Certification
First B-Notice
Second B-Notice
W-9S Request for Student/Borrower's Tax Payer Identification Number
Next, Specify the Requesting Filer who is mailing these forms. You may also select a different filer
by using the "Select a Different Filer to use..." button
Choose an option for how Recipients will be selected, either "Manual" or "Automatic", then click
"Next".
Tag the recipients you want to send W-9 requests for by either manually tagging them or using the
automatic feature which will select recipients based on the criteria of whether they have an invalid
TIN or a missing TIN. Click "Next".
Set the print options for your W-9 Forms, Click "Next".
Confirm your settings and then click "Finish".
After clicking "Finish" you are returned to the "Create a New Batch screen" If you are finished then
click "cancel" to print these requests.
Duplexing
For users who have Printers with a duplexing unit there is an option to print on both sides of a sheet of
paper.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
35.6
Follow steps 1-8 above, then at the Print Preview screen initiate a print session by clicking the
"print" icon at the top of the preview screen.
On the Select Printer Screen, click the properties button for your printer.
Click the Finishing tab, then locate the area "Document Options" on this screen.
Place a check in the box to "Print on both sides"
Click "OK" and proceed to print your request.
B Notices
B Notices Overview
If after submitting files to the IRS, a mismatch is determined, (e.g., a recipient's name and TIN do not
match the IRS records), the IRS sends the Filer a 9872CG, CP2100 or CP2100A Notice. The Filer must
then issue a Form W-9 and a B Notice to the recipient in question unless the Filer determines the error
was on their part (e.g., a typo). Note the following:
The recipient has 15 business days to respond to the notice and the Filer has 30 businesses days
to reply to the IRS with their findings.
The Filer need only issue a "B" notice 2 times in 3 calendar years to the same account.
Any data entered in the optional Location Code field must appear, per the IRS, on backup withholding
notices.
Sample "B" Notices
Download Pub. 1679, A Guide To Backup Withholding, from IRS Forms & Publications. The publication
includes first and second sample "B" notice formats. Customize it in a word processing program (e.g.,
Microsoft Word) and create a mail merge.
See IRS Instructions
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
320
36
1099 Pro® 2014
Web Presentment
Web Presentment
The 1099 Pro Corporate Suite software now includes a comprehensive API “Application Programing
Interface” that offers users the ability to their give recipient’s real-time access to their tax forms. The API
makes it possible to deliver tax forms through your company's online web portals, existing applications,
or any programmable system. The API is available as a .Net DLL or Web Service to provide developers
with the most flexibility when integrating it into your applications.
Recipients get real-time access to the most up-to-date tax form data in the 1099 Pro system.
Corrections are instantly available to recipients online.
Electronic delivery management. Track and update recipient’s electronic delivery consent status.
Comprehensive filtering and selection options; Tax Year, Filer TIN, Payer Code, Department,
Recipient TIN, Account, Email, Form Type, Status, Source, Category, etc. Recipients only see
the forms you want them to.
Customizable link expiration. For added security, links to forms can be set to expire after a given
period of time.
On demand PDF generation and streaming from memory. No form data or images are saved on
the local computer.
Integrated PDF encryption. Each PDF can be password encrypted with a dynamically supplied
password.
37
Error Messages
Common Error Messages & Solutions
Error messages can appear as pop-ups within your software in the event of a software bug, or user error.
Many of these errors have simple solutions that can be fixed by you, your IT department, or 1099 Pro's
technical support team. To avoid any possible data loss, be sure to backup your data regularly.
Most error messages result from one or more of the following issues:
Incorrectly mapped data file.
Inadequate user rights to read/write/edit data file.
Third party anti-virus software removing critical software files.
37.1
Unable to open SystemID file: 53 - Invalid Clarion File
Unable to Open SystemID file: 53 - Invalid Clarion
File
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Error Messages
321
Solution:
This error most often occurs when the software is not linked to the correct data file. This can be fixed by
reinstalling and directing the workstation to the proper data folder. Alternatively, the software may be
redirected to the correct data file by editing the .INI file:
Navigate to C:\1099 Pro\Pro99Txx\Admin
Open the file called Pro99Txx.INI
Edit the file path associated with "SAV:GlobalDataPath" to point to your data file.
Save and run the software.
Please note that the default location for a single-user install saves the data file in C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T11
\Data. If you are setting up a multi-user workstation, your data folder is most likely in a custom location
specified during the server installation.
37.2
Unable to open required file (ProTips): 53 - Invalid Clarion File
Unable to open required file (ProTips): 53 - Invalid
Clarion File
Solution:
This error most often occurs when the software is not linked to the correct data file. This can be fixed by
reinstalling and directing the workstation to the proper data folder. Alternatively, the software may be
redirected to the correct data file by editing the .INI file:
Navigate to C:\1099 Pro\Pro99Txx\Admin
Open the file called Pro99Txx.INI
Edit the file path associated with "SAV:GlobalDataPath" to point to your data file.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
322
1099 Pro® 2014
Save and run the software.
Please note that the default location for a single-user install saves the data file in C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T11
\Data. If you are setting up a multi-user workstation, your data folder is most likely in a custom location
specified during the server installation.
37.3
Unable to open SystemID: 3 - Path Not Found
Unable to Open SystemID: 3 - Path Not Found
Solution:
This error most often occurs when the software is not linked to the correct data file. This can be fixed by
reinstalling and directing the workstation to the proper data folder. Alternatively, the software may be
redirected to the correct data file by editing the .INI file:
Navigate to C:\1099 Pro\Pro99Txx\Admin
Open the file called Pro99Txx.INI
Edit the file path associated with "SAV:GlobalDataPath" to point to your data file.
Save and run the software.
Please note that the default location for a single-user install saves the data file in C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T11
\Data. If you are setting up a multi-user workstation, your data folder is most likely in a custom location
specified during the server installation.
37.4
Unable to open systemID: 5 - access denied
Unable to open systemID: 5 - access denied
Solution:
This error occurs when a user does not have full read/write/edit privileges to the location where the data
folder is hosted. Contact your IT department to verify the rights are proper in both the shared location and
the folder’s security settings. If your IT department has confirmed that your security settings are set
properly, contact 1099 Pro Technical Support for additional assistance.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Error Messages
37.5
323
Unable to open required file (ProTips): 3 - Path Not Found
Unable to open required file (ProTips): 3 - Path
Not Found
Solution:
This error most often occurs when the software is not linked to the correct data file. This can be fixed by
reinstalling and directing the workstation to the proper data folder. Alternatively, the software may be
redirected to the correct data file by editing the .INI file:
Navigate to C:\1099 Pro\Pro99Txx\Admin
Open the file called Pro99Txx.INI
Edit the file path associated with "SAV:GlobalDataPath" to point to your data file.
Save and run the software.
Please note that the default location for a single-user install saves the data file in C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T11
\Data. If you are setting up a multi-user workstation, your data folder is most likely in a custom location
specified during the server installation.
37.6
File Access Error. Error: Invalid Record Declaration (47).
File Access Error.
Error: Invalid Record Declaration (47).
Solution:
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
324
1099 Pro® 2014
This error can occur when either system latency or anti-virus software interrupts the record-numbering
process. Please contact 1099 Pro Technical Support to further assist you in renumbering your records.
37.7
Unable to Open SystemID: 2 - File not found
Unable to Open SystemID: 2 - File not found
Solution:
This error most often occurs if there was an error during installation, or if a third party virus protection
software removed 1099 Pro program files. Check to make sure a file called "systemid.TPS" in file path C:
\1099 Pro\Pro99Txx\Resource. If this file has been removed, or was blocked from installation, you may
need to backup your data, then uninstall and reinstall the software. Be sure to list 1099 Pro as trusted
software in your anti-virus software to avoid having files removed.
If "systemid.TPS" is still present, it's possible that the file path to your data contains unacceptable
characters. This can be changes by editing your .INI file:
Navigate to C:\1099 Pro\Pro99Txx\Admin
Open the file called Pro99Txx.INI
Locate the file path associated with "SAV:GlobalDataPath"
Make sure the data file path does not contain a backslash at the end of the path, or any periods if
using a UNC. For example: \\stationx.1099pro.com\c\xxxx\.
Save and run the software again.
Please note that the default location for a single-user install saves the data file in C:\1099 Pro\Pro99T11
\Data. If you are setting up a multi-user workstation, your data folder is most likely in a custom location
specified during the server installation.
Please contact 1099 Pro Technical Support to further assist you in renumbering your records.
37.8
Unable to open required file (ProTips): 2 – File Not Found
Unable to open required file (ProTips): 2 – File
Not Found
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Error Messages
325
Solution:
This error most often occurs if there was an error during installation or and error when mapping mapping
the file path to your data folder. First, be sure you are not running the software from a network location;
1099 pro must be run locally, or from a client installation linked to a hosted data file.
The software may be redirected to the correct data file by editing the .INI file:
Navigate to C:\1099 Pro\Pro99Txx\Admin
Open the file called Pro99Txx.INI
Edit the file path associated with "SAV:GlobalDataPath" to point to your data file.
Save and run the software.
Please note that the default location for a single-user install saves the data file in C:\1099 Pro\Pro99Txx
\Data. If you are setting up a multi-user workstation, your data folder is most likely in a custom location
specified during the server installation.
37.9
EC002 – Unable to open files!
EC002 – Unable to open files!
Solution:
This error most often occurs when attempting to restore data from the wrong year (e.g. data from 2007
into 1099 Pro for 2008). Users cannot restore data into a different year's software. This is a security
measure to ensure that users do not accidentally file the wrong data.
Recipient and filer information may be rolled over during or immediately after installing. For more
information, see Roll Over Data.
37.10 Could not load the DLL library C:WIndows\USER32.DLL. The
specified module could not be found.
Could not load the DLL library C:\Windows
\USER32.DLL.
The specified module could not be found.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
326
1099 Pro® 2014
Solution:
This error occurs when a user does not have full read/write/edit privileges to the location where the data
folder is hosted. Contact your IT department to verify the rights are proper in both the shared location and
the folder’s security settings. If your IT department has confirmed that your security settings are set
properly, contact 1099 Pro Technical Support for additional assistance.
37.11 This Single User version of 1099 Pro can only be used by one
person at a time.
Could not load the DLL library C:\Windows
\USER32.DLL.
The specified module could not be found.
Solution:
This error occurs when a user does not have full read/write/edit privileges to the location where the
software is installed. Contact your IT department to verify the rights are proper in both the shared location
and the folder’s security settings. If your IT department has confirmed that your security settings are set
properly, contact 1099 Pro Technical Support for additional assistance.
37.12 Clarion Trappable Runtime Errors
Clarion Trappable Runtime Errors
The following errors can be trapped in code with the ERRORCODE and ERROR procedures. Each error
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Error Messages
327
has a code number (returned by the ERRORCODE procedure) and an associated text message
(returned by the ERROR procedure) indicating what the problem is.
2
File Not Found
The requested file does not exist in the specified directory.
3
Path Not Found
The directory name specified as part of the path does not exist.
4
Too Many Open Files
The total number of file handles available has been used. Check the FILES= setting in the CONFIG.SYS
file, or the user's or network's simultaneous open files setting in a network environment.
5
Access Denied
The file has already been opened by another user for exclusive access, has been left in a locked state,
or you do not have network rights to open the file. This error can also occur when no disk space is
available.
7
Memory Corrupted
Some unknown memory corruption has occurred.
8
Insufficient Memory
There is not enough unallocated memory left to perform the operation. Closing other applications may
free up enough memory.
15
Invalid Drive
An attempt to read a non-existent disk drive has failed.
27
Invalid Table Declaration
An attempt to open a table that has an invalid table structure has failed. This is normally found when a
Dynamic File has been created incorrectly. Also seen in IP Driver based applications.
30
Entry Not Found
A GET to QUEUE has failed. For GET(Q,key), the matching key value was not found, and for
GET(Q,pointer), the pointer is out of range.
32
File Is Already Locked
An attempt to LOCK a file has failed because another user has already locked it.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
328
1099 Pro® 2014
33
Record Not Available
Usually an attempt to read past the end or beginning of file with NEXT or PREVIOUS. May also be
posted by PUT or DELETE when no record was read before the attempted PUT or DELETE.
35
Record Not Found
For a GET(File,key), the matching key field value was not found.
36
Invalid Data File
Some unknown data file corruption has occurred, or the OWNER attribute does not match the password
used to encrypt the file.
37
File Not Open
An attempt to perform some operation that requires the file be already open has failed because the file is
not open.
38
Invalid Key File
Some unknown key file corruption has occurred.
40
Creates Duplicate Key
An attempt to ADD or PUT a record with key field values that duplicate another existing record in the file
has been made to a file with a key that does not allow duplicate entries.
43
Record Is Already Held
An attempt to HOLD a record has failed because another user has already held it.
45
Invalid Filename
The filename does not meet the definition of a valid DOS filename.
46
Key File Must Be Rebuilt
Some unknown key corruption has occurred that requires the BUILD statement to re-build the key.
47
Invalid Record Declaration
The data file on disk does not match the file's declaration in the .EXE, usually because you have
changed the file's definition in the Data Dictionary and have not yet converted the existing data file to the
new format. See How do I handle an Error 47
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Error Messages
329
48
Unable To Log Transaction
A transaction logout or pre-image file cannot be written to disk. This usually occurs because no disk
space is available, or the user does not have the proper network rights.
52
File Already Open
An attempt to OPEN a file that has already been opened by this user.
54
No Create Attribute
An attempt to execute the CREATE procedure on a file whose declaration does not include the CREATE
attribute.
55
File Must Be Shared
An attempt to open a file for exclusive access that must be shared. (Legacy error, no longer used)
56
LOGOUT Already Active
An attempt to issue a second LOGOUT statement while a transaction is already in progress.
57
Invalid Memo File
Some unknown memo file corruption has occurred. For Clarion data files, this could come from a corrupt
.MEM file "signature" or pointers to the memo file in the data file that are "out of sync" (usually due to
copying files from one location to another and copying the wrong .MEM file).
63
Exclusive Access Required
An attempt to perform a BUILD(file), BUILD(key), EMPTY(file) or PACK(file) was made when the file had
not been opened with exclusive access.
64
Sharing Violation
An attempt to perform some action on a file which requires that the file be opened for shared access.
65
Unable To ROLLBACK Transaction
An attempt to ROLLBACK a transaction has failed for some unknown reason.
73
Memo File Missing
An attempt to OPEN a file that has been declared with a MEMO field and the file containing that memo
data does not exist.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
330
1099 Pro® 2014
75
Invalid Field Type Descriptor
Either the type descriptor is corrupt, you have used a name that does not exist in GET(Q,name), or the
file definition is not valid for the file driver. For example, trying to define a LONG field in an xBase file
without a matching MEMO field.
76
Invalid Index String
The index string passed to BUILD(DynIndex,string) was invalid.
77
Unable To Access Index
An attempt to retrieve records using a dynamic index failed because the dynamic index could not be
found.
78
Invalid Number Of Parameters
You did not pass the correct number of parameters to a procedure called in an EVALUATE statement.
Note: As of Clarion Version 6.2 (9047), the SQL Drivers now add more information to the trace log file,
explaining why the ERRORCODE 78 was generated.
79
Unsupported Data Type In File
The file driver has detected a field in the file declared with a data type that is not supported by the file
system the driver is designed to access.
80
Unsupported File Driver Function
The file driver has detected a file access statement that is not supported. This is frequently an
unsupported form (different parameters) of a statement that is supported.
81
Unknown Error Posted
The file driver has detected some error from the backend file system that it cannot get further information
about.
88
Invalid Key Length
An attempt to CREATE a Clarion file driver KEY or INDEX with more than 245 characters. Other file
drivers can also return this error when their file system key length limits are exceeded.
89
Record Changed By Another Station
The WATCH statement has detected a record on disk that does not match the original version of the
record about to be updated in a network situation.
90
File Driver Error
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Error Messages
331
The file driver has detected some other error reported by the file system. You can use the
FILEERRORCODE and FILEERROR procedures to determine exactly what native error the file system is
reporting.
91
No Logout Active
The COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement has been issued outside of a transaction frame (no LOGOUT
statement has been executed).
92
BUILD in Progress
A BUILD statement has been issued and PROP:ProgressEvents has been set to generate events. The
statement generating this error is not appropriate to execute during a BUILD process.
93
BUILD Cancelled
The user cancelled the BUILD. This error is set when EVENT:BuildDone is posted.
94
Record Limit Exceeded
The target file has exceeded the record limit. This value is file driver dependant, and can be returned
during any attempt to modify a file where the record limit is exceeded.
97
Stream Error
Used during RTF processing.
100
Trigger Error
This error is set whenever a registered file callback method returns FALSE. See CALLBACK
1010
Illegal Expression
The EVALUATE procedure has detected an error in the syntax of the expression it is attempting to
evaluate.
1011
Variable Not Found
The EVALUATE procedure has not found a variable used in the expression it is attempting to evaluate.
You must first BIND all variables used in the expression for them to be visible to EVALUATE.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
332
1099 Pro® 2014
38
Additional Services
38.1
TINCheck
TINCheck: TIN/Name Verification
The IRS penalty for TIN/Name mismatches is now $100 per mismatch. The TINCheck service is an
essential tool in identifying mismatch errors through an interactive and user friendly website prior to filing
information returns. Simply log in with a username and password, and instantly gain access to multiple
verification sources in one place. Users also have the option of integrating the API/web service into an
existing accounts payable system, allowing your company to seamlessly verify information while
entering new vendor information into your database.
IRS TIN/NAME MATCHING (IRS TIN MATCHING) Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) This verification process, for both EIN and SSN numbers, ensures that
payers file accurate payee TIN/Name combinations reducing or eliminating yearly IRS TIN/Name
discrepancy penalties (B-Notices, CP2100(A)s, 972CGs). The IRS can assess penalties of up to
$1,500,000 ($500,000 for small business) for non-compliance. In the event of intentional disregard, there
is no limit.
EIN/NAME LOOKUP SYSTEM (ELS) Internal Revenue Service (IRS) issued EINs
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) issued EINs This lookup process will retrieve the company name that is
associated with a given EIN number. This lookup is only for public knowledge company EIN numbers, it
does not return individual names from Social Security Numbers (SSNs). This lookup is very useful for
getting the correct company name that was identified as a mismatch by the IRS TIN Matching process.
SPECIALLY DESIGNATED NATIONALS (SDN/PLC) Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC)
Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) Unlike IRS penalties for TIN/Name discrepancy, payers
neglecting to verify the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) lists open themselves up to civil as well
as criminal penalties. OFAC non-compliance carries civil penalties of up to $1,000,000 per violation plus
criminal fines of up to $10,000,000 and imprisonment ranging from 10 to 30 years.
DEATH MASTER FILE (DMF) Social Security Administration (SSA)
Social Security Administration (SSA) The DMF is a continually updated list of all known deceased
individuals. It is used by the financial industry as well as government agencies to prevent identity fraud.
IRS TIN/Name Matching does not discern whether or not a payee is deceased. For some payers,
knowing whether they are paying a deceased individual is prudent. Checking payees against the Death
Master File gives the payer community the ability identify and prevent fraud.
DENIED PERSONS LIST (DPL) Department of Commerce (DOC)
Department of Commerce (DOC) The DPL is a list created by the U.S. Department of Commerce of
individuals and entities that have been denied export privileges. Any dealings with a party on this list that
would violate the terms of its denial order is strictly prohibited. Violation can result in a civil penalty
amounting to the greater of $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction for each violation. For criminal
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Additional Services
333
violations, violators may be fined up to $1,000,000 and/or face up to 20 years of imprisonment.
EXCLUDED PARTIES LIST SYSTEM (EPLS) General Services Administration (GSA)
General Services Administration (GSA) The Excluded Parties List System includes companies that have
been debarred, suspended, excluded, or disqualified from receiving Federal contracts, subcontracts,
assistance, and benefits. Government agencies and contractors are required to check this list to validate
vendors and/or payees are in good standing with the federal government.
EXCLUDED INDIVIDUALS AND ENTITIES (LEIE) Office of Inspector General (OIG), Health &
Human Services (HHS)
Office of Inspector General (OIG), Health & Human Services (HHS) In the health care industry, anyone
who hires an individual, entity, or contractor on the LEIE may be subject to civil monetary penalties
(CMP) by the OIG ranging into the millions of dollars. To avoid CMP liability, health care entities need to
routinely check the LEIE to ensure that new hires, current employees, or contractors are not on the
excluded list.
DESIGNATED FOREIGN TERRORIST ORGANIZATIONS (FTO) Department of State (DOS)
Department of State (DOS) Foreign Terrorist Organizations (FTOs) are foreign organizations that are
designated by the Secretary of State in accordance with section 219 of the Immigration and Nationality
Act (INA).
POLITICALLY EXPOSED PEOPLE (PEP) Central Intelligence Agency (CIA)
Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) A quarterly updated list compiled by the CIA of Chiefs of State and
Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments.
FBI Wanted Lists (FBL) Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Department of Justice (DOJ)
Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Department of Justice (DOJ) Criminal Enterprises, Cyber Crimes,
White Collar Crimes, Violent Crimes, Crime Alerts, Crimes Against Children, Domestic Terrorism,
Seeking Information, Seeking Terror Information, Top Ten Fugitives, Most Wanted Terrorists, etc.
ADDRESS VALIDATION (AV) United States Postal Service (USPS)
United States Postal Service (USPS) Automatically validate a address (if provided) using the USPS
Address Validation and Normalization Database to insure the most accurate and up-to-date address
information.
ADDITIONAL VERIFICATIONS State Banned Lists Including state and local banned patron lists for
casinos and other various lists.
For more information on TINCheck products and services, contact us!
The TINCheck Sales and Support team is available Monday through Friday, 8AM to 5PM PST.
Contact Sales
Email: [email protected]
Phone: 1-866-452-3467
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
334
1099 Pro® 2014
Contact Support
Email: [email protected]
Phone: 1-866-452-3467
38.1.1 Manage my TINCheck account
TINCheck: Managing your TINCheck account
Note: Before you can begin to use the TINCheck service an account needs to be created.
To review different plans please visit: https://www.tincheck.com/plans
In order to order to enter your tincheck account information into the software so that you can utilize real
time tin verification please complete the following steps.
Click on "File"
Click on "Security and administration"
Click on "Program Options"
Click on "Set TINCheck Account"
In the TINCheck User (login) ID field please enter your TINCheck user ID (Note: This is normally an email
address)
In the TINCheck Password field please enter your TINCheck password.
After completing the preceding two steps it is recommended that you click the "Test my TINCheck
connection now!" button to make sure that your account information has been entered correctly before
proceeding.
Note: If in the future you would like to disable the software's ability to verify TIN's then click the "Turn off
(Disable) all TINCheck functionality) checkbox.
If you would like to enter any notations or descriptions regarding the TINCheck service please enter them
in the Account description or Account notes fields; please note that neither of these areas will have any
impact on the processing of TIN's.
Once you are done click on "Save" or, if you would like to discard of the changes made to this screen
click on "Cancel".
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Additional Services
335
If you attempt to verify a TIN prior to entering a TINCheck account you'll see the below screen, click the
"Configure TINCheck account" button to enter TINCheck account information, or click the "Sign up now!"
button to open the www.TINCheck.com website in your default internet browser.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
336
1099 Pro® 2014
38.1.2 Manage my results
TINCheck: Managing your results
In order to check the validity of a TIN that you're using on a tax record:
When editing an existing tax form or adding a new one click the "Tax Validation" button.
Click "Check TIN/Name"
Please note that when checking TIN's the TINCheck service also provides you with information on the
following lists:
IRS TIN/Name Matching (TIN Matching): Internal Revenue Service; This verification process, for both
EIN and SSN numbers, ensures that payers file accurate payee TIN/Name combinations reducing or
eliminating yearly IRS TIN/Name discrepancy penalties (B-Notices, CP2100(A)s, 972CGs). The IRS can
assess penalties of up to $1,500,000 ($500,000 for small business) for non-compliance. In the event of
intentional disregard, there is no limit.
Specially Designated Nationals (OFAC/SDN/PLC): Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of
Treasury; Unlike IRS penalties for TIN/Name discrepancy, payers neglecting to verify the Office of
Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) lists open themselves up to civil as well as criminal penalties. OFAC
non-compliance carries civil penalties of up to $1,000,000 per violation plus criminal fines of up to
$10,000,000 and imprisonment ranging from 10 to 30 years.
Death Master File (DMF): Social Security Administration; The DMF is a continually updated list of all
known deceased individuals. It is used by the financial industry as well as government agencies to
prevent identity fraud. IRS TIN/Name Matching does not discern whether or not a payee is deceased. For
some payers, knowing whether they are paying a deceased individual is prudent. Checking payees
against the Death Master File gives the payer community the ability identify and prevent fraud.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Additional Services
337
38.1.3 History Requests
TINCheck: History of Requests
The TINCheck History screen allows you to see all instances of the TIN associated with the record that
you're viewing having been checked; in this way it also serves as an audit trail allowing you to see the
information associated with that TIN at the time it was checked, and who performed that check (If you
have multiple login ID's configured)
If you would like to print/view a report of the audit trail quite simply press the "Print/View" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
338
1099 Pro® 2014
38.1.4 TINCheck Integration
TINCheck Integration
There a 2 ways you can give a user access to TINCheck integrated features. If the end user is part of a
“built-in” access group, the admin can create. If the user is part of a custom access group, you can
simply modify the user profile under the access group. Users belong to access group that are highlighted
in green are using Built-in Groups. If using built-in groups, a new access group will have to be created to
allow access to TINCheck.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Additional Services
339
Users already using custom access groups and profiles will need to update the access group to allow
TINCheck integration. Highlight the group and click the Change button. Tag the Program Area named
“Allow access to TINCheck” and the click the Modify button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
340
1099 Pro® 2014
Click Select All Rights then Save.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Additional Services
341
Click Save Changes to Group. For users using Built-In Groups, you will need to create an Access Group
first and then update your User Profile(s). Click the Add button at the bottom.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
342
1099 Pro® 2014
Give your new access group a name and tag Allow access to TINCheck and click the Modify button
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Additional Services
Click Select All Rights then Save.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
343
344
1099 Pro® 2014
Click Save Changes to Group. Go to your User Profiles and update them to include the new access
group we created for TINCheck access. Tag the access group and click Save Changes to Group.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Additional Services
345
38.1.5 Status Icons
TINCheck Status Icons
These status symbols can be found when adding/editing an individual record; you'll find them to the right
of the TIN being checked.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
346
1099 Pro® 2014
Clicking on the symbol will give you more information about it and allow you to validate the TIN once
more by clicking on the "Go to Validation" button.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Additional Services
38.2
347
Managed Services
Managed Services
The 1099 Pro Managed Services team, IRSCompliance, can maintain your payee and payment database
in our secure SSAE 16 SOC I Type II environment, or on your secure servers. Managed Services can
support current and prior years of tax data for forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, W-2, 1042-S, 3921, 3922,
as well as Puerto Rico payment information. This service includes regulatory support, compliance
training, and year-end recipient statements. Users can access the 1099 Pro Corporate Suite software to
securely view and print their payee and payment information and perform data queries, either online or
through a secure network.
With more than 25 years of experience, IRSCompliance members have real world experience in a variety
of industries, and as a result, are experts in federal law, state tax, local tax, and payment types that are
subject to reporting. IRSCompliance’s expertise and efficiency will improve your compliance and
minimize financial risk to your company.
CUSTOM AND SCALABLE FEATURES
Federal & state filing for originals and corrections
Quarterly wage reporting
Independent Contractor Reporting
TIN Compliance Management: B-Notices, TIN matching, W-8 and W-9 processing
Balancing and reconciliation
Transaction detail history and audit trails
Penalty abatement
Form 1099-K processing and reporting
OPTIONAL SERVICES
Withholding & deposit services
Policy and procedure development
Regulatory publications, webinars, and events
Standard and custom printing services
Consulting, risk assessment services, and curing
Penalty appeals
Electronic filing services
Electronic payee statement presentment
Electronic solicitation and validation of W-8s & W-9s
1099 Sales and Technical Support
(888) 776-1099
[email protected]
38.3
StateComply
StateComply: Compliance at your Fingertips!
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
348
1099 Pro® 2014
The State of California Franchise Tax Board is starting to crack down; businesses are now required to
withhold 7% and report quarterly when making payments of more than $1,500 of California Source
Income to any entity that is a non-resident of California and does not have a permanent place of business
in California.
For example, if a California casino pays out over $1,500 in winnings to a non-resident of California, 7% of
the earnings must be withheld and reported for that quarter. This type of withholding and reporting is
required for all payments made to non-residents in all industries. This includes payments made to nonresident entertainers, athletes, agents, service providers, vendors, and non-resident property owners.
StateComply.com is the easiest way to prepare your CA 592 data for filing!
StateComply offers a secure web portal and is designed to function just like the market-leading software
from 1099 Pro, Inc. StateComply allows you to easily import, edit, and organize your data, and then
generate a file formatted to send to the State of California Franchise Tax Board.
IMPORT, MANAGE, FILE
Map and edit your data file, or use our template to import your data, and when you’re ready, generate a
file formatted for filing to the State of California Franchise Tax Board.
SPEED & SECURITY
StateComply is hosted at 1099 Pro’s secure facility which passed a SSAE 16 SOC I Type II audit - the
highest level of security certification, ensuring that your data is safe.
COMPETETIVE PRICING
Try it for free for the first 2 quarters of 2013! Pricing is $250 for up to 250 records, and 10 cents thereafter
for each additional record. StateComply is free for 1099 Pro Corporate Suite users!
DUE DILIGENCE
With prior year reporting and custom reports at your disposal, you can be sure that your information will
be up-to-date and accurate in case of an audit or acquisition!
QUARTERLY FILING & YEAR END STATEMENTS
StateComply keeps you informed about filing and statement deadlines. Whether you file on a quarterly or
year end basis, StateComply can generate a report specified to your needs.
COMPLIMENTARY SUPPORT
Free customer support is available via phone, email, and online chat 5 days a week. If you ever run into
an issue, a member of our support team will help you until the issue is resolved!
For more information on 1099 Pro products and services, contact us!
1099 Sales and Technical Support
(888) 776-1099
[email protected]
39
Glossary
Glossary
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Glossary
349
-110 Day
Per IRS Pub. 1220, part C, section 7:
"If the [electronic] file is good, it is released for mainline processing 10 calendar days from receipt.
Contact [the IRS] at 304-263-8700 within this 10 day period if there is a reason the file should not be
released for further processing. If the file is bad, normal replacement procedures are followed."
1096 Transmittal
Use this form to transmit paper Forms 1099,1098, 5498, 39XX and W-2G to the Internal Revenue
Service. Do not use Form 1096 to transmit electronically. For electronic submissions, see Pub.
1220, specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G Electronically.
-2250 Rule
The Rule-of-250 states that any filer submitting 250 or more forms of any one type must submit those
forms electronically. Failure to do so may result in fines of up to $100 per form.
See Rule-of-250 for detailed information.
-44419
To obtain a TCC number, file Form 4419 to request authorization to file forms electronically. Form 4419
must be mailed at least 30 days prior to the filing deadline for the electronic file. Form 4419 may be
printed at the Print Blank Forms screen.
-88809
Purpose of form. Use this form to request an extension of time to file 1098 series, 1099 series, W-2
series, W-2G, 5498 series, 8027, 1099-INT/OID for REMIC
and 1042-S forms.
-A"A" Record
Identifies the person making payments
Access Groups
Access Groups determine which Filers and tax form types a user can access and which tasks they can
perform upon those tax forms. By default, all users can access ALL forms and All Filers unless you
create your own Access Groups. Built in Groups are groups that cannot be deleted or changed other
than just adding or removing members.
Available built groups consist of "All Forms/All Filers". The key to restricting forms and Filers to a user is
to minimize the number of Filers and/or forms you make available to them.
Account Generation Wizard
1099 Pro offers a feature that will generate account numbers for each form that does not have an account
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
350
1099 Pro® 2014
number. IRS Publication 1220, states on page 77 that the IRS requires account numbers "Enter any
number assigned by the payer to payee that can be used by the IRS to distinguish between information
returns. This number must be unique for each information return ..." The IRS has indicated that they will
not reject files if they do not have account numbers but by having account numbers the IRS will be able
to process any corrections that they encounter.
Activation Code
A registration code (aka activation code or product ID) is provided upon proof of payment. The algorithm
of your registration code indicates the edition, user license and number of record transactions
purchased.
Aggregation
The 1099 Aggregation Feature was designed to allow users to consolidate more than one tax form of the
same type, for one recipient under a given filer.
For example, John Smith owns an automobile detail business and frequently comes by the movie studio
to wax and wash the studios automobiles You, (the Filer) issuing the 1099-MISC form, pay John
fequently on a bi-weekly basis so instead of printing and issuing multiple 1099 forms for John you only
want to view/print it as one combined form. This feature will allow you to view the aggregated box amount
totals highlighted in green in the tax form which is a reflection of all tax form dollar amounts for this
recipient under this master tax form only.
Audit Trails
Audit Trails do NOT track the history of all manual and cascading changes to a Master Recipient & Filer
List. Only direct changes to a tax form are stored in the record history screen.
-B"B" Record
Contains the payment information from the information returns.
B-Notice
If after submitting files to the IRS, a mismatch is determined, (e.g., a recipient's name and TIN do not
match the IRS records), the IRS sends the Filer a CP2100 or CP2100A Notice. The Filer must then
issue a Form W-9 and a B Notice to the recipient in question unless the Filer determines the error was
on their part (e.g., a typo).
Backup Data
The 1099 Pro Backup Wizard automatically copies all data files and compresses them into a WinZip
format. By default, 1099 Pro prompts for a daily backup.
Blank Paper
Print Copy B &/or C directly onto blank copier paper. This is good in case of an emergency when Blank
Laser Perforated paper is unavailable (might require special folding and/or cutting to fit in standard IRS
approved envelopes). 1099 Pro, Inc. offers custom designed IRS regulation envelopes to fit copier paper.
Blank Laser Perforated
Print Copy B &/or C directly onto blank laser perforated stock (1099 Pro prints the necessary graphics).
Easier to fold than blank copy paper because of the perforations, and since it is blank, it won't go out of
date!
Bulk TIN Matching
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Glossary
351
TIN Matching is a pre-filing service offered to payers and/or authorized agents who submit any of six
information returns subject to backup withholding (Forms 1099-B, INT, DIV, OID, PATR, and MISC).
With Interactive TIN Matching authorized payers can match up to 25 payee TIN and name combinations
against IRS records prior to submitting an information return. Bulk TIN Matching allows payers and/or
authorized agents filing any of the six information returns to match up to 100,000 TIN and name
combinations. In order to participate in TIN Matching, payers must be listed in the IRS Payer Account
File (PAF) database. If your firm has not filed information returns with the IRS in one of the past two tax
years, the application will not be available to you at this time.
Click here to learn how to use Bulk TIN Matching
Business Rules
Business Rules are formulated in conjunction with the compliance experts from IRS Compliance to
check that data being processed in 1099 Pro’s software does not contain common formatting errors,
form specific errors, is valid for State and Federal filing, and can be used to separate records with
different levels of issues for processing.
-C"C" Record
Contains the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed for each payer and/
or particular type of return.
CFSF / CFSFP - Combined Federal State Filing Program
The Combined Federal/State Filing Program was established to simplify information return filings for
taxpayers. The CF/SF Program allows the IRS to forward electronically-filed information returns to
participating states free-of-charge for approved filers, thus eliminating separate reporting to those states.
Control Totals
The Control Totals report is an invaluable tool for reviewing recipient records. Information contained in this
report includes:
Form type
Filer's Name and TIN
Recipient's First Name, Last Name, TIN, Account Number and optionally, their Address
Individual record print status and date of last update
Box by box totals
Number of missing TINs and more....
Corrections
If you filed a return with the IRS and later discover you made an error on it, you must correct it as soon
as possible. For some corrections, you must file two returns with Form 1096 and for some only one
return with Form 1096. In addition, you must provide statements to recipients showing the corrections as
soon as possible. If you fail to file correct information returns or furnish a correct payee statement, you
may be subject to a penalty.
-ECopyright 1099 Pro® 2014
352
1099 Pro® 2014
Electronic Filing
See IRS FIRE System
EIN (Employer Identification Number)
An Employer Identification Number (EIN) is also known as a federal tax identification number, and is
used to identify a business entity. Generally, businesses need an EIN.
Excel Spreadsheet Files
When saving data in Excel, use the 'Save As' method to save your file in .TXT (TAB delimited) format, not
.XLS format. Sample import files in this format are included in your 1099 Pro installation and are very
helpful. These files appear out of alignment when viewed from a text editor such as Notepad but look
great when viewed from Excel. To import .TXT (TAB delimited) files select TAB, CR LF and Double
Quotes as your delimiters in the Import Wizard.
Export Database
The 1099 Pro Export Wizard simplifies the process of creating export files. Export files are written in
ASCII format, delimited with a TAB character, and may be easily opened in Microsoft Excel, Access or
Notepad.
-F"F" Record
End of Transmission
Filer
The individual or organization filing the 1099.
FIRE System
Use the Filing Information Returns Electronically (FIRE) System to electronically upload informational
returns to the IRS. Electronic files created via the 1099 Pro Electronic File Wizard fully comply with
required IRS record formats per Pub. 1220. The FIRE System is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week
to any transmitter and can be reached by visiting https://fire.irs.gov. The FIRE System can be accessed
by opening a web browser, accessing the Internet and typing in the address https://fire.irs.gov.
Form Status
Users must select an import status for their data in the first step of the import routine, Import Data.
Selecting the correct status is important because aside from Pending, the status of the session can only
be reset by voiding (deleting) the entire session.
Forms
Fill-in forms allow you to enter information while the form is displayed 1099 Pro in the Enter, Update &
view Screen. You can then print the completed form for your records and for filing with the IRS.
Forms Status Values
See topic on "Forms Status Values"
-GGenerating Account Numbers
See Account Number Generation
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Glossary
353
Group Actions
Group Actions let you tag/select a number of items and then perform a single action on them. In all
cases, you will be asked to confirm your choice before the action is taken.
-HHistory
1099 Pro lets you view a list of prior changes to a form. Records with a pending status display the
Changing a Record screen. In the upper right corner of the form is a audit trails button. Click the "audit
trails" button. This screen tracks all manual changes made directly to a record.
-IImport
Many database and spreadsheet applications such as Microsoft Excel, Access and Lotus 1-2-3 provide
for the exporting of data to an ASCII file. These files can be imported into 1099 Pro, thus relieving the
burden of manually entering the information onto the tax form. If your data has already been entered
once, why type it again?
INI Files
The "Pro99T14.INI" file contains information specific to your installation and is located at C:\1099 Pro
\Pro99T14\Admin. If installing to a directory such as Program Files it may be placed in C:\Windows. The
INI file may or may not be deleted during a custom uninstall. This file can be manually deleted if you
want to totally remove 1099 Pro from your system or if you want to perform a clean reinstallation. This file
can remain if you want to reinstall the software but retain your settings.
Install
See Instructions on Installing 1099 Pro.
IRS/MCC
The Internal Revenue Service, a division of the U.S. Treasury Dept. that is responsible for the
assessment and collection of most federal taxes, except those relating to alcohol, tobacco, firearms,
and explosives. Established in 1862, the IRS derives most of its revenues from the collection of corporate
and individual income tax.
-K"K" Records
Contains the summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program,
used only when state-reporting approval has been granted.
Keyboard Shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts allow you to quickly enter or carry out functions by applying a combination of ALT
[SHIFT] or Ctrl + key Commands on your keyboard.
-L-
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
354
1099 Pro® 2014
Laser Forms
When using preprinted laser forms you must select the copies to print. The Print Wizard pauses
before printing each copy to prompt you to load the appropriate form into the printer. For use with Copy
A, B, C &/or 1096. Forms are perforated, with each required copy preprinted with the necessary
information (Copy A in red drop-out ink, Copy B in black, etc.). Saves toner and time!
-MMaster Tax Form
In terms of Aggregating data in a tax form, the master tax form is consdiered to be the first tax form
entered at the top of the list.
-OOnline Help Tutorials
Flash enabled tutorials walk you through various tasks including importing, exporting, printing, Electronic
File, queries, etc. Tutorials simplify the 1099 Pro learning curve - try one at http://www.1099 Pro.com
Online Knowledge Base
Provides a searchable database of over 200 solutions for all 1099 Pro, Inc. software products. Access
the Knowledge Base at http://www.1099 Pro.com.
-PPasswords
The Logon screen requires you to enter a new password. Passwords must be 3-8 characters, should not
be case sensitive, and you cannot use the word "new."
Payer Codes
A Payer code is an alphanumeric shorthand used to identify a Payer/Filer in the system. You might set
up several Filers with the same TIN in the system and the Payer Code is an easy way to identify the
business area you are dealing with. For example a Payer Code of ‘BOD’ where reporting for the Board of
Directors takes place. Typically security and/or the return address would be different for each Payer
Code.
Additionally, in an import file with recipient / tax form data for more than one Payer/Filer, Payer codes
can be used to define which Payers / Filers the recipient / tax form data should be posted to.
(Corporate Suite Only: The software will automatically assign Payer Codes if you do not.)
Penalties
See Errors and Warnings
Pending
These forms were inputted or imported. Forms with a Status of Pending may be changed or deleted
Preferences
At the menu bar click "File" and "Program Preferences", or on the toolbar select the General Options
tab and the Preferences icon. Preferences allow you to make changes to general settings which affect
how the software functions globally.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Glossary
355
-QQueries
The Query Wizard allows custom access to your data via an intuitive wizard driven interface. All users
can quickly create and save customized queries and then re-use those queries.
-RRecipients
The receiver of a 1099 tax form.
Reports
Reports are very useful for tracking the status of your forms and determining if records contain any errors
or warnings. 1099 Pro offers 3 main reports to choose from: Form Control Total, Forms issued by Filer,
and Form Counts.
Restore
The 1099 Pro Backup Wizard automatically copies all data files and compresses them into a WinZip
format. You can use the program WinZip to restore your data to a location on your hard drive.
Rights Groups
Activity Groups are used to allow or deny users from performing various activities within the system.
Examples may be rights to View tax forms or rights to Import/Export tax form data. Activity Groups
assigned to users cause these users to inherit the rights assigned to the Group. Activity Groups consist
of two types:
- Built in Groups (Denoted by the blue/green color)
- Custom Groups that you create
Note: Built in Groups cannot be deleted or changed other than just adding or removing members.
Roll Forward
During installation the wizard automatically looks for prior year data files. If files are located the wizard
prompts to "Copy 2013 Filers to 1099 Pro 2014". This is the only opportunity to roll forward prior year
data into 1099 Pro 2014.
Rule-of-250
See 250 Rule
-SSearch
Access any recipient or filer via the Search Name field.
Security
1099 Pro offers two levels of security: on and off.
If security is enabled, access to 1099 Pro is limited to users with valid User ID/Password
combinations. These users are restricted to specific tasks assigned by the Administrator. This
performs a twofold method of protecting sensitive company data.
Service Bureau
1099 Pro has a proven track record at printing, mailing and electronic filing. Our 1099 Service Bureau will
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
356
1099 Pro® 2014
relieve you of the burden of ordering supplies, arranging for printing, stuffing and mailing of your tax forms.
Input your data into our software, when you are ready to file, you transmit an encrypted file via the
Internet to a secured site where we:
Print and mail all recipient copies
File required Federal copies
File State copies (if necessary)
Print, Mail & File Corrections
SSN (Social Security Number)
The nine-digit Social Security number is divided into three parts:
The first three digits are the area number. If your Social Security number was assigned before 1972
when Social Security cards were issued by local offices, the area number reflects the State where
you applied for your number. If your number was assigned in 1972 or later when we began issuing
Social Security cards centrally, the area number reflects the State as determined by the ZIP code in
the mailing address on your application for the number.
The middle two digits are the group number. They have no special geographic or data significance
but merely serve to break the number into conveniently sized blocks for orderly issuance.
The last four digits are serial numbers. They represent a straight numerical sequence of digits from
0001-9999 within the group
Spreadsheets
When saving data in Excel, use the 'Save As' method to save your file in .TXT (TAB delimited) format, not
.XLS format. Sample import files in this format are included in your 1099 Pro installation and are very
helpful. These files appear out of alignment when viewed from a text editor such as Notepad but look
great when viewed from Excel. To import .TXT (TAB delimited) files select TAB, CR LF and Double
Quotes as your delimiters in the Import Wizard.
State ID Number
State ID numbers are assigned by the individual state. For example, in California the Employer
Development Department (EDD) assigns a state ID number. Check with your accountant or attorney to
determine your company's state ID number. Many companies do NOT have one.
-TTransmitter "T" Record
Identifies the Transmitter of Electronic file information contained on 4419 forms.
Tag
The act of selecting a filer or recipient.
TCC - Transmitter Control Code
A Transmitter Control Code number or (TCC) is required when filing electronically. A TCC is composed of
five alpha-numeric characters. If filing electronically via the Service Bureau, a TCC is not required and this
information need not be completed.
Technical Support
See Technical Support
TIN - Taxpayer Identification Number
NOTE: All Forms 1099 must include payee tax identification numbers (TINs). A TIN is a social security
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Glossary
357
number issued by the Social Security Administration, an Employer Identification Number issued by the
IRS, or an Individual Tax Identification Number issued by the IRS. Individual Tax Identification Numbers
are generally restricted to certain foreign vendors who are not eligible for social security numbers.
TIN Matching
See Bulk TIN Matching
Transmitter Information
The Individual or Organization responsible for filing the tax forms electronically to the IRS. To obtain a
TCC, file Form 4419 to request authorization to file forms electronically. Form 4419 must be mailed at
least 30 days prior to the filing deadline for the electronic file. Form 4419 may be printed at the Print
Blank Forms screen. For more information on TCC's, contact the IRS-MCC at (304) 263-8700.
-UUn-Installing
The Select Uninstall Method screen offers two options for removing 1099 Pro from your hard drive:
"Custom" allows the user to select files individually (recommended).
"Automatic" initiates a default uninstall routine. This option leaves behind your current data files
under the main program directory in the folder named "Data", the Uploads folder containing any
uploads generated by the 1099 software for submission to the Service Bureau, and miscellaneous
.DLL files used by the software. In addition the .INI file is also preserved in the \Windows directory.
User(s) / UserID
A user is an individual who has access to the software. Rights and permissions which delegate what this
user can and cannot do are assigned to the user and then the user freely uses the software either with
some restrictions or no restrictions.
User Group(s)
User Groups are created by attaching one or more Access Groups and one Activity Group to them.
A users rights are determined based on which User Groups they are a member of:
Administrator/ALL Rights
Tax Forms (Edit/Pending)
Tax Forms (Full Rights)
Tax Forms (View Only)
Import Tax Form Data
Export Tax Form Data
All Tasks Except Security
File Tax Forms with IRS
Service Bureau Upload
W-9 Tracking
-VVirus Checkers
Disable virus checkers (e.g., Norton, McAfee, ViruScan, etc.) PRIOR to installation to avoid potential
corruption. Random errors in 1099 Pro are typically due to installation of software while running a virus
checker. After a successful installation, re-enable the virus checker.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
358
1099 Pro® 2014
-WW-9
Use Form W-9 Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification to request a recipient's TIN if
the recipient is a U.S. person or U.S. resident alien. If the recipient is a foreign person use the
appropriate Form W-8. See How to Create a W9 Request in the software
Warnings
See Errors and Warnings
Web Updates
The Check for Updates feature uses the Internet to check the 1099 Pro, Inc. update servers for a newer
version of this program. Instead of running the full Web Update procedure from your Windows Start>Programs menu, you can now quickly check for updates from within 1099 Pro, or even have the
program automatically check for you. If there is a new version, a message will pop up to display the new
version and a one line summary of what is included in the update.
39.1
250 rule
Rule-of-250
The Rule-of-250 states that any filer submitting 250 or more forms of any one type must submit those forms
electronically. Failure to do so may result in fines of up to $100 per form.
If you are not signed up for the IRS FIRE system or do not wish to do so our SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II Service
Bureau offers electronic filing services. Please call us at (866) 444-3559 to schedule an appointment and
obtain pricing.
Please see the excerpts below from the IRS General Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G.
1099 Informational Returns
Electronic reporting may be required for filing all information returns discussed in these instructions (see Who
must file electronically on this page). Different types of payments, such as interest, dividends, and rents, may
be reported in the same submission.
Pub. 1220 provides the procedures for reporting electronically and is updated annually. Pub. 1220 is available
on the IRS website at www.irs.gov. You can file electronically through the Filing Information Returns
Electronically System (FIRE System); however, you must have software that can produce a file in the proper
format according to Pub. 1220. The FIRE System does not provide a fill-in form option. The FIRE System
operates 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. You may access the FIRE System via the Internet at http://fire.irs.gov.
See Pub. 1220 for more information
Who must file electronically:
If you are required to file 250 or more information returns, you must file electronically. The 250-or-more
requirement applies separately to each type of form. For example, if you must file 500 Forms 1098 and 100
Forms 1099-A, you must file Forms 1098 electronically, but you are not required to file Forms 1099-A
electronically. The electronic filing requirement does not apply if you apply for and receive a hardship waiver.
See How to request a waiver from filing electronically below.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Glossary
359
The IRS encourages you to file electronically even though you are filing fewer than 250 returns.
Filing requirement applies separately to originals and corrections.
The electronic filing requirements apply separately to original returns and corrected returns. Originals and
corrections are not aggregated to determine whether you are required to file electronically. For example, if you
file 400 Forms 1098 electronically and you are making 75 corrections, your corrections can be filed on paper
because the number of corrections for Form 1098 is less than the 250 filing requirement. However, if you were
filing 250 or more Form 1098 corrections, they would have to be filed electronically.
How to get approval to file electronically:
File Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Electronically, at least 30 days before the due date of
the returns. File Form 4419 for all types of returns that will be filed electronically. See Form 4419 for more
information. Once you have received approval, you need not reapply each year. The IRS will provide a written
reply to the applicant and further instructions at the time of approval, usually within 30 days.
How to request a waiver from filing electronically:
To receive a waiver from the required filing of information returns electronically, submit Form 8508, Request for
Waiver From
Filing information returns Electronically, at least 45 days before the due date of the returns. You cannot apply for
a waiver for more than 1 tax year at a time. if you need a waiver for more thank 1 year, you must reapply at the
appropriate time each year.
If a waiver for original returns is approved, any corrections for the same types of returns will be covered under
the waiver.
However, if you submit original returns electronically but you want to submit your corrections on paper, a waiver
must be approved for the corrections if you must file 250 or more corrections.
If you receive an approved waiver, do not send a copy of it to the service center where you file your paper
returns. Keep the waiver for your records only.
Penalty:
If you are required to file electronically but fail to do so, and you do not have an approved waiver, you may be
subject to a penalty of $100 per return for failure to file electronically unless you establish reasonable cause.
However, you can file up to 250 returns on paper; those returns will not be subject to a penalty for failure to file
electronically. The penalty applies separately to original returns and corrected returns.
39.2
Alignment
Alignment
Alignment adjustments are measured in hundredths of an inch from the default margin. For example, "0.25"
would shift the top margin down 1/4-inch and "-0.25" would shift the top margin up 1/4-inch.
39.3
Business Rules
Business Rules
Business Rules are formulated in conjunction with the compliance experts from IRS Compliance to check that
data being processed in 1099 Pro’s software does not contain common formatting errors, form specific errors,
is valid for State and Federal filing, and can be used to separate records with different levels of issues for
processing.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
360
39.4
1099 Pro® 2014
Ascii
ASCII
A simple text file where fields are separated (delimited) with certain characters (e.g., a tab, space, or
pipe). 1099 Pro's import capability includes most any ASCII file. These files can be exported out of most
database & spreadsheet applications as an ASCII file, comma separated value (CSV) or tab delimited.
Need help? Contact Technical Support.
Phone: (888) PRO-1099, Select Option 2
Email: Click here to E-Mail Support
Technical support is available:
Monday thru Friday from 7am to 5pm (PST) (Excluding Holidays)
39.5
Cascading updates
Cascading updates
Cascading updates are changes made to a recipient's name or address at the Browse Recipients screen.
39.6
Corrected options
Corrected Options
The Corrected Options screen is accessed whenever a corrected form (or original form associated with a
correction) is selected at the "Work with My Tax Forms" screen.
39.7
End of Payer "C" Record
End of Payer "C" Record
End of Payer "C" Record - Contains the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields
filed for each payer and/or particular type of return.
39.8
End of Transmission "F" Record
End of Transmission "F" Record - Contains a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.
39.9
Filer
Filer
The term Filer is used by the IRS for the person or organization filing the 1096 transmittal. The terms filer, employer and payer
are sometimes used interchangeably.
39.10 Hotspot
Hotspot
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Glossary
361
Hotspot (or popup) items are indicated by a dotted line underneath a w ord or phrase. Click the hot spot to view a popup
information box.
Jum p items are indicated by a solid line underneath a w ord or phrase. Click the jump to link to a related help topic.
39.11 Import Map
Import Map
Import Maps describe the format and contents of external data files so that the information they contain can be
imported into the program.
39.12 Location code
Location Code
Location Code
Use to set up multiple filers w ith the same TIN; allow s different return addresses for different forms .
39.13 Payee "B" Record
Payee "B" Record
Payee "B" Record - Contains the payment information from the information returns
39.14 Payer "A" Record
Payer "A" Record
Payer "A" Record - Identifies the person making payments
39.15 Pending
Pending
All records are assigned a print status that determines their position in the filing cycle. A pending record is available for
printing and/or changes. The terms "pending" and "not printed" are sometimes used interchangeably.
See Print Status topic.
39.16 Pending Status
Pending St at us
Select this option if you are still printing copies of these records. These records maintain their pending print
status and are available for edits and/or further printing.
Print Status Overview
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
362
1099 Pro® 2014
39.17 Recipient Employee
R ecipient Employee
A recipient is an individual or business that receives a 1099. An employee receives a W-2. The terms recipient
and employee are sometimes used interchangeably.
39.18 Roll Forward Utility
Roll Forward
Users may roll over their prior year data during the installation wizard (Image 1) or from the Start Menu
(Image 2). It's important to note that you cannot roll over your data once a new filer and/or recipients
have been added, so roll your data over before adding any new data.
(Image 1 - Roll over data option available through initial installation wizard.)
(Image 2 - Roll over utility available in Start Menu, All Programs, 1099 Pro folder.)
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Glossary
363
39.19 SSAE 16 SOC I Type II
SSAE 16 SOC I TYPE II
Definitions
SSAE 16 - Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements No. 16.
SOC I - Service Organization Control Report No. 1
Type I - Audit of a system on a specified date
Type II - Audit of a system throughout a specified time period
Overview
The SSAE 16 is an attestation standard put forth by the Auditing Standards Board (ASB) of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA).
SSAE 16 SOC I Type II is a high-level security certification requiring a stringent audit process. 1099
Pro’s hosting and data facilities have passed this difficult audit without exception, ensuring that your data
is secure when using any of our software or services. The SSAE 16 effectively replaces the SAS 70 for
reporting periods ending on or after June 15, 2011.
This standard applies to engagements undertaken by a Service Auditor for reporting on controls at
organizations like 1099 Pro which provide services to their customers. The controls in place at service
organizations are likely to be relevant to a customer's internal control over financial reporting (ICFR).
Details
The SSAE 16 requires certain enhancements from the SAS 70 report - such as the service organization
provide a description of its system. The description should include the services provided, control
objectives, supporting processes, policies, procedures, personnel and operational activities that
constitute the organization's core activities relevant to its customers.
Additionally, the SSAE 16 requires a Written Assertion by management be provided to the Service
Auditor. In this document, management must assert that the system description and control objectives
included therein are a fair presentation for the time period specified in the SOC 1 report.
SOC 1 reports are performed and issued under the Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements
No. 16 (SSAE 16) as explained above. The controls addressed in a SOC 1 report are those that a service
organization like 1099 Pro implements to prevent, detect and correct errors or omissions in the
information it provides to customers.
Type II indicates that the service organization's system was suitably designed to achieve stated control
objectives and to operate effectively throughout a specified time period. Type I refers to a system
designed for implementation on a specific date, rather than throughout a specified time period.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
364
1099 Pro® 2014
For further information, or report details, please contact the 1099 Pro Service Bureau.
The Service Bureau
Phone: 866-444-3559
Email: [email protected]
39.20 SSN
Social security numbers
Social security numbers (SSNs) should be formatted as ###-##-####. Dashes are required to differentiate
EINs from SSNs (there are 100,000 numbers that are identical except for the placement of the dash!)
39.21 State Totals "K" Records
State Totals "K" Records
State Totals "K" Records - Contains the summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined
Federal/State Filing Program, used only when state-reporting approval has been granted.
39.22 Tag
tag
Individually tag (select) a record, print session or filer. A tagged item is marked by a red checkmark.
39.23 Task Panel
Task Panel
The task panel provides quick access to common tasks.
39.24 TCC
TCC
Transmitter Control Code. Assigned to a filer when they have filled out Form 4419 at least 30 days prior
to the filing deadline for the electronic file. Print Form 4419 at the Print Blank Forms screen.
39.25 TIN
TIN
Taxpayer identification number. An SSN (Social Security Number) has 9 digits divided by 2 hyphens, i.e. 33322-4444. An EIN (Employer Identification Number) has 9 digits divided by 1 hyphen, i.e. 22-7777777. The
placement of the dash is critical!
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Glossary
365
39.26 TIN (SSN) Masking
TIN (SSN) Masking
Use of this option allows you to print recipient copies of forms with the SSN# masked i.e. 444-12-1234 will
display as XXX-XX-1234 for added security when mailing to the recipient.
Note: when SSN masking is enabled for a filer or print run ALL copies printed for the recipient will be
masked. For example if the recipient receives both a recipient and a state copy the SSN will be masked on
both*.
IRS Rules and Restrictions for use of SSN Masking**:
-EIN or TIN formatted like 12-3456789 cannot be masked.
-A masked SSN has an 'X' for the first 5 digits. Example: XXX-XX-1234
-Masking is only available for Recipient copies. For example if the recipient receives both a recipient and a
State copy the SSN will be masked on both forms.
-Masking can only be used on 1098, 1099, and 5498 series forms as per IRS Notice 2009-93. Masking is
available for Calendar years 2009-2012. Update per Notice 2011-38 1098-C is no longer allowed to be
masked.
**This software will automatically apply these rules as needed when SSN masking is selected.
39.27 Transmitter "T" Record
Transmitter "T" Record
Transmitter "T" Record: Identifies the Transmitter of Electronic file information contained on 4419.
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
366
1099 Pro® 2014
Index
-A-
-‘‘Ask For’ Dynamic Expressions (CS Version only)
268
-110 Day
177
1096 Not Filed
64
1096 Overview
62
1096 Print Wizard
63
1096 Session Report
65
1096 Transmittal
65
1099 Aggregation Feature (CS Version only)
1099 Compliance Seminars
57
1099 Module Preferences
96
1099 Pro Central
30
1099 Seminars
57
1220
163, 167, 183
-2250 forms
176
-44419
310
-66274A
191
-88.5 X 14 Paper
260, 309
-996 DPI Setting
28
67
A Record
183
About 1099 Pro, Inc.
16
About Corrections
69
Access Denied
326
Access Group
84
Account Generation Wizard
79
Account Number Generation
80
ACL
118, 119
Acrobat
56
Activation
19
Activation Code
19
Activity Report
126
Add a Filer
43
Add a Recipient
51
Add a Record
133
Add a Transmitter
310
Add a User
87
Add or Create Records
132
Adding a Filer
43
Additional Services
115, 297
Additional Transactions
67, 68
Address Adjustments
232
Address Type
209, 216, 219
ADDRESS VALIDATION
332
Adjust Address
232
Administration
80
Adobe
56
Advanced Print Options
231
Aggregate
221
Aggregating forms on a spreadsheet
221
Aggregation
67, 68, 221
Aggregation Rules
123
Alias
210
Alignment Issues with text in tax forms
28
Alternate
260
Alternative import layout
57
Appearance
28
ASP.net for Corporate Suite
37
ASP.net: Custom Queries
39
ASP.net: Multi-Year Lookup
38
ASP.net: Recipient Printable Forms
40
ASP.net: Security
40
Assign Filed 1096 Status
64
Assigning a Printed Status
238
ATSG
115
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Index
Audit Trail Browser
58, 127
Audit Trail Report Filters
129
Audit Trails
126
Audit Trails Activity Report
126
Authorization Code
19
Auto Corrections (CS Version only)
Automatic
80, 278
70
-BB Notices
319
B Record
183
Backup Data
91
Backup Wizard
91
BANNED PATRON LIST FOR CASINOS
332
Batch Reprints
239, 289
Blank
260, 308
Blank Copier Paper
308
Blank Laser Perforated
308
Blank Laser Perforated Stock
308
blank stock
260
Blue Book
149
Browse Filers
42
Browse form records
130
Browse IRS Forms
130
Browse Map List
193
Browse Notes
134
Browse Recipients
48
Browse Records
132
Browsing & Working with Entry Forms
66
Browsing by Form
135
BUILD Cancelled
326
BUILD in Progress
326
Bulk
152, 302
BULK TIN MATCHING
303, 304, 332
How to...?
157
Bulk TIN Overview
152, 302
Bulk TIN via SB
304
Business
93
Business Rules
93
-CC Record
183
CA 592
347
Canada
57
Canadian postal code rules
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
57
367
Capitalization
136
Cascading Changes
136
Category
243
CFSF
163
CFSFP
163
Change a Filer
43
Change a Recipient
52
Change a Record
132, 137
Changes: Revisions to a Tax Form
258
Character Spaces
243
Characters
243
Check for Updates
114
Checking For Updates
98
City Names
141
Clarion Trappable Runtime Errors
326
Combine
221
Combined Federal/State Filing Program
163
Combining Tax Forms
67, 68
Commit Rate
25
Common Error Messages & Solutions
320
Comparison chart
102
Compliance
57
Compliance Seminars
57
Contact
20, 44
Contact Information
44
Control Numbers
142
Control Totals Report
270
Correct a correction
71
Corrected Options
74
Correction of a Correction (CS Version only)
71
Correction Types
78
Corrections
69
Corrections Box
232
Corrections Status
190
Could not load the DLL library
325
Country
210
Country Codes Table
209
CPE Units
57
Create a Bulk TIN file manually
154
Create a new Upload for Print
Filing with the IRS
299
Create a Transmitter
310
Creates Duplicate Key
326
Creating a correction
75
Current View
143
Custom Codes
118, 119
Custom Column Views
41
Custom Messages
107
368
1099 Pro® 2014
Custom Print Message
231
Custom Query Wizard
267
Custom Sort Order
143
Custom Tax Form Validation Rules
Custom View
144
Customize a Fixed Field
195
Customize Fixed Filler
196
-E93
-DDaily
277
Daily totals
277
Data
93
Data Aggregation
67, 68
Data Entry
138
Data Files
22
Data Security
363
Dates
191
Dead Beat Dad Overview
225
Deadlines
191
DEATH MASTER FILE
332
Dedicated Servers
115
Delete a Filer
44
Delete a Recipient
52
Delete a Record
132, 137
Delete audit trails
128
Delete Corrected Forms
76
Delete Corrections
76
Deleted Record Detail
127
Deleting software
124
Delimited
148
Delimited Import Map Wizard
196
Delimited Import Mapping
196
Delimiters
224
Demo
19
DENIED PERSONS LIST (DPL)
332
Department
137
Department Indicator
137
Different User
116
Disclaimer
15
Display
29
Display issues
28
Distribution Codes
142
Donnelley, RR Donnelley
149
duplex
260
duplex printing
260
EC002 – Unable to open files! 325
Edits
93
Education
57
Effects Settings
28
Efile
159, 167
eFile Archive
61
eFile Data
61
Efile Filing Session Window
173
efile reset
175
eFile Retrieve
61
E-File Sort Order
168
E-file States Subset File Wizard
160
eFileViewer Overview
178
EFiling
159, 167, 177
Electronic
167, 168
electronic filing
159, 160
Electronic Filing Deadline
191
Electronic Filing Module
22
Electronic Filing Session Window
173
electronic filing wizard
167
Electronic Sessions Summary Report
185
Email
44
Enabling Form Limits Filter
233
Entry Forms
66
Entry Not Found
326
Envelopes
308
Error & Validation Checking
144
Error Messages
320
Error Type 1
78
Error Type 2
78
Error: Invalid Record Declaration (47).
323
Errors
326
Errors - Import Checking
144
Excel Spreadsheet Files
220
EXCLUDED PARTIES LIST (EPLS) VALIDATION
332
Exclusive Access Required
326
Expanding or Contracting Views
182
Expiration and Reuse Options
83
Export Database
148
export files
148
Export Job
286
Export Maps
147
Export Wizard
148
Exporting a File
186
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Index
-FF Record
183
False Print
249
FAQs
20
Fax
44
Federal Thresholds
165
Field Sizes
243
File Access Error.
323
File Already Open
326
File Driver Error
326
File Format
183
File Is Already Locked
326
File Must Be Shared
326
File Not Found
320, 326
File Not Open
326
File Upload Transfer
301
File Upload Transfer & Completion
301
Filed 1096 Status
190
Filed Mag Status
190
Filer
43
Filer Name
44
Filer Name Line 2
44
Filer Notes
134
Filer Record Details
44
Filer Reports
46
Files already in use
326
Filing 1096
62
Filing Addresses
191
Filing CA 592
347
Filing Deadlines
191
Filing Forms Task Panel
33
Filing Forms Toolbar
37
Filing My Forms
33
Filing Problems
146
Filing via MagMedia
159
Finding & Fixing Problem Records
144
FIRE System
165
FIRE upload process
169
Fixed Field Customizing
195
Fixed Length
148
Fixed Length Import Map Wizard
198
Fixed Length Mapping
198
Flat File
148
Forcing an X in the Corrected Box
232
Form Control Totals Report
270
Form Counts Report
275
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Form Limits
233
Form Limits Filter
233
Form Status
188, 190
Form status codes
57
Form Status Values
57
format errors
144
Forms
308
Forms & Printing Task Panel
Forms Issued By Filer Report
Forms Issued Report
52
Forms Status Values
189
Frequently Asked Questions
FWT 98
369
32, 36
276
20
-GGeneral Options Toolbar
34, 36
Generate a false print
249
Generating Account Numbers
79, 80
Getting Started
15
Global
96
Global Notes
134
Glossary
348
Group
84
Group - Deleting Pending Tax Forms
52
Group - Printing Pending Tax Forms
52
Group - Reprinting Printed or Filed Tax Forms
Group - Reset Printed Tax Forms to Pending
Group - Un-voiding Tax Forms
52
Group - Voiding Printed Tax Forms
52
Group Actions
52, 132
-HHalt
320
Help & Extras
34
Help File
29
History
128
Hosted Solutions
115
Hours
20
How do I Generate State Subset
-IIBN
118, 119
IBN Print codes
118, 119
ICR Overview
225
161
52
52
370
1099 Pro® 2014
Illegal Expression
326
Import
80, 208, 210, 243, 278
Import Data
192
Import Errors
144
Import File Conventions
216
Import filers
202
Import Map Reports
276
Import Recipients
202
Import Session Report
224
Import SQL
207
Import Wizard
193
Import your data
202
Important Dates
191
Importing from Quickbooks
227
Imports
192
Independent Contractor Reporting
225
INI Files
22
Initial PDF Options WIndow
235
Inserting a Custom Print Message
231
Install
116
Insufficient Memory
326
Invalid Clarion File
320
Invalid Data File
326
Invalid Drive
326
Invalid Field Type Descriptor
326
Invalid Filename
326
Invalid Index String
326
Invalid Key File
326
Invalid Key Length
326
Invalid Memo File
326
Invalid Number Of Parameters
326
Invalid Record Declaration
326
Invalid Table Declaration
326
Invalid Tax Country
210
IRS Assistance
20
IRS Code
142
IRS Filing upload
169
IRS FIRE Site
169
IRS FIRE System
165
IRS format
167
IRS Forms
130
IRS Help
20
IRS Incorrect TIN Flowchart
156
IRS Instructions
130
IRS Missing TIN Flowchart
157
IRS Name Control
165
IRS Telephone Numbers
130
IRS/MCC
191
-KK Record
183
Keep Pending Status
361
Key File Must Be Rebuilt
326
Keyboard Shortcuts
31
-LLetter Display Issues
28
License Agreement
178
Limitations of Export
187
Limits
98
Loading a New File
184
Local
97
Location Code
44
Login as Different User
116
Logon as Different User
116
LOGOUT Already Active
326
Look up City
141
Look up City Name
141
Look up Zip Code
141
Lookup
50
-MMag media
167
Magmedia
167, 168
Magmedia File Viewer Main Screen
181
Magmedia File Viewer Overview
178
Magmedia File Wizard
167
Magmedia States Subset File Wizard
160
Magnetic Media Filing Address
191
Maintain Pending Status
361
Making a Revision
258
Making Address Adjustments
232
Manage Custom Codes and Text
80
Manage Import Maps
193
Manage Profiles
85
Manage PS/ACL Access Control (CS version only)
106
Managed Services
347
Manual Override
265
Map by Name Import
58
Margin Alignments
245
masking
365
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Index
Master Audit Trail Browser
58, 127
Master Tax Form
59, 67, 68
Maximum Field
243
Maximum Printed
243
Maximum Size
243
Memo File Missing
326
Memory Corrupted
326
Menu bar
59
Microsoft Access
221
Minimum Password Length
83
Module Preferences
96
Moore Wallace
149
Multiple Recipients - One TIN
53
Multiple Transactions
67, 68
Multi-User Considerations
24
Multi-User Installations
23
-NName Control
165
Navigation
32
Networks
23
No Create Attribute
326
No Logout Active
326
Notes
134
-OOne to Many Corrections
70, 73
Online Help
25
Online Help Tutorials
59
Online knowledge base
59
Open Window Cutoff 98
Optimize Posting
25
Optional Fields
117
Options for Tax Form Data Entry
138
Order
167, 168
Overnight
278
Overview
18
-PParticipating States
163
Password Expiration Options
83
Password Format Options
83
Password Lockout Reset
83
Password Options
83
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Password Requirements
83
Passwords
88
Path Not Found
320, 326
Payer Code
44
PCL Printing
246
P-Code
44
PDF File Genration Overview
234
PDF Options
235
Penalties
146
Pending Status
190
Phone number
20
Post Commit Rate
25
Post Results
204
Preferences
92, 96
Preparing My Forms
32
Preprinted Paper
309
pressure
260
pressure seal
260
Pressure Seal Forms
260, 309
Print
255
Print an Import Map Report
276
Print Code
118, 119
Print Codes
107, 118, 119
Print Export
149
Print IRS Form & Instructions
236
Print Options
231
Print Preview Toolbar
34
Print Session Report
248
Print Users By Name Report
89
Print/View Record Reports
139
Printed Status
190, 249
Printing
229, 239, 260, 289
Printing & Mailing
33
Printing Blank Forms
236
Printing Tax Forms Wizard
249
Pro Tips
320
Profiles
85
Program already in use
326
Program Areas/Functions Report
89
Protected Forms
59, 76
ProTips
320
Puerto Rico Control Numbers
142
Purge
128
Purge Audit Trail
128
Purge Audit Trail Log Records
128
371
372
1099 Pro® 2014
-QQuery Wizard
265
Quick
255
quick books
208
Quick Print
255
Quick Tour
18
quickbooks
208
Quickbooks error
227
-RRecipient Lookup Account Selection
49
Recipient Lookup Screen
50
Recipient Notes
134
Recipient options
100
Recipient Record Details
54
Recipient Search
49
Record Changed By Another Station
326
Record History
128
Record Is Already Held
326
Record Limit
19
Record Limit Exceeded
326
Record Not Available
326
Record Not Found
326
Referential Integrity Delete Error
26
Registration & Upgrades
19
Registration code
60
Reject Errors
144
Reject Imports
224
Remove audit trails
128
Removing software
124
Repair Files
26
Report: Electronic Sessions Summary
185
Reporting Thresholds
120
Reports
46, 55
Reports Overview
270
Reprint 1096 Form
65
Reprint Corrections
77
Reprint Originals
77
Reprint Print Sessions
256
Reprint Records
257
Reprints
239, 289
Reset (Void) Upload
307
Reset 1096 Session
65
Reset E-File Session
175
Reset Magmedia Session
175
Reset Print Session
258
Reset to Pending
249, 258
Residence State
138
Restore Data
92
Review Import Session
225
Revising a Tax Form
258
Revisions
249, 258
Rights Summary Report
89
Roll Forward Utility
362
Rollup
67, 68, 221
Rollup Option
123
RTN
44
Rule of 250 definition
358
Rules
93
Rulles for Aggregation
123
Run a Recipient Report
55
Runtime Errors
326
-SSafeguard TIN
27
Sample Import Files
218
SB Uploaded
190
Scheduled
80
Scheduler
80, 278, 279, 282, 286
Screen
29
Screen Resolution
29
Script Custom
207
seal
260
Search
139
Search By Account Number
50
Search by Name
50
Search by TIN
50
Security
80
Security - Access Group: Step 2
84
Security - Add Users to a Profile: Step 5
88
Security - Add/Update Individual Users: Step 4
Security - Manage Profiles: Step 3
85
Security Access Log
90
Security Audit
363
Security Password Options
83
Security Reports
89
Security Settings
83
Select a City/Zip/State
141
Select a Filer
47
Select a Form
140
Select a Recipient
55
87
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Index
Select a User
268
Select Country
209
Select Department
137
Select Fields for Aggregation
123
Select Form Type
140
Select IRS Code
142
Select States
219
Seminars
57
Server Hosting
115
Service Bureau
304
Service Bureau Overview
297
Service Bureau Packages
297
Service Bureau Toolbar
33, 37
Service Bureau Upload Process
298
Step 1 - Creating an Upload File
298
Step 2 - Approve Control Totals
298
Step 3 - File Upload Transfer & Completion
298
Services
297
Set Password Requirements
83
Setting Aggregation Rules
123
Setting Rollup Options
123
Sharing Violation
326
sizes
243
Small Fonts
28
Social Security Number
364
social security number masking
365
Software Update
20
Software version
102
Sort
167, 168
Sort Order
167, 168
Spaces
243
Special Help
27
Special Help Button
29
Special print
118, 119
Spreadsheets
220
SQL Script on Import
207
SSAE 16 SOC I Type II 363
SSN
364
SSN Masking
365
SSN Matching
304
State Filing Deadlines
191
State ID Number
162
State Reporting - Manage State CFS Limits and
Settings (Corporate Suite Only)
113
state status
135
State Status Legend
135
state subset
135
StateComply
347
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
373
States Code Table
219
States Subset File Wizard
160
Status codes
57
Step 1 - Creating an Upload File
299, 304
Step 1 - Import Filers, Recipients, or Data
202
Step 2 - Approve Control Totals
300
Step 2 - Validate your Data
203
Step 3 - File Upload Transfer & Completion
301
Step 3 - Final Import - Post Results
204
stock
260
Stored Procedure
207
Stream Error
326
supersceded
135
Switch user
116
SWT 98
System Requirements
29
System Security Settings/Password Requirements:
Step 1
83
-TT Record
183
Tag Filers
47
Tagging Recipients
56
Tagging Records
140
Task Based
32
Task Panel
32, 33, 34, 36
Task Panel: Corporate Suite
36
Tax Form Notes
134
Tax Identifcation Number
364
Tax State
138, 161
Tax Supplies
308
TCC
310
Technical Support & Maintenance
20
Test Files
163
Text Alignments
28
the specified module could not be found.
325
Theme "Effects" button
28
This Single User version of 1099 Pro can only be used
by one person at a time.
326
Thresholds
120, 165
TIN
364
TIN & Name Matching
332
TIN Masking
365
TIN Matching
303
How to...?
157
TIN Matching Overview
152, 302
TINCheck
303, 332
374
1099 Pro® 2014
TINCheck Built-in
338
TINCheck Installation
338
TINCheck Integration
338
Too Many Open Files
326
Tool Bar
32
Toolbar
60
TOP SPEED
320
TOPSPEED
320
Tour
18
Transaction Button
67, 68
Transfer data
362
Transmitter Control Code
310
Transmitter Information
310
Trappable Runtime Errors
326
TREASURY OFAC/SDN LIST 332
Trigger Error
326
Troubleshoot Printer Issues
258
Troubleshooting Control Totals
271
Trouble-shooting Import Issues
202
Trouble-shooting Pressure Seal Forms
Turn Audit Trails On/Off 128
Turn On/Off Security
88
Tutorials
20, 59
Types of Corrections
78
Updates
98
Updating a Form
66
Updating a Record
66
Updating Transactions (CS Version only)
68
Upgrade
19
User Detail Report
89
User Group Detail Report
89
USER32.DLL
325
Using Bulk TIN Matching
157, 303
Using Print Codes (CS version only)
112
Using Rollup Options
67, 68
-V-
260, 309
-UUnable To Access Index
326
Unable To Log Transaction
326
Unable to open required file (ProTips): 2 – File Not
Found
324
Unable to open required file (ProTips): 3 - Path Not
Found
323
Unable to open required file (ProTips): 53 - Invalid
Clarion File
321
Unable to Open SystemID file: 53 - Invalid Clarion File
320
Unable to Open SystemID: 2 - File not found
324
Unable to Open SystemID: 3 - Path Not Found
322
Unable to open systemID: 5 - access denied
322
Unable To ROLLBACK Transaction
326
Un-Installing software
124
Unknown Error Posted
326
Unsupported Data Type In File
326
Unsupported File Driver Function
326
Update Options
98
Update Software
20
Update Users
87
Validate your data during import
203
Validation
93
Validation Checking
144
Variable Not Found
326
Video Display Issues
28
Video tutorials
59
Videos
20
View a Map Report
276
Viewing as Field List
182
Viewing as Text
182
Viewing Options
182
Viewing Transactions (CS Version only)
Virtual Mapping
218
Virus Checkers
116
Void Records
133
68
-WW-9 Main Screen
316
W-9 Overview
314
W-9 Report
317
W-9 Single/Batch Requests
318
W-9 Wizard
318
Warnings
144
Web Updates
114
Welcome Wizard
61
What can I expect from the States Subset File Wizard
163
when to efile
176
When to file?
191
Where to file?
191
Windows "Effects" button
28
Withholding
98
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
Index
Withholding State
wizard
208
138
-XX - Correction Box
232
-ZZip Code Look up
141
Copyright 1099 Pro® 2014
375
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement